Volume 35, No. 3, 2014 Edited by/ Édité par Ebrahim Mazaheri Laurentian University and/et Saeed Shobeiri Université de Sherbrooke Marketing division - La section Marketing Proceedings of the Annual Marketing Division Conference of the Administrative Sciences Association of Canada 2014 Muskoka, Ontario May 10-13, 2014 Actes du Congrès annuel de la section Marketing de l’Association des sciences administratives du Canada Muskoka, Ontario 10-13 mai 2014 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS It is a pleasure to present the proceedings for the Annual Marketing Division Conference of the Administrative Sciences Association of Canada 2014. This year, I was very impressed by the quality of papers submitted to the Marketing Division and choosing one best paper was a challenge for me and my colleagues. For that, I would like to thank all the authors for considering the ASAC as a venue for their work. I would like to thank other Marketing Division executives, Dr. Cheikhrouhou, the division chair, Dr.Zahaf, the program chair, and Dr. Shobeiri, the academic editor (French), for their helpful guidance, encouragement, and support throughout this process. Finally, I would like to express my sincere thanks to all the reviewers for their prompt evaluation of the papers and helpful comments to the authors. Thank you all for supporting the Marketing Division of ASAC. Ebrahim Mazaheri School of Commerce and Administration Laurentian University Academic Reviewer (English), Marketing Division. Administrative Sciences Association of Canada Conference, 2014. REMERCIEMENTS C’est un grand honneur de pouvoir faire partie de l’équipe ASAC 2014 ! En tant qu’éditeur de la division française de la section Marketing, j’ai pu constater à quel point les participants de ce domaine sont motivés et déterminés. J’aimerais remercier vivement mon homologue du côté anglophone, Ebrahim Mazaheri, avec qui ce fut un réel plaisir de collaborer. Un merci aussi à la Présidente de la section Marketing, Soumaya Cheikhrouhou, pour son soutien. Pour finir, je tiens à remercier également tous les évaluateurs qui, par leur dévouement, ont su apporter des commentaires constructifs, qui contribuent à la qualité de cette conférence, mais aussi et surtout à l’avancement des connaissances. ….et un grand merci aux auteurs qui alimentent cette conférence par des communications de qualité. Saeed Shobeiri Faculté d'administration Université de Sherbrooke Éditeur divisionnaire - Division française, Conférence de l’Association des sciences administratives du Canada, 2014. REVIEWERS/ÉVALUATEURS Hamed Aghakhani University of Manitoba, Canada Sanam Akhavannasab HEC Montreal, Canada Kersi D Antia University of Western Ontario (Ivey Business School), Canada Manon Arcand L'Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Debra Basil University of Lethbridge, Canada Neil Bendle University of Western Ontario (Ivey Business School), Canada Lionel Colombel N/A Rita Cossa McMaster University, Canada Paul Curwen Carleton University (Sprott School of Buisness), Canada Jessica Darveau HEC Montreal, Canada James Doyle Carleton University, Canada Said Echchakoui L'Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Hajar Fatemi McGill University, Canada Tripat Gill Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada Bianca Grohmann Concordia University, Canada Ahlem Hajjem L'Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Mohammed El Hazzouri Mount Royal University, Canada Pouya Javanshir Concordia University, Canada Hae Joo Kim Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada Ashwin Joshi York University (Schulich School of Business), Canada Harish Kapoor Acadia University, Canada Salma Karray University of Ontario Institution of Technology, Canada Caroline Lacroix L'Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Josée Laflamme Université du Québec à Rimouski, Canada David Lewise Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada H.F. (Herb) MacKenzie Brock University, Canada Donelda McKechnie Athabasca University, Canada Kalyani Menon Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada Sylvie Morin Université du Québec à Rimouski, Canada Alazne Mujika Alberdi University of Deusto, Spain Ron Mulholland Lakehead University, Canada Marcelo V. Nepomuceno ESCP, Europe Mahshid Omid Université Laval, Canada Grant Packard Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada Neeraj Pandey NITIE, Mumbai Ann Pegoraro Lakehead University, Canada Monica Popa University of Saskatchewan, Canada Claudio Pousa Lakehead University, Canada Lova Rajaobelina L'Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Benny Rigaux-Bricmont Université Laval, Canada Francine Rodier L'Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Mina Rohani HEC Montreal, Canada Khalil Rohani University of Guelph, Canada Laila Rohani University of Guelph, Canada Jean Roy Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Sidney Su Han University of Guelph, Canada Ali Tezer Concordia University, Canada Maryam Tofighi John Molson School of Business/Concordia University, Canada Claire I Tsai University of Toronto (Joseph L. Rotman School of Management), Canada Peter Voyer University of Windsor, Canada Darlene Walsh Concordia University, Canada Sarah Wilner Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada Pi-Chu Wu China University of Technology, China Ruhai Wu McMaster University (DeGroote School of Business), Canada Terry Wu University of Ontario Institution of Technology, Canada Ying Zhu University of British Columbia (Okanagan Campus), Canada Cataldo Zuccaro L'Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada TABLE OF CONTENTS/TABLE DES MATIÈRES Does Dirty Money Influence Product Valuations? Chelsea Galoni (Student), University of Guelph, Canada Theodore J. Noseworthy, University of Guelph, Canada It Ain’t Easy Being Green: Unintended Effects of the Colour Green Ethan Pancer, St.Mary’s University, Canada Lindsay McShane, Carleton University, Canada A Consumer-Based Examination of Sustainable Consumption Using a Social Normative Perspective Peter Voyer, University of Windsor, Canada The Interplay Between Arousal and Schema Congruity Theodore J. Noseworthy, University of Guelph, Canada Fabrizio Di Muro, University of Winnipeg, Canada Kyle Murray, University of Alberta, Canada BEST PAPER - ENGLISH /MEILLEURE COMMUNICATION - ANGLAIS: How Temporal Distance Influences Single Category Beliefs for New Products Sean Hingston, University of Guelph, Canada Theodore J. Noseworthy, University of Guelph, Canada Les leviers de l’expérience de marque Naoufel Remili, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada The Effect of Fairness and Transparency in Coupon Design Khalil Rohani, Ryerson University, Canada Vinay Kanetka, University of Guelph, Canada Joe Barth, University of Guelph, Canada Lefa Teng, University of Guelph, Canada How Sales Promotions Induce Consumers to Buy on Impluse: The Role of Impulsivity Trait Mahshid Omid, Université Laval, Canada Frank Pons, Université Laval, Canada Centralité et éthique de la marque Soumaya Cheikhrouhou, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Deny Belisle, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Margaux Bruniere, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada The Differential Effects of Traditional and Touchscreen Interfaces on Involvement Ying Zhu, Faculty of Management, University of British Columbia-Okanagan, Canada Jeffrey Meyer, College of Business, Bowling Green State University, USA Impact of Value Added by the Frontline Employees on Customer Loyalty Said Echchakoui, Université du Québec en Abitibi-Témiscamingue, Canada A Game-Theorectic Model for Co-Promotions: Choosing a Complementary Versus an Independant Ally Salma Karray, University of Ontario Institute of Technology, Canada Simon-Pierre Sigue, Athabasca University, Canada Le rôle de la couleur dans le design d’une offre promotionnelle Deny Belisle, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Soumaya Cheikhrouhou, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Kiranjit Singh, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Labor Stands in the Way of True Love: When Labor does not Lead to Love Peyman Assadi, University of Manitoba, Canada Kelley Main, University of Manitoba, Canada I Do It Because I Believe It: Reconsideration of Loyalty in Regard to Its Attitudinal Antecedents Mehdi Akhgari (student), Asper School of Business, Canada ABSTRACTS A Multiple Criteria Senior Segmentation: The Case of French Market Yamen Koubaa, France Business School, France Rym Srarfi Tabbane, University of Tunis, Tunisia Manel Hamouda, University of Tunis, Tunisia All for One, One for All? Franchisor-Franchisee Interdependance, Governance and Bankruptcy Kersi Antia, University of Western, Canada Sudha Mani, William Paterson University, United States Kenneth Wathne, University Of Stavanger, Norway Scandale de marque! Comprendre les rôles et les pratiques des médias lors d’un scandale impliquant une marque-personne Elodie Beroard, HEC Montréal, Canada Marie-Agnès Parmentier, HEC Montréal, Canada The Effect of Self-Complexity on Consumer Judgement of Losses Najam Saqib, Qatar University, Qatar Amit Das, Qatar University, Qatar Effect of Consumer Incompetence on Negative Word-of-Mouth Matthew Philp, Queen’s University, Canada Laurence Ashworth, Queen’s University, Canada Why to Consume What Does Not Exist? The Case of Second Life Mahshid Omid (Student), Université Laval, Canada Combination of MCDM Methods in Ranking Insurance Product Portfolio (A Case Study in Parsian Insurance Co.) Mahshid Sadat Mohammadi Jahromi, Tarbiat Modares University, Iran Adel Azar, Tarbiat Modares University, Iran Ali Rajabzadeh, Tarbiat Modares University, Iran The Impact of Web-Mining Tools on Prospective Web Customers Profiling and Acquisition Myriam Ertx, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Raoul Graf, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Human Versus Synthetic Voice: The Impact on Social Presence, Trust and Behavioral Intention Emna Cherif, Univeristé Paris 1 Panthéon Sorbonne, France Jean-François Lemoine Univeristé Paris 1 Panthéon Sorbonne, France Supermarket Innovation in the Presence of Non-traditional Competition Robert Thomson, Universite de Sherbrooke, Canada Offering Experiential Values to Improve Customers Attitudes towards Websites: A Comparison of Goods and Services Websites Saeed Shobeiri, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Ebrahim Mazaheri, Laurentian University, Canada Michel Laroche, Concordia University, Canada L’effet de la compensation sur l'équité perçue: le rôle modérateur de l’engagement affectif Anis Chtourou, ESC Troyes, France When is Sustainability a Liability Versus an Asset in Hedonic Products Leila Kamali, Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada Tripat Gill, Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada Le comportement social virtuel du consommateur et la gestion sociale virtuelle par l’organisation: Une revue de la littérature Amin Othmani, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada The Role of Money in Psychological Tensions Hamed Aghakhani (Student), University of Manitoba, Canada Mehdi Akhgari (Student), University of Manitoba, Canada Kelley Main, University of Manitoba, Canada Do the Order and Repetition of Mere Exposure to Green Products and Purchase Intention Impact the Priming and Llicensing Effects? Jianning Huang, University of Lethbridge, Canada Debra Basil, University of Lethbridge, Canada Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? Does Dirty Money Influence Product Valuations? Chelsea Galoni (Student), University of Guelph, Canada Theodore J. Noseworthy, University of Guelph, Canada Abstract This research demonstrates that the physical appearance of money can influences the valuation placed on products. Specifically, we find that perceived contamination and disgust from worn bills and credit cards transfers to the products purchased, subsequently lowering perceived ownership value and significantly reducing the endowment effect. Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? Does Dirty Money Influence Product Valuations? Evidence suggests that when consumers receive a signal that another consumer has touched a product, both evaluations and purchase intentions for that product will be lessened (Argo, Dahl, & Morales, 2006). The key finding from this work is that disgust is the core facilitator of consumer contamination effects. In fact, even when a normatively disgusting object touches another product, contamination can transfer and thus lower product evaluations (Morales & Fitzsimons, 2007). These findings are consistent with the general idea that disgust can lead individuals to reject or devalue a contaminated object (Rozin & Fallon, 1987; Rozin, Haidt, & McCauley, 1993; Rozin, Millman, & Nemeroff, 1986; Rozin & Nemeroff, 1990). The most recent example of this phenomenon utilized crumpled new bills to tap normative beliefs that money is dirty (Di Muro & Noseworthy, 2013). The authors found that disgust derived from worn banknotes encourages individuals to rid themselves of the notes, thus increasing spending. This work generated significant media attention under the premise that dirty money (quite literally) may fuel the economy. Indeed, there may be a quantifiable benefit to leaving worn bills in circulation. However, what the authors may have overlooked is that people may buy more with dirty money, but they may put relatively less value on the things they purchase. This prediction is not without support. Evidence suggests that discrete emotions play a major role in economic transactions. Specifically, disgust can trigger the goal of expelling, which subsequently reduces buying and selling prices, whereas sadness triggers the goal of changing one’s circumstances, which can increase buying prices but reduce selling prices (Lerner, Small, & Lowenstein, 2004). In fact, the motivational effect of disgust can be so strong that it eliminates the endowment effect—the tendency for selling prices to exceed buying prices for the same object (Kahneman, Knetsch, & Thaler, 1991; Thaler, 1980). Linking this phenomenon to money, Yang and colleagues (2013) found that dirty money can lead people to engage in selfish and unfair practices, like cheating customers at a farmer’s market. Although the authors did not focus on disgust, there is a wealth of evidence linking inferences of disgust to moral disengagement (Schnall et al., 2008; Wheatley & Haidt, 2005). Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? What much of this research has in common is that it is tapping what is referred to as pathogen disgust or contamination disgust (Tybur, Lieberman, & Griskevicious, 2009), which researchers argue evolved specifically to serve the function of avoidance (Curtis, Aunger, & Rabie, 2004; Curtis & Biran, 2001; Fessler & Navarrete, 2003; Marzillier & Davey, 2004). Pathogen disgust can be elicited through visual cues that are normatively linked to pathogen presence, even when such cues may be devoid of infectious agents (Rozin et al., 1986). Given the normative belief that money is dirty, it is not surprising that individuals infer contamination from visually worn currency (Di Muro & Noseworthy, 2013). What is surprising is that, because of this, individuals perceive higher carrying costs with worn currency, and thus are more likely to spend contaminated bills. This finding is consistent with Lerner and colleague’s (2004) notion of expelling, but it highlights the role of normative inferences. This raises an interesting question: If inferences of prior use can disgust individuals enough to make them want to rid themselves of worn currency (Di Muro & Noseworthy, 2013), and if pathogen disgust has the additional effect of reducing buying and selling prices (Lerner et al., 2004), then could the physical state of the payment method lower the subjective value of the products procured? Generally speaking, evidence for endowment has revealed that selling prices are typically twice as high as buying prices (Kahneman et al., 1990; Thaler, 1980). This discrepancy is often regarded as a manifestation of loss aversion (Bar-Hillel & Neter, 1996; Carmon & Ariely, 2000). A basic tenet of loss aversion is that losses loom larger than gains (Kahneman & Tversky, 1979; Tversky & Kahneman, 1991). Hence, given that relinquishing an item is often more painful than not obtaining the item in the first place, parting with the object is coded as a relative loss, whereas missing the opportunity to acquire the object is seen as a foregone gain (Carmon & Ariely, 2000). Attributing the endowment effect to loss aversion implicitly assumes that individuals develop some attachment to the items they own, which in turn increases the item’s subjective value (Beggan, 1992; Beggan & Scott, 1997). Strahilevitz and Loewenstein (1998) empirically validated this proposition (see also Pierce, Kostova, & Dirks, 2002). The link between endowment and attachment is particularly relevant when discussing contamination because pathogen disgust can inhibit attachment and lead individuals to devalue Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? contaminated objects (Rozin & Fallon, 1987; Rozin et al., 1993; Rozin et al., 1986; Rozin & Nemeroff, 1990). This phenomenon is predicated on the law of contagion. The law of contagion holds that when a source comes into direct or indirect contact with a target, the source can transfer some, if not all, of its properties to the target (Rozin & Nemeroff, 1990). The target then retains the properties received from the source even after the contact has been broken (Rozin & Nemeroff, 1990). Importantly, an individual does not have to observe or directly experience contact for contamination to occur (Rozin et al., 1989). This suggests the distinct possibility that touching something that is normatively disgusting (e.g., dirty money) may contaminate subsequent touch (e.g., a product). This idea is not as farfetched as it may seem. At one time or another, we have all been asked to wash our hands after touching something that is normatively filthy for fear of pathogen transfer. The following studies attempt to isolate this effect using fundamental objects that form the basis for economic exchange. Study 1 Design and Procedures Participants (N = 72; 67% female, Mage = 41.71) were recruited through advertisements and public posters, and were tested one at a time in a mock retail setting (see appendix). Upon entering the setting, each participant was presented with a box consisting of several sealed white envelopes. Participants were informed that each envelope contains anywhere from $10 to $30. They were instructed to select one envelope, open it, take out the money and confirm the amount. This ensured that participants touched the money before engaging in the retail transaction. Despite the guise, all envelopes contained a $20 bill. The range of the guise ensured that the $20 gain was not coded as a relative win or loss within the realm of chance. The only thing that varied between participants was whether the bill in the envelope was worn or crisp. Untarnished notes were requisitioned from a local bank. The worn condition was manipulated by crumpling and discoloring the bills, whereas the crisp bills were left unaltered. Upon taking the bill in hand, participants were directed to the store isle and given the following instructions: “We are examining how people prioritize their spending when given a cash windfall. Today Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? you will have the opportunity to purchase a product. We ask that you purchase AT LEAST ONE product. You can purchase more than one if you like. Because the regular compensation for participation is approximately $10, you will be allowed to keep the remaining money as well as keep any products you choose to purchase. When you finish the shopping task, we ask that you bring your items to the cashier to complete the transaction. The cashier will then give you the appropriate change.” The rationale for encouraging participants to purchase a product was to ensure that each individual had a corresponding price point to assess changes in willingness to accept. The products on the shelf were all food-related. What varied was their nutritional value under the guise that we were exploring if people select healthier versus less healthy snacks when awarded a cash windfall (see pretested product list in appendix). The products ranged from $1.00 to $3.50, and were organized such that an adjacent healthier option of equal price was always available. Upon completing the selection, the cashier generated a receipt which recorded the experimental condition (using a non-descript identifier), the number and name of the products purchased, and the entire basket amount. The cashier then administered the appropriate change along with a copy of the receipt. Participants were then directed to a cubicle to fill out a questionnaire. In step with Di Muro and Noseworthy (2013), the questionnaire began with a manipulation check asking participants to judge the degree to which the bill they used was worn-out (anchored 1 = not at all worn, 7 = very worn). Participants were then instructed to focus specifically on how the bill made them feel, and respond to four 5-point items (anchored 1 = not at all, 5 = extremely) that captured perceived disgust (disgusted; unclean; dirty; revolted; Morales & Fitzsimons, 2007). Unlike Di Muro and Noseworthy who then assessed the perceived value of the bills, participants were asked to rate the value of the products they purchased on thirteen 7-point items (anchored 1 = strongly disagree, 7 = strongly agree). Six of the items tapped participants’ perceptions of product value (has consistent quality; is well made; has poor workmanship; would not last long; would perform consistently; something I would enjoy) and seven items captured participants’ perceptions of usage value (something that I would want to use; something that I would feel relaxed about using; would give me pleasure; would help me to feel accepted; would improve the way I Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? am perceived; would make a good impression on others; would give its owner social approval; adapted from Di Muro & Noseworthy, 2013). Participants were then asked to record their general affective state using the 20-item Positive and Negative Affect Schedule (PANAS; Watson, Clark, & Tellegen, 1988). The questionnaire concluded with basic demographic questions. At this point, participants were thanked for completing the survey and walked to the front of the room. Upon which a confederate, who was unaware of the bill condition, approached the participants and asked them to write down exactly what they would be willing to accept for each product if we were to buy the products back. Participants were provided a small index card and a pen. The assistant then reviewed the card before concluding it may not be necessary to buy the product back. The confederate then kept the card and discharged the individuals from the lab. Results and Discussion A manipulation check confirmed that consumers rated the altered bills as more worn-out (M = 6.36; SD = 1.15) than the unaltered bills (M = 2.56; SD = 1.79; t(70) = 10.71, p < .001, d = 2.53). Importantly, despite the spending prioritization guise, this effect did not influence product selection. Specifically, a selection index was created within subjects by subtracting the number of healthier choices from the number of less healthy choices divided by the total basket of goods. The index was such that a negative number implied healthier selections, whereas a positive number implied less healthy selections. The results revealed that the physical state of the banknotes did not influence choice (MWorn = -.14 vs. MCrisp = -.24, ns). Furthermore, the physical state of the banknotes did not influence participants’ affective state, be it positive (MWorn = 3.08 vs. MCrisp = 3.07, ns) or negative (MWorn = 1.69 vs. MCrisp = 1.48, ns). Of course, given the cash windfall, individuals were generally more positive (M = 3.06; SD = .61) than negative (M = 1.59; SD = .58; t(71) = 14.22, p < .001, d = 2.48). Nevertheless, this suggests that any observed change in valuation across the worn and crisp bills could not be attributed to participants’ affective state or their selection criterion. Endowment was calculated as the discrepancy between what participants paid for an item and what they were willing to accept in exchange for parting with the item. As hypothesized, the results confirmed Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? that participants were more endowed in the crisp bill condition (M = .99; SD = 1.74) than in the worn bill condition (M = .18; SD = .54; t(70) = -2.66, p < .05, d = .62). In fact, endowment did not significantly differ from zero in the worn bill condition (t(70) = 1.96, ns). The prediction was that the physical state of the banknotes was causing this effect. Consistent with the results of Di Muro and Noseworthy (2013), an analysis of state-driven disgust (α = .71) revealed that participants were more disgusted by the worn banknotes (M = 1.45; SD = .63) than by the crisp banknotes (M = 1.12; SD = .36; t(70) = 2.85, p < .01, d = .67). To test whether disgust mediated the relationship between the physical state of money and endowment, the indirect effect and the standard error of the indirect effect were estimated using a biascorrected bootstrap with 5,000 draws (MacKinnon, Lockwood, & Williams, 2004). Despite the absolute means for disgust being relatively low, the results yielded a significant indirect effect of the physical state of money on endowment through disgust (95% CI: .02, .34). However, the direct effect of physical state on endowment remained significant (path c′; B = .67, SE = .32, p < .05). The question that remains is whether this phenomenon results in a drop of perceived value for the products that were purchased with the worn bills. Overall, there was no influence of the banknote’s physical state on perceived ownership value (α = .86; MWorn = 3.94 vs. MCrisp = 3.81, ns). There was, however, a significant difference in perceived product value (α = .76). Specifically, products purchased with worn bills were seen as less valuable (M = 5.44; SD = .93) than products purchase with crisp bills (M = 5.88; SD = .87; t(70) = -2.05, p < .05, d = .48). When perceived product value was added to the mediation model as a serial mediator (Hayes 2012; model 6), the results yielded a significant indirect effect of the physical state of money on endowment through disgust and then product value (95% CI: .37, -.01). This suggests that the drop in endowment was the result of heightened disgust for the worn bills corresponding with a reduction in the perceived value of whatever the bills procured. These findings confirm that the physical state of money can lower product valuations, and do so to such an extent that the endowment effect does not manifest. Although the findings are compelling, there is still the need to test whether this is truly the result of contamination transferring from the bills to the products, or whether this is the result of disgust activating Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? the goal to expel both the product and the money (Lerner et al., 2004). Di Muro and Noseworthy (2013) found that explicitly conveying that worn money is sanitized can reduce state-driven disgust and consequently nullify observed variations in spending. If the drop in product value is the result of pathogen disgust transferring from touching the method of payment and then touching the products, then (1) explicitly conveying the payment method is sterile should amend the contamination effect, which should correspond with enhanced product value and endowment. Furthermore, if raising state-disgust lowers selling prices by activating goals to expel, then (2) we should be able to replicate Lerner and colleagues (2004) by merely making consumers disgusted; however, if this is the result of participants wanting to expel, selling prices should indeed drop, but participants should not perceive the products as less valuable. Study 2 was designed to test these predictions. Study 2 Method Participants (N = 112; 53.6% female, Mage = 23.58) were recruited on campus, and were randomly assigned to one of four conditions in a 2 (physical appearance: worn vs. crisp) × 2 (instructions: control vs. sanitized) between-subjects design. The procedures were consistent with study 1, with the following key alterations. First, what were positioned as University prepaid credit cards replaced the banknotes. The cards were left unaltered in the crisp condition, whereas in the worn condition they were bent, scratched, stained, and discolored. Each card was explicitly valued at $25. In the control condition, participants were informed that they will pay with the card, but they will receive their change in cash. We explicitly stated that this was necessary because the cards are recycled for each participant. This was a key instruction given pretests revealed that inferences of use were not as normative for cards as for bills (which makes sense given that cards rarely change hands). In the sanitized condition, participants were given the card and informed of the following: “You may notice that your credit card looks pretty worn out. This is the result of repeated use from the number Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? of people going through this study. Given the amount of filth that was accumulating on the cards we have been asked by the research ethics board to ensure that all cards are free of germs and bacteria; hence, all credit cards have been thoroughly sterilized prior to this study” (script adapted from Di Muro & Noseworthy, 2013; study 5). The concept of filth was explicitly conveyed following a pretest (n = 35) which revealed that the explicit mention of filth due to repeated use led to disgust even when in the context of remediating the filth. Participants were once again informed that they would keep all products purchased as well as any leftover change from the transaction. As in study 1, upon finalizing the transaction, participants completed a brief questionnaire and then responded to the willingness to accept question before exiting the retail lab. All measures remained identical with study 1. Results and Discussion Manipulation Check – Physical Appearance Consistent with the use of altered bills in study 1, consumers rated the altered credit cards as more worn-out (M = 5.02) than the unaltered cards (M = 2.83; F(1, 108) = 38.72, p < .001, η2 = .26). Importantly, the main effect of the sanitization manipulation on perceptions of wornness was not significant (F(1, 108) = .51, ns). Neither was the physical appearance × sanitization interaction (F(1, 108) = .04, ns). Furthermore, the manipulation of the cards did not influence participants’ affective state (positive or negative, Fs < 1) or purchase selection (Fs < 2). As in study 1, participants were generally more positive (M = 3.14) than negative (M = 1.46; F(1, 108) = 440.75, p < .001), and this pattern did not vary by the sanitization manipulation (F(1, 108) = .02, ns) or appearance manipulation (F(1, 108) = .06, ns). Hence, the manipulation of physical appearance worked as intended. Endowment A two-way ANOVA yielded a significant physical appearance × sanitization interaction on endowment (F(1, 108) = 5.40, p < .05, η2 = .04). As illustrated in the table, simple effects revealed the nature of the interaction was such that the influence of physical appearance varied by the sanitization manipulation. Consistent with study 1, when participants were left to make their own inferences, they Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? were more endowed in the crisp card condition (M = 1.06) than in the worn card condition (M = .26; F(1, 108) = 6.04, p < .05). Once again, endowment for participants who paid with a worn credit card did not significantly differ from zero (t(27) = 1.38, ns). As predicted, this pattern did not manifest when participants were informed that the cards were sanitized due to excessive use (MCrisp = .40 vs. MWorn =.67, ns). In fact, the results reversed; when participants were informed that the worn card was sanitized, they became endowed (t(27) = 3.32, p < .005). Critically, when participants were informed that the crisp card was sanitized, endowment dropped to non-significance (t(27) = 1.83, ns). Another way of looking at this is that participants were more endowed when they purchased products with the crisp credit card in the control (M = 1.06) than when informed the card was sanitized due to excessive use (M = .40; F(1, 108) = 4.17, p < .05). Consistent with the pretest results, this finding supports that disgust may have been brought to bear on the crisp card transaction even in the context of remediation. If so, we should see this reflect in participants’ self-reported state. Table: Means, Standard Deviations, and Cell Counts for Study 2 Control Sanitization . Worn Card Crisp Card Worn Card Crisp Card Manipulation & Confound Checks Perceived Wornness Positive Affect Negative Affect Selection Index 5.17 (1.67) 3.19 (0.68) 1.46 (0.47) -.71 (2.24) 2.93 (2.19) 3.21 (0.72) 1.54 (0.44) -.54 (1.71) 4.87 (1.51) 3.08 (0.75) 1.40 (0.36) -.14 (1.95) 2.75 (1.95) 3.09 (0.69) 1.43 (0.55) -.21 (1.85) Core Dependent Variables Endowment Disgust Product Valuation 0.26 (1.02) 1.94 (1.18) 5.15 (1.03) 1.06 (1.52) 1.11 (0.24) 5.70 (0.74) 0.67 (1.07) 1.31 (0.41) 5.54 (0.89) 0.40 (1.16) 1.56 (0.78) 5.65 (0.70) 28 28 28 28 Cell Size Note—Standard deviations are reported in parentheses; Selection Index = negative values indicate healthier choices, whereas positive values indicate less healthy choices. Disgust A two-way ANOVA revealed a significant physical appearance × sanitization interaction on state disgust (α = .88; F(1, 108) = 14.39, p < .001, η2 = .11). As expected, simple effects revealed that Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? participants were more disgusted by the worn credit cards in the control (M = 1.94) than when informed the worn cards were sanitized (M = 1.31; F(1, 108) = 9.79, p < .005). In step with the flip in endowment, and in support of the pretest results, participants were more disgusted when informed the crisp credit cards were sanitized (M = 1.56) than by the crisp cards in the control (M = 1.11; F(1, 108) = 4.99, p < .05). This result suggests that the sanitization manipulation worked as intended; it offset inferences of disgust in the worn condition, however, the prospect of filth through repeated use brought disgust to bear on the transaction in the crisp condition. This lends an interesting avenue to explore whether we are truly tapping transference from the source of payment to the product, or whether, consistent with Lerner and colleagues (2004), we are merely tapping the ability for disgust to enhance goals of expelling. Only in the control condition when participants used worn bills could they infer pathogen transfer. In the crisp sanitized condition, participants were merely disgusted by the concept of filth through repeated use. Hence, if we are indeed tapping contamination, this should be reflected in product valuations only in the former, not the latter. Perceived Product Value In step with the results of study 1, a two-way ANOVA yielded a main effect of physical appearance on perceived product value (α = .80); participants perceived the products purchased with worn cards as less valuable (M = 5.34) than the products purchased with crisp cards (M = 5.68; F(1, 108) = 4.39, p < .05, η2 = .03). Planned contrasts confirmed this effect was significant only in the control condition (MWorn = 5.15 vs. MCrisp = 5.70; F(1, 108) = 5.95, p < .05), and not in the sanitization condition (MWorn = 5.54 vs. MCrisp = 5.65, ns). A follow-up complex contrast comparing the worn card in the control condition against a linear combination of all other cells revealed it was the only condition to record a significant decline in valuation (MWorn-Control = 5.15 vs. MsCombined = 5.63; FΨ(1, 108) = 6.74, p < .05). No other contrasts approached significance. Although the observed effects were not as strong as in study 1 (when using actual bills), the results confirmed the role of contamination in lowering product value. Consistent with Lerner and colleagues (2004), perceived disgust dropped selling prices across the board; however, only when participants inferred contamination did they see the products that they purchased as less valuable. Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? General Discussion Given the recent economic recession, there has been considerable media attention around the need to increase domestic spending in the US. There has also been discussion on the need to decrease government spending. Indeed, like the recession itself, these concerns are global. It costs approximately nine cents to create a new banknote in the US (US Treasury, 2011). This may not seem like much, but in 2007 alone, the US printed 9.1 billion banknotes (US Treasury, 2011). Some estimates clock currency production at 38 million bills per day at a value of $541 million (US Treasury, 2011). The sheer cost in volume sits at the forefront of the Federal debate about whether the US should even have a dollar bill, as opposed to a dollar coin, which could last up to 25 years despite a higher cost in production (Atlanta Federal Reserve, 2008). The results from recent work suggests the Fed may be better served, both in terms of domestic spending and currency production costs, by leaving worn bills in circulation (Di Muro & Noseworthy, 2013). Indeed, the Fed may be better served, but the results of this study suggest the consumer may not be. Hence, with the recent interest in exploring the effects of dirty money on consumption behavior (e.g., Di Muro & Noseworthy, 2013; Yang et al., 2013), the results caution that researchers should not ignore the consumable itself. Evidence from two studies suggests that the act of purchasing products with dirty money can lower product valuations. Importantly, although commensurate, the results cannot be solely attributed to goals of expelling (Lerner et al., 2004) or changes in behavioral tendencies (Yang et al., 2013). Consistent with the findings from Learner and colleagues (2004), disgust indeed reduced selling prices across the board, however, only in cases where participants could infer transference, did disgust from worn currency drop product valuations. Similarly, consistent with Yang and colleagues (2013), disgust altered behavior and associative inferences; however, if the results were solely due to associative norms governing the use of worn bills, then the sanitization manipulation should not have curbed the loss in valuation. Furthermore, we observed no changes in product preference. An alternate explanation could have been that the bills prime choice behavior (e.g., vice versus virtue), thus people put less value on vices than on more virtuous purchases. Although this would be equally fascinating, we were unable to observe any changes in Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? purchase behavior by product type. This should not deter future research from exploring this hypothesis. Indeed, the lack of difference, although also observed by Di Muro and Noseworthy, could be because we used food as opposed to something more durable. The results raise an interesting explanatory variable that has yet to be considered in recent articles on dirty money. Di Muro and Noseworthy (2013) controlled the price of their products; hence, it is not that people spent more with dirty money, but that they purchased more. This is an important distinction, because it highlights some of the issues with using ratio scales in consumer research. The zeros that were averaged into the spending data were not a value estimate, but instead they were a behavioral estimate demonstrating no desire to buy. Indeed, although the focus of the current work was not on spending, pilot data revealed participants tended to spend the same amount when they spent anything; they were just more likely to spend in the worn condition, which is consistent with Lerner and Colleague’s (2004) notion of expelling. This is a very different interpretation than the one offered by Di Muro and Noseworthy (2013). Hence, could it be that people purchase more goods with dirty money to offset the diminished utility? This is an important question that needs to be answered. Similarly, in Yang and colleague’s (2013) work, farmers given dirty money would cheat customers by giving less than 500 grams of produce. Could it be that it was not so much that they gave less, but that they gave what was of equivalent utility to the bills? This too would be an interesting avenue for future exploration. The estimated utility derived from worn currency could go a long way in explaining current theoretical accounts. Finally, it is worth pointing out that the effects in study 2 were notably smaller than the effects in study 1. This would seemingly support Di Muro and Noseworthy’s (2013) assertion about normative beliefs involving dirty money. Indeed, some of the pretest work revealed these norms are not perfectly reflected in credit card use. That said, the results demonstrate that inferences of filth can operate on alternate vehicles for economic exchange, and that these inferences can lead people to put less value on the things they purchase. Researchers have dominantly looked at consumption behavior. The fact that the characteristics of the payment system can alter behavior suggests that much of the current understanding of product preference may vary, if even slightly, by the state of payment. The implications for this on a Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? myriad of consumption related behaviors could be profound. Certainly more research is needed in this area. Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? Appendix Pretested Less Healthy Options Pretested Healthier Options Coca-Cola, 710ml Canada Dry Gingerale, 710ml Sprite, 710ml Coca-Cola, 2L Canada Dry Gingerale, 2L Mars Candy Bar, 1 item Twix Candy Bar, 1 item Kit Kat Candy Bar, 1 item Mr. Big Candy Bar, 1 item Cinnamon Toast Crunch, 1 box French Toast Crunch, 1 box Nesquik Chocolate Cereal, 1 box Lucky Charms, 1 box Reese’s Puffs, 1 box Doritos, 1 bag Ruffles Original, 1 bag Cheetos Puffs, 1 bag Chips Ahoy Chocolate Cookies, 1 bag Oreo Cookies, 1 bag Fudgee-O Cookies, 1 bag Aquafina+ Vitamins Water, 591ml Nestle Splash, Flavoured Water, 500ml Dasani Water, 710ml Allen’s Apple Juice, 1L Allen’s Fruit Punch, 1L Fibre 1 Bar- Oats and Chocolate Fibre 1 Bar- Chocolate Peanut Butter Nature Valley Bar- Fruit and Nut Nature Valley Bar- Trail Mix Plain Cheerios, 1 box Multigrain Cheerios, 1 box Rice Krispies, 1 box Oatmeal Crisp, 1 box Mini Wheat’s Original, 1 box Smartfood, 1 bag Baked Lays Original, 1 bag Pretzels, 1 bag Nutri-Grain Bar, 1 box Nature Valley Bar, 1 box Lifestyle Brand Cookies, 1 box Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? References Argo, J. J., Dahl, D.W. & Morales, A.C. (2006). Consumer Contamination: How Consumers React to Products Touched by Others. Journal of Marketing, 70 (April), 81–94. Bar-Hillel, M., & Neter, E. (1996). Why are people reluctant to exchange lottery tickets? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70 (January), 17-27. Beggan, J.K. (1992). On the Social Nature of Nonsocial Perception: The Mere Ownership Effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62 (February), 229-37. Beggan, J.K., & Allison, S.T. (1997). More than meets their eyes: Support of the mere ownership effect. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 6(3), 285–297. Carmon, Z. & Ariely, D. (2000). Focusing on the Foregone: How Value Can Appear So Different to Buyers and Sellers. Journal of Consumer Research, 27(December), 360–370. Curtis, V., Aunger, R. & Rabie, T. (2004). Evidence that Disgust Evolved to Protect from Risk of Disease. Proceedings of The Royal Society, 271 Supplement 4 (May), S131–33. Curtis, V., & Biran, A. (2001). Dirt, Disgust and Disease: Is Hygiene in Our Genes? Perspectives in Biology and Medicine, 44 (Winter), 17 – 31. Di Muro, F., & Noseworthy, T.J. (2013). Money Isn’t Everything But it Helps if it Doesn’t Look Used: How The Physical Appearance of Money Influences Spending. Journal of Consumer Research, 39 (April), 1330–42. Fessler, D.M.T., & Navarrete, C.D. (2003). Domain-Specific Variation in Disgust Sensitivity across the Menstrual Cycle. Evolution and Human Behavior, 24 (November), 406–17. Hayes, A.F. (2012). PROCESS: A Versatile Computational Tool for Observed Variable Mediation, Moderation, and Conditional Process Modeling. White Paper, http://www.afhayes.com/public/process2012.pdf. Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? Kahneman, D., Knetsch, J.L., & Thaler, R.H. (1990). Experimental Tests of the Endowment Effect and the Coase Theorem. Journal of Political Economy, 98 (December), 1325-48. Kahneman, D., Knetsch, J.L., & Thaler, R.H. (1991). Anomalies: The Endowment Effect, Loss Aversion, and Status Quo Bias. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5(Winter), 193–206. Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1979). Prospect Theory: An Analysis of Decision Under Risk. Econometrica, 47 (March), 263-91. MacKinnon, D.P., Lockwood, C.M. & Williams, J. (2004). Confidence Limits for the Indirect Effect: Distribution of the Product and Resampling Methods. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 39 (January), 99–123. Marzillier, S., & Davey, G. (2004). The Emotional Profiling of Disgust-Eliciting Stimuli: Evidence for Primary and Complex Disgusts. Cognition & Emotion, 18 (3), 313–36. Morales, A.C., & Fitzsimons, G.J. (2007). Product Contagion: Changing Consumer Evaluations Through Physical Contact with ‘Disgusting’ Products. Journal of Marketing Research, 44 (May), 272–83. Lerner, J.S., Small, D.A., & Lowenstein, G. (2004). Heart Strings and Purse Strings: Carryover Effects of Emotions on Economic Decisions. Psychological Science, 15 (May), 337–41. Pierce, J.L., Kostova, T., &Dirks, K.T. (2003). The state of psychological ownership: Integrating and extending a century of research. Review of General Psychology, 7 (March), 84-107. Rozin, P., & Fallon, A.E. (1987). A Perspective on Disgust. Psychological Review, 94 (1), 23–41. Rozin, P., Haidt, J., & McCauley, C.R. (1993). Disgust. In Handbook of Emotions, ed. Michael Lewis and Jeannette M. Haviland, New York: Guilford Press, 757–76. Rozin, P., Millman, L., & Nemeroff, C. (1986). Operation of the Laws of Sympathetic Magic in Disgust and other Domains. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50 (April), 703–12. Rozin, P., & Nemeroff, C. (1990). The Laws of Sympathetic Magic: A Psychological Analysis of Similarity and Contagion. In Cultural Psychology: Essays on Comparative Human Development, ed. James E. Stigler, Richard A. Shweder and Gilbert Herdt, New York: Cambridge University Press, 205 – 32. Running Head: DOES DIRTY MONEY INFLUENCE PRODUCT VALUATIONS? Rozin, P., Nemeroff, C., Wane, M. & Sherrod, A. (1989). Operation of the Sympathetic Magical Law of Contagion in Interpersonal Attitudes Among Americans. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 27 (4), 367–70. Schnall, S., Haidt, J., Clore, G.L., & Jordan, A.H. (2008). Disgust as Embodied Moral Judgement. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 34 (August), 1096-109. Strahilevitz, M.A., & Loewenstein, G. (1998). The Effect of Ownership History on the Valuation of Objects. Journal of Consumer Research, 25 (December), 276–89. Sweeney, J.C. & Soutar, G.N. (2001). Consumer Perceived Value: The Development of a Multi Item Scale. Journal of Retailing, 77 (Summer), 203–20. Thaler, R. (1980). Toward a Positive Theory of Consumer Choice. Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 1 (March), 39–60. Tversky, A., & Kahneman, D. (1991). Loss Aversion in Riskless Choice: A Reference-Dependent Model. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 106 (November), 1039–62. Tybur, J.M., Lieberman, D. & Griskevicius, V. (2009). Microbes, Mating, and Morality: Individual Differences in Three Functional Domains of Disgust. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 97 (July), 103–22. Watson, D., Clark, L.A. & Tellegen, A. (1988). Development and Validation of Brief Measures of Positive and Negative Affect: The PANAS Scales. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54 (June), 1063–70. Wheatley, T., & Haidt, J. (2005). Hypnotic Disgust Makes Moral Judgments More Severe. Psychological Science, 16 (October), 780-84. Yang, Q., Wu, X., Zhou, X., Mean, N.L., Vohs, K.D., & Baumeister, R. (2013). Diverging Effects of ClanVersus Dirty Money on Attitudes, Values, and Interpersonal Behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 104 (March), 473–89. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN It Ain’t Easy Being Green: Unintended Effects of the Colour Green Ethan Pancer, St.Mary’s University, Canada Lindsay McShane, Carleton University, Canada Abstract We examine the unintended effects of green-colored products and packaging. Across three experiments, we demonstrate that green products that lack legitimizing environmental information are perceived as more misleading and of lower quality, and also subject to reduced purchase intentions. We find that this ‘greenwashing discount’ is mitigated by consumer education and ecologo certification. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN In recent years, there has been a marked increase in the general public’s awareness of and concern for environmental issues. This upward shift in environmental awareness and concern has led to distinct changes in the corporate landscape, where an increasing number of companies are adapting to the public’s demands for more ethical and environmentally-responsible business practices (Franklin 2008). One particularly notable outcome of this adaptive process is the increased availability of “environmentally-responsible” products. At first glance, the introduction of more environmental products would seem to facilitate the practice of sustainable consumption. And, yet, there are two core challenges that continue to plague this practice – one on the consumer side and one on the corporate side. The challenge on the consumer side is the pervasive gap between intentions and behaviors, whereby consumers consistently state a high level of concern for environmental issues (and a high corresponding intention to purchase environmental products), that is not reflected in their actual purchase behavior. In fact, a Neilsen report finds that “83 percent of global online consumers say that it is important that companies implement programs to improve the environment, but only 22 percent say they will pay more for an eco-friendly product” (2011, p. 7). The challenge on the corporate side is the prevalence of greenwashing (i.e., the marketing of misleading environmental claims). A recent report by TerraChoice finds that 95% of products labeled as “environmentally responsible” engage in some form of greenwashing (2010). These two challenges are interconnected – greenwashing actions are likely to further deteriorate consumers’ willingness to believe environmental claims, which further increases the green intention-behavior gap. A critical step in overcoming these hurdles is to develop a better understanding of consumers’ perceptions of and responses to environmental products. Whereas previous work typically treats these consumer and corporate issues as distinct from one another (e.g., Luchs, Naylor, Irwin, and Raghunathan 2010), we believe that it is important to understand how greenwashing influences consumers’ perceptions of and responses to products that are portrayed as environmental. We take steps to address this issue in the current work by examining how the perceived illegitimacy of environmental claims (i.e., the extent to Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN which they are perceived as employing greenwashing tactics) influences product quality perceptions. While greenwashing can take on many forms (Greenwashing Index 2012), we focus the current research on the presence of green imagery, and more specifically, the color green. Across three experiments, we find that products that are portrayed as “environmentally-friendly” (e.g., the product is green in color) without substantiating information (e.g., an eco-logo) are perceived as lower in quality than other identical non-green products based on a discounting process. However, we find that this discounting effect is moderated by both the consumers’ motivation to systematically process the product information (i.e., their level of involvement in environmental issues) and their cognitive capacity. Taken together, our results both offer compelling evidence that consumers’ greenwashing perceptions play a critical role in shaping product quality perceptions and, more generally, provide meaningful insight as to the complex relationship between perceptions of environmental legitimacy and product quality. To our knowledge, we are the first to experimentally demonstrate the unintended negative effects of the appearance of green-colored products, where consumers can be skeptical of products that look to be trying to convey an environmental image without substantiating information. We also test and explain the underlying process through which this occurs – a discounting effect stemming from systematic processing. Finally, we examine strategies that inhibit discounting by legitimating ‘green’ products. In the following section, we review the relevant literature on both consumers’ perceptions of and responses to sustainable products and greenwashing. We then develop specific predictions about how the perceived (il) legitimacy of environmental claims influence consumers’ perceptions of product quality and then present the results of three between-subjects experiments. Finally, we discuss the implications of our work, and also identify potential avenues for future research. Literature Review and Conceptual Development Consumer Perceptions of and Responses to Sustainable Products It is well-established in the literature that there is great disparity between the mandate for ethical and environmental practices that consumers (and media) are conveying to companies and their actual Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN consumption behavior (e.g., Auger, Burke, Devinney and Louviere 2003; Auger and Devinney 2007; Devinney, Auger and Eckhardt 2010). The issue that is less understood, however, is why such a gap exists. Recent work has begun to examine this issue, shedding light on the complexities underlying consumers’ responses to sustainable products. Devinney, Auger and Eckhardt (2010), for instance, find that consumers do believe that it is important to be ethical consumers, but are able to rationalize their nonethical purchases by attributing their behavior to certain barriers (e.g., a lack of time and money) or, in other cases, by asserting their dependency on the government to regulate business practices. Hopkins (2009) similarly highlights lack of resources as a contributor to the gap, and also identifies lack of awareness and limited choices as additional barriers that affect sustainable purchase behavior. Other work suggests, however, that the gap may also stem both from consumers’ perceptions of how sustainability relates to other product attributes (Luchs, Brower and Chitturi 2010) and from the associations that consumers hold about ethical products (Luchs, Naylor, Irwin, and Raghunathan 2010). With regards to the former, Luchs, Brower and Chitturi (2010) find that consumers tend to opt for a superior functional product over a superior sustainable product and, more generally, demand that a sustainable product meet a minimum standard for functionality. With regards to the latter, Luchs, Naylor, Irwin, and Raghunathan (2010) find that consumers typically associate ethicality with gentleness-related attributes, and so they tend to prefer sustainable products when they value such attributes but prefer nonethical products when they value strength-related attributes. Consistent across this extant research is the idea that consumers’ responses to sustainable products are more complex than an assessment of whether the product is or is not environmentallyresponsible. Rather, these studies suggest that consumers, upon seeing ethical product claims, make inferences about the product along several dimensions. As such, their decision to engage in sustainable consumption incorporates many considerations such as the various trade-offs involved in acquiring sustainable products (e.g., costs and convenience: Devinney, Auger and Eckhardt 2010; functionality: Luchs, Brower and Chitturi 2010; product strength: Luchs, Naylor, Irwin, and Raghunathan 2010) and the extent to which they have a responsibility to do so (Devinney, Auger and Eckhardt 2010). Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Further capturing the complexity of this issue, additional work suggests that sustainable consumption is not only influenced by consumers’ inferences about how sustainability, as a product attribute, relates to other product attributes but also by how the environmental claims are portrayed (e.g., Chang 2011). This work is particularly relevant to the current research and so we now turn to discuss it, and the related greenwashing literature, in more detail. Greenwashing Greenwashing refers to situations where an organization’s priority is to appear environmental with less emphasis on engaging in (and communicating) actual sustainable business practices (Laufer 2003). According to the Greenwashing Index, a consumer education initiative from EnviroMedia Social Marketing and the University of Oregon, it more generally involves misleading consumers through the use of green rhetoric and language, environmental imagery, vague claims, exaggerations, and/or onesided positive arguments such that consumers have difficulty differentiating between genuine and disingenuous claims. Environmentally-friendly product marketing has become a prevalent phenomenon, as many companies strive to gain legitimacy and comply with the norms and expectations of their stakeholders (Handelman and Arnold 1999). In fact, a recent study by TerraChoice (2010) found that the rate of products advertising themselves as ‘green’ increased by 73% between 2009 and 2010, and that the majority of these product claims involve some form of greenwashing. The rise of such practices represents a growing need to understand how such actions influence consumers’ responses to products portrayed as environmentally-responsible. Much of the research on greenwashing to date has examined the issue from a public policy and/or strategic level, investigating corporate strategies to reduce greenwashing (e.g., Prakash 2002), policies for addressing the prevalence of such actions (e.g., Laufer 2003; Lyon and Maxwell 2006) and, relatedly, defining the parameters of the phenomenon (Ramus and Montiel 2005). Remarkably, there is relatively scant research that has directly considered consumers’ perceptions of products that appear environmentally-friendly: Do consumers infer greenwashing motives from simple, product-based cues? Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN What is the process through which this occurs? As it stands, we have a limited understanding of how the legitimacy of environmental claims affects consumers’ product perceptions and the unintended consequences associated with this process. The little work that does exist on this topic suggests that greenwashing perceptions are important to consumers’ corporate evaluations. Vaccaro and Echeverri (2010), for instance, find that less transparent environmental policies result in lower willingness to collaborate on environmental initiatives than those that are more transparent. Along similar lines, Chang (2011) finds that both the perceived believability of the ad and the green claim influence consumers’ product evaluations, where disbelief in green claims results in more negative product evaluations. Although not directly related, the literature on consumer skepticism and deceptive advertising is consistent with these results as well, demonstrating that deceptive advertising has significant negative consequences for the firm (e.g., consumer distrust: Pollay 1986; Darke and Ritchie 2007; Main, Dahl, and Darke 2007). We argue that a green-colored product can be perceived as a particular form of unsubstantiated environmental deception and, drawing on this extant work , thus expect such actions to negatively influence consumers’ evaluations. Taken together then, this extant research on both greenwashing perceptions and deceptive advertising suggest a general need to better understand how perceptions of greenwashing impact consumers’ product perceptions. We now turn to consider this issue in more detail, focusing specifically on how the (il) legitimacy of environmental claims (i.e., the use of the color green) influences product quality perceptions. Greenwashing and Quality Perceptions The limited work that has been done on consumers’ greenwashing perceptions suggests that such perceptions may be important in shaping consumers’ products judgments. To examine this issue, we first turn to conducted study by Chang (2011), which finds that consumers who are ambivalent about sustainable products form more negative product evaluations when they believe that the firm exerted a high-level of effort in developing the “green claim”. We argue that this inference of effort can also be understood through the lens of greenwashing, where certain inherent product cues (in this case effort) can Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN stimulate thoughts regarding the company motives to appear environmentally-friendly. Following, the product is tainted by the seemingly-misleading tactics, thus reducing product preference. Building on this interpretation, we argue that greenwashing perceptions motivate consumers to more closely scrutinize the product, thus leading them to discount quality. More specifically, we predict that when a product is portrayed as environmentally-friendly (i.e., employs greenwashing tactics like use of the color green) without sufficient credibility, consumers will perceive the product as having lower quality relative to both products that make legitimate claims and those that make no environmental claims. This prediction is consistent with prior studies that show that perceptions of quality can be influenced by intrinsic product attribute cues (e.g., Monroe and Krishnan 1985). However, the presence of information that legitimizes the environmental claim (e.g., an eco-logo is placed on a product that is green in color) should mitigate these effects by reducing the likelihood that consumers will perceive the green color as a greenwashing tactic. As such, we predict that: H1a: Consumers will perceive green-colored products as lower in quality than identical nongreen products. H1b: The presence of information that legitimizes the green-colored product will moderate the effect predicted in H1a, mitigating the difference between green and non-green colored products. We also propose that the effects of green-colored products will go beyond influencing perceptions of product quality, also having a meaningful indirect influence on purchase intentions. Perceptions of quality have long been theorized to be an intervening construct to understand purchase intentions (see Zeithaml 1988). Chang and Wildt (1994) empirically demonstrated that perceptions of quality have a direct effect on purchase intentions, as well as an indirect effect through perceived value (which incorporates pricing information). As such, we make the following moderated mediation prediction: H2: Green product color will have a conditional indirect effect on purchase intentions through perceptions of product quality in the absence of legitimizing information. The “Greenwashing Discount” and Information Processing Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN The premise of Hypothesis 1 is that greenwashing attempts (i.e., use of the color green without substantiating information) tarnish consumers’ product quality perceptions. Specifically, the argument is that greenwashing tactics lead consumers to engage in an effortful process whereby the product becomes tainted and so product quality is discounted. This is consistent with Chang (2009; 2011), which suggests that consumers engage in motivated processing that leads them to discount the believability of both the ad and the “green claim”, which subsequently reduces product evaluations. Implicit in this logic, however, is the assumption that consumers are cognitively able to scrutinize (i.e., systematically process) the information. This assumption however, raises the question of how the “greenwashing discount” may vary depending on how the green product information is processed. To investigate this issue, we turn to the heuristic-systematic model (HSM) of information processing (Chaiken, Liberman and Eagly 1989). The HSM is a well-established dual-process model which argues that there are two general modes of processing that individuals may use when forming judgments – heuristic and systematic. Heuristic processing is relatively less effortful, relying on simple cues to form judgments. Systematic processing, by contrast, involves more in-depth scrutiny of judgment-relevant information. While the HSM argues that these modes may co-occur, it suggests that systematic processing requires both sufficient cognitive ability and motivation to engage in the more cognitively effortful process (Chen and Chaiken 1999; Chaiken, Liberman and Eagly 1989). Drawing on this model, we thus expect the discounting effect of greenwashing, triggered by the unsubstantiated use of the color green, on product quality to vary depending on the cognitive ability and motivation of the consumer. First, with regards to cognitive ability, we expect the predictions outlined in Hypothesis 1a to hold only in cases where consumers have sufficient cognitive resources to devote towards the judgment-formation process. In cases where they lack sufficient resources to engage in systematic processing, we expect consumers to be less likely to discount, making them more vulnerable to green product appearances. The logic here is based on the idea discussed previously - that extrapolating on greenwashing information to make inferences about the product itself (i.e., that it is of low quality) requires cognitive effort. As such, when cognitive resources are constrained, consumers should be unable Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN to translate the greenwashing information into meaningful information about the product. The result is that they are less likely to discount product quality based on the illegitimate environmental claim. Importantly, however, based on the HSM, we do expect the predicted effects of cognitive capacity to be further moderated by the consumers’ motivation to process the information. When consumers do have the cognitive resources available to process the information, we expect the deleterious effects of greenwashing on product quality to be exacerbated for those who are highly motivated to scrutinize the message (i.e., those who are dispositionally more involved in environmental issues). The rationale here is that highly motivated consumers, who are also cognitively able, will be particularly likely to devote cognitive resources towards processing the judgment-relevant information, and subsequently draw product-level inferences based on the greenwashing tactic (i.e., view the product as tainted). H3a: When consumers have cognitive resources available to them, consumers high in involvement in environmental issues will perceive products with illegitimate environmental claims as having lower quality than those with low involvement. In contrast, when the green claims are legitimate (i.e., using color green with substantiating information), the highly involved consumers should perceive the product as having higher quality than those who are less involved in environmental issues. The logic here is that those who are more involved in the environment are expected to hold more positive associations with environmental products, and essentially view such legitimate environmental products as affirming values that are important to them. H3b: When consumers have cognitive resources available to them, consumers who are more involved in environmental issues will perceive products with legitimate environmental claims as having higher quality than those with who are less involved. The nature of judgment formation changes when cognitive resources are constrained. We expect the “greenwashing discount” demonstrated by those high in environmental involvement to be mitigated. That is, we predict the “greenwashing discount” to be smaller (i.e., less likely to reduce product quality perceptions) when consumers who are highly involved in environmental issues do not have the cognitive Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN resources to process the product information as compared to when they are not constrained. The logic here, as noted earlier, is that constraining the cognitive ability of these consumers reduces their ability to interpret the greenwashing information in terms of what it means for the product. Similarly, we also expect the positive effect of legitimate environmental claims on perceptions of quality for highly involved consumers to be mitigated. In these cases, consumers have a limited ability to interpret this legitimacy as favorable product information, thus reducing the extent to which highly involved consumers are able to consider the product in terms of its alignment with their personal values. Accordingly, we predict: H4a: Consumers who are highly involved in environmental issues are less likely to discount product quality based on illegitimate green claims when they are cognitively constrained (vs. not constrained). H4b: The exacerbating effect of legitimate environmental claims on perceptions of product quality for highly involved consumers will be reduced when they are cognitively constrained (vs. not constrained). Method Study Overview We conducted three experiments to test different elements of our predictions. First, we examined whether the mere fact that a product was green in color would create perceptions that the product was of lower quality than identical non-green products (H1a). We also tested whether legitimizing the environmental claim by informing consumers that environmentally-responsible products were becoming more available in the marketplace would mitigate this greenwashing discount (H1b) and whether the color green has a conditional indirect effect on purchase intentions via quality perceptions (H2). In Study 2, we conceptually replicated our findings from Study 1, operationalizing green appearance using product packaging instead of natural product color and legitimizing the green claim through the presence of an ecologo instead of additional marketplace information. We also shifted the context to a different consumer-goods product category. Finally, Study 3 tested the prediction that both consumers’ cognitive ability and motivation to systematically process the judgment-relevant information would influence Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN product quality perceptions (H3 and H4). Specifically, we tested whether an illegitimate green claim would exacerbate the deleterious effects of perceived greenwashing on product quality for those both cognitively able and motivated to process the claim (H3a) and whether a legitimate claim would lead to higher product quality perceptions for those same consumers (H3b). Further, we tested the prediction that constraining the cognitive resources of such highly involved consumers would mitigate these effects (H4a and H4b). Study 1 Study 1 was designed to test whether consumers’ perceptions of product quality could indeed be affected by the presence of green imagery (i.e., the color green). Specifically, we wanted to obtain evidence that, even when all other aspects of the product were identical, the fact that the product was green in color could taint inferences about the effectiveness of the product. We also wanted to test the prediction that information legitimizing the greenness of the product (i.e., suggesting that the green color is a legitimate environmental claim) mitigates the deleterious effect of the colour green on product quality perceptions. Experimental Design and Procedure Ninety-seven students participated in a 2 (Product Color: green vs. orange) X 2 (Prime: environmental vs. neutral) between-subjects factorial design in return for course credit. Participants were told that they were going to complete two studies – a memory judgment task and a product evaluation task. In fact, the first study was a prime, whereby participants were asked to read an excerpt from a recent press release about either the rising prevalence of sustainable products (environmental prime) or an upcoming choir performance at the local theatre (neutral prime) (See Appendix A). The basic premise was that the environmental prime, by highlighting the increasing availability of truly sustainable products, would enhance the perceived legitimacy of environmental claims. Notably, the appearance of these primes was controlled regarding selected font, font size, length and general layout of the message. After reading the press release excerpt, participants were told they would later answer some general questions about the article. In the interim, they were asked to complete an ostensibly unrelated Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN product evaluation study. Each participant was then shown a bottle of Dawn dish soap. We chose dishwashing soap as our focal product in this study because quality is generally measured along one central domain (i.e., ability to clean dishes) and it is not consumed in the public domain, mitigating impression management concerns associated with green products (Griskevicius, Tybur and Van den Bergh 2010). The bottles of dish soap were identical in every aspect except that half the participants saw green soap and the other half saw orange soap (see Appendix B). Notably, product color was not manipulated in image-editing software; the colors presented were real offerings from the brand. We predicted that participants in the green condition would perceive the Dawn soap as lower in quality than those in the orange condition (H1a), and therefore be less willing to purchase, consider purchasing, or mention this product to others (H2). The logic here is that the green color triggers greenwashing perceptions, and thus taints product perceptions. However, within conditions where participants were shown the green soap, we expected the discounting effect of color on product quality to be mitigated for those in the environmental prime condition (H1b). In a sense, information that environmentally-friendly products are becoming more prevalent in the marketplace (with no mention of quality) should legitimize green offerings and mitigate quality differences based on product color. Following product exposure, participants were asked a series of questions on perceptions of product quality, likelihood to purchase the product and their general beliefs about the product. Perceptions of product quality were measured using three items (α = .80), which included the extent to which they believed the dish soap was a quality product, effective, or of poor quality [reverse-scored]. Purchase intent was captured with two items (α = .83), which included likelihood that they would either purchase this product or consider purchasing this product. We also measured consumers’ believability of green claims using an adapted measure from Chang (2011) that consisted of two items (α = .89): ‘the green claims that this product makes are not believable’ and ‘are misleading’. Results and Discussion Manipulation Check. The predicted influence of the color green on product quality perceptions is based on the expectation that the environmental imagery inherent in the use of this color triggers Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN perceptions of greenwashing. As such, a critical step was to first examine whether manipulating product color did in fact influence participants’ greenwashing perceptions. An ANOVA showed the expected main effect of Product Color on believability of green claims (F(1,95) = 4.91, p < .05). The green dish soap was perceived as making more misleading and non-believable environmental claims than the nongreen (i.e., orange) soap (Ms = 4.42 vs. 3.66). This supports our theorizing that green-colored products left unsubstantiated by environmental claims increase perceptions of greenwashing. Main Analysis. A 2x2 ANOVA revealed the expected interaction of Product Color and Prime on the participants’ perceptions of quality (F(1,93) = 3.92, p = .05). Consistent with Hypothesis 1a , followup analysis, showed that participants presented with neutral prime, perceived the green soap as having significantly lower quality than the identical non-green soap (Ms = 5.27 vs. 5.73, F(1,47) = 4.47, p < .05). This difference remained significant even when we covaried out color preference data from the analysis. However, consistent with hypothesis 1b when participants were instead exposed to an environmental prime stating that there is a growing availability of environmentally-responsible products available, the difference was no longer significant (Ms= 5.38 vs. 5.15, F(1,46) = .72, p > .05). Notably, we were also interested in examining the predicted conditional indirect effects of product color on consumers’ likelihood to purchase the product, via their influence on perceptions of product quality. To test this, we used PROCESS, a versatile computational tool for observed variable moderated mediation (Hayes 2012). This is referred to as moderated mediation, because the indirect effect or mechanism pathway through which X exerts it effect on Y is dependent on the value of a moderator. Our particular model estimates the conditional indirect effects of Product Color (X) on purchase intentions (Y) through perceptions of product quality (M), moderated by Prime (W). This model generates bias corrected 95% bootstrap confidence intervals for the conditional indirect effects using 1,000 bootstrap samples. When presented with the neutral prime, the confidence intervals surrounding the indirect effect of perceived quality did not span zero, consistent with an interpretation of a statistically significant indirect effect (point estimate: -.31; CI95%: -.60 to -.04). This means that there is a conditional indirect effect on Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN purchase intentions, such that an unsubstantiated green product (i.e., green soap) leads to significantly lower purchase intentions than an identical non-green product. However, when presented with the environmental prime, the confidence intervals do span zero, representative of a non-significant indirect effect (point estimate: .16; CI95%: -.25 to .50). The mediation analysis is consistent with the notion that green color, as greenwashing cue, is used by consumers to infer lower product quality, which in turn, decreases purchase intentions (H2). This path did not hold for in conditions where consumers were presented with information that legitimized the green color (i.e., environmental prime conditions). Study 2 The purpose of experiment 2 was to conceptually replicate the findings from our first experiment, thereby enhancing the robustness of our effects. In the previous experiment, product color was operationalized using the color of the soap product itself, which was visible through the transparent bottle. In experiment 2, however, we manipulated product color through more subtle product packaging cues as opposed to actual product color. It is plausible for consumers to believe that green is not the natural color of dish soap, requiring additives to make it look green, which take away from its effectiveness. This would suggest a rival quality-driven mechanism to our theorizing based on green products being associated with greenwashing, which taints the product. To address this possible confound, we shifted the product category from dish soap to laundry detergent and altered the product packaging color as opposed to the inherent color of the product. In addition, we wanted to change the way we operationalized the legitimation of environmental products to be more ecologically valid. As such, instead of priming participants about the growing availability of green products, we manipulated the presence or absence of a certified ecologo. Experimental Design and Procedures One hundred and fifteen students participated in a 2 (Product Color: green vs. blue) X 2 (Ecologo Presence: present vs. absent) between-subjects factorial design in exchange for course credit. Participants were informed that the study was a brief product evaluation study and then shown a standard container of Tide laundry detergent. The containers were identical across conditions except that we varied whether the Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN color of both the cap and the small triangle label was green or blue and whether there was an eco-logo on the bottom right side of the bottle (refer to Appendix B). Again, the color variant was not manipulated in image-editing software; colors represented real offerings from the brand. For the eco-logo, we used the certified logo of the Ecologo Program. Ecologo is a respected environmental standards organization with benchmarks for green practices fully disclosed on their website. Similar to experiment 1, participants were then asked to indicate their beliefs about this product’s quality as well as their likelihood to engage in several behaviors. Measures of product quality (α = .91) and purchase intent (α = .93) were created from the same items as experiment 1. Results and Discussion A 2x2 ANOVA revealed a significant interaction of Product Color and Ecologo Presence on participants’ perceptions of product quality (F(1,111) = 6.51, p <.05). Follow-up analysis revealed, as expected, that within the eco-logo absent conditions, participants perceived green products as having significantly lower quality than the identical non-green product (in this case blue) (Ms = 5.67 vs. 6.04, F(1,65) = 3.74, p = .05). However, when we introduced an ecologo, this difference was no longer significant. These results are consistent with our predictions that products that are green in color are likely to be tainted by greenwashing perceptions, and thus deemed lower in quality, unless such claims are legitimized (in this case by the presence of an eco-logo) (H1a and H1b). Follow-up analysis also demonstrated a significant difference in perceived quality perceptions within the green color conditions. Specifically, the results showed that within these conditions, the presence of an eco-logo increased participants’ perceptions of product quality compared to when the eco-logo was absent (Ms = 5.67 vs. 6.12, F(1,53) = 4.30, p < .05). In contrast, there was no significant difference in quality inferences across the presence of absence of an ecologo for the non-green product. This is consistent with the idea that adding legitimizing information to green products mitigates the greenwashing discount. Following this analysis, we then conducted a mediation analysis to test the conditional indirect effects of Product Color (X) on purchase intentions (Y) through perceptions of product quality (M), moderated by Ecologo Presence (W). Ninety-five percent bias-corrected and accelerated confidence Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN intervals were calculated for the indirect effect, based on 1,000 bootstrap resamples. When the ecologo was absent, the confidence intervals surrounding the indirect effect of perceived quality did not span zero, consistent with an interpretation of a statistically significant indirect effect (point estimate: -.34; CI95%: .76 to -.04). This result supports the predicted conditional indirect effect of Product Color on purchase intentions via perceived product quality, suggesting that a product with green packaging and no eco-logo (i.e., an unsubstantiated environmental claim) leads to significantly lower purchase intentions than an identical non-green product (H2). We also found a conditional indirect effect of Product Color on purchase intentions such that a green-packaged product with an eco-logo leads to significantly higher purchase intentions than an identical green product that lacks the eco-logo (point estimate: .41; CI95%: .02 to .88). Experiment 3 Studies 1 and 2 provide evidence that green-colored products are perceived as having lower quality than identical non-green products, unless such environmental imagery is legitimized. Having established the robustness of this effect across different products (i.e., dishwashing soap and laundry detergent), different operationalizations of green (i.e., green product and green packaging) and different operationalizations of legitimacy (i.e., environmental prime and ecologo), the focus of this final study was to examine the prediction that both consumers’ cognitive ability and motivation to systematically process the environmental claim influence their product quality perceptions. More specifically, the purpose was to explicitly test the assumption that the discounting effect of green claims on product quality perceptions occurs via systematic processing, requiring both cognitive ability and motivation. Also, whereas our early studies dichotomized the legitimation of green products (i.e., either legitimate or not - neutral prime or no logo), we designed this study to facilitate an examination of legitimization along a spectrum. We did so by varying the size of a certified ecologo on the product image, whereby larger ecologos are expected to be associated with more deliberate intentions to signal one’s environmental-friendliness, which is a greenwashing cue. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Experimental Design and Procedures One hundred and eleven students participated in a 2 (Cognitive Load: low vs. high) X 2 (Ecologo Size: standard vs. large) X 2 (Involvement in Environmental Issues: low vs. high) between-subjects factorial design in return for course credit. Participants were told that the purpose of this study was to test their ability to memorize and were shown a number that they were asked to memorize (not to be written down). At this point, we operationalized cognitive load by varying the number of digits that participants were asked to memorize (e.g. Gilbert and Osbourne 1989). Those in the low cognitive load condition were asked to memorize a 2 digit number and those in the high condition a 10 digit number. Participants were told that they would have to record this number at the end of the research session and, in the interim, that they would complete a short product evaluation study. Then, participants were exposed to the ecologo size manipulation. Specifically, each participant was shown an image of an individual Duracell battery in the centre and an ecologo presented in the bottom-right corner (not on the product). The ecologo was either a standard size or 50% larger than standard. Similar to earlier experiments, participants were then asked to indicate their beliefs about this product’s quality as well as their likelihood to engage in purchase behaviors (using the same measures as in the previous studies). We also measured their perceived involvement in environmental issues. Perceptions of involvement in environmental involvement was captured using an adapted version of Mohr, Eroglu, and Ellen’s measure of environmental knowledge (1998), which included 4 items (α = .84): I know I buy products that are environmentally safe; I know more about recycling than the average person; I understand environmental phrases and symbols on product packages; and I am very knowledgeable about environmental issues. We use this measure to capture the participants’ level of involvement in environmental issues since the acquisition of environmental knowledge requires higher levels of involvement in the topic. We predicted a three-way interaction of Cognitive Load, Eco-Logo Size and Involvement. Specifically, we expected participants with available cognitive resources (i.e., Low Cognitive Load) and high motivation (i.e., High Involvement in Environmental Issues) to engage in more effortful scrutiny of Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN the judgment-relevant information than those with constrained cognitive resources (i.e., High Cognitive Load) and/or those less motivated to scrutinize the product (i.e., Low Involvement in Environmental Issues). When the ecologo size was large, we expected this higher level of scrutiny to result in lower perceptions of product quality (H3a). The logic being that systematic processing of a very prominent ecologo will lead to a conclusion that the company has exerted an inappropriate level of effort to deliberately communicate their environmental commitment, thus increasing consumer skepticism of the claim. The result is thus a discounting effect of ecologo size on perceptions of product quality. In contrast, when the ecologo was smaller in size, we expected the reverse. Specifically, we expected higher levels of scrutiny (i.e., highly involved consumers with cognitive resources available) to increase perceptions of product quality (H3b). The logic here is that the additional effort taken to scrutinize the product allows these consumers the opportunity to connect the product to their personally held values. Notably, we expect these effects to be mitigated when the cognitive resources of the High Involvement consumer are constrained because they are no longer able to scrutinize the cues. In High Cognitive Load conditions, we thus expect High Involvement participants viewing a disproportionately prominent ecologo to discount product quality less than when they are cognitively constrained. Similarly, we also expected the exacerbating effect of standard-sized ecologos on the perceptions of product quality of High Involvement consumers to be reduced. When consumers have low environmental involvement, we expect different effects. Specifically, since these consumers are unlikely motivated to systematically process the information, we expect the more prominent ecologo to exacerbate perceptions of product quality (relative to the standard-sized logo). The logic here is based on the HSM, which would suggest that those low in motivation to process the ad (i.e., consumers with low environmental involvement) are more likely to use symbol prominence as a heuristic for quality. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Results and Discussion As outlined in Hypotheses 3 and 4, we predicted a three-way interaction of the experimental factors on perceived product quality. To test this, we conducted a regression analysis that included main effects for each independent variable, the three two-way product terms, and the three-way interaction. After running this analysis, the three-way interaction coefficient was statistically significant (β = 4.03, p < .01). To facilitate interpretation of the three-way interaction effect on quality inferences, we plotted the regression slopes in Figure 1 based on the unstandardized regression coefficient estimates. We further used the t-test method (Dawson and Richter 2006) to test the slope differences under high and low levels of cognitive load. Reinforcing the robustness of this finding, we also find a significant three-way interaction on purchase intentions (β = 4.49, p < .001). Further analysis showed significant slope differences in the same pattern as perceived quality. Figure 1 – Three-way interaction effects of cognitive load, ecologo size, and involvement in environmental issues (unstandardized) based on a linear regression, also testing for differences between slopes. Panel A Low Cognitive Load 7 Perceptions of Quality 6 5 4 Large Ecologo Small Ecologo 3 2 1 Low High Involvement in Environmental Issues Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Panel B High Cognitive Load 7 Perceptions of Quality 6 5 4 Large Ecologo Small Ecologo 3 2 1 Low High Involvement in Environmental Issues As Figure 1 - Panel A shows, when participants have a low cognitive load (i.e., 2 digits), their involvement in environmental issues has a positive effect on perceptions of product quality – however, this is only true when the company uses a standard-sized ecologo on their product (H3b). This effect reverses (i.e., environmental involvement slope becomes negative) when the company uses a large ecologo on their product (H3a). This slope difference is statistically significant (t = -2.641, p < .05). When consumers have low environmental involvement, however, it appears that the more prominent the ecologo is on the product advertisement, the more likely they will perceive the product as high quality. This result is consistent with our predictions and also suggests that the ‘greenwashing discount’ found in our previous studies may be primarily driven by those who are highly involved in environmental issues. As such, we can infer that as one increases their involvement in environmental issues, blatant corporate attempts to convey that a product is environmentally-responsible through logo prominence is met with more skepticism regarding the quality of their product. However, when the environmentally-friendly cue is more subtle and less prominent, those who understand environmental consumption believe that the product is of higher quality than those with low involvement. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN When consumers are burdened with a high cognitive load (i.e., 10 digits), however, it alters the nature of how consumers form their quality inferences. A significant slope difference test reveals that, consistent with our predictions, High Involvement participants exposed to disproportionately prominent ecologos discount product quality less when they are cognitively constrained (vs. not constrained) (t = 2.62, p < .05) (H4a). The results also suggest that the exacerbating effects of standard-sized ecologos on High Involvement participants’ perceptions of product quality are similarly reduced. Specifically, a significant slope difference test revealed a significant difference in slopes (t = -2.27, p < .05). These results are consistent the predictions laid out in hypothesis 4b. Additional analysis sheds more insight on how the consumers’ motivation and ability to systematically process the product information influences perceptions of product quality. Specifically, as shown in Figure 1 - Panel B, we find that when high involvement participants are burdened with a cognitive load, they evaluate more prominent displays of ecologos as indicative of higher quality (i.e., positive slope). This slope difference between large and small ecologos is also statistically significant under high cognitive load (t = 2.199, p < .05). Standard-sized ecologos no longer yield the same positive quality impact when high involvement consumers have no cognitive constraints. This suggests that consumers with high involvement in environmental issues have the means to account for blatant corporate attempts to appear ‘green’, but lacking sufficient cognitive resources, are no longer able to adequately incorporate that information into their judgment formation process. We also conducted a moderated mediation analysis on this data using the PROCESS macro model 11 (Hayes 2012) to examine the three-way interaction. In order to test the conditional indirect effects, we analyzed the effect of Cognitive Load (X) on purchase intentions (Y) through perceptions of product quality (M), moderated by Ecologo Size (W), which was further moderated by Environmental Involvement (Z). Ninety-five percent bias-corrected and accelerated confidence intervals were calculated for the indirect effect, based on 1,000 bootstrap resamples. When the participant possessed high involvement and the product displayed a large ecologo, the confidence intervals surrounding the indirect effect of perceived quality did not span zero, consistent with an interpretation of a statistically significant Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN indirect effect (point estimate: .37; CI95%: .05 to .81). This means that there is a conditional indirect effect on purchase intentions, such that when a cognitive load is added to high-involvement consumers viewing a product with a large-ecologo, it leads to significantly higher purchase intentions than when they have a smaller cognitive load. General Discussion Given the increasing prevalence of products that are marketed as environmentally-friendly, it is important to understand how the (il)legitimacy of environmental claims influences consumers’ product perceptions. The current work offers compelling evidence of a “greenwashing discount”. Experiments 1 and 2 demonstrate the deleterious effects of perceived greenwashing on consumers’ perceptions of product quality, and subsequently on purchase intentions. More specifically, it demonstrates that the unsubstantiated use of the color green, in that it is perceived as greenwashing, negatively impacts consumers product quality perceptions. Experiment 3 suggests that such discounting effects depend on the motivation and ability of the consumer to systematically process seemingly-green cues. More generally, taking the results together, this work offers a framework for understanding how greenwashing perceptions influence purchase intentions via their influence on product quality perceptions. Implications and Future Research As noted earlier, a critical challenge for sustainable consumption practices is the gap between environmental attitudes and behaviours. Although this work focuses on quality perceptions and purchase intentions, it does suggest that greenwashing perceptions may play a critical role in determining consumers’ behavioral responses to environmental products. Further, whereas previous work clearly highlights that greenwashing is generally bad, this works takes steps to address how such perceptions ultimately influence product evaluations - it shows that one important way in which it impacts consumers is its negative effect on product quality perceptions. Our research also highlights the unintended consequences of the color green. In our first two studies, we focus on a particular instance of greenwashing – the use of the color green. This work demonstrates that simply using the color green, regardless of the reason, negatively impacts product Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN quality perceptions unless the color is legitimized by additional environmental information. These results have some interesting implications for companies in that it suggests that the color green has become so intertwined with environmental associations that ultimately it is viewed by consumers as a form of greenwashing. Companies should thus think carefully about how they use even subtle environmental imagery in products because, even if they are not attempting to communicate environmental information, or rather even trying to convey other product information (e.g., product use, product flavor), consumers perceive such imagery as greenwashing attempts. The finding that using the color green may negatively impact product perceptions via greenwashing perceptions also raises an important question about what other simple cues may trigger greenwashing perceptions. For instance, whereas we focus on an appearance-related cue, there are other types of sensory cues (e.g., the way the product feels or smells), product-related cues (e.g., shape of the product) and environmental cues (i.e., store where the product is displayed, other products on the shelf) that seem likely to similarly influence consumers’ greenwashing perceptions. With regards to the latter, for example, perhaps consumers are more likely to infer greenwashing when they see an environmental claim on a product in a store that is typically known for low prices (e.g., Walmart) rather than an identical product in a store that is recognized for its commitment to sustainability (e.g., Rona). Going forward, in order for firms to develop environmental products that will be deemed legitimate by consumers, it is critical to investigate these questions. Further, this work highlights that, not only do we need to understand what cues signal greenwashing, but also what strategies can be used to overcome such perceptions. Our research finds that one effective strategy that companies can use to mitigate the negative effect of greenwashing cues on product quality perceptions and, subsequently purchase intentions, is to add an ecologo. Although we used a certified ecologo in our study, we did not investigate whether participants understood that Ecologo was a legitimate certification program nor whether consumers understand the requirements that an organization must satisfy in order to be certified. Future research is needed to examine whether the addition of any third-party certification (or any ecologo for that matter) Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN mitigates the greenwashing discount or whether consumers are able to recognize legitimate certifications. This is an important question given that a recent report by TerraChoice (2010) notes the use of illegitimate ecologos as an increasingly prevalent greenwashing strategy. Educating and involving consumers in environmental issues is critical to them being able to recognize legitimate claims. A potentially perilous result of not educating and involving consumers is that they will not be equipped to acknowledge and reward those companies who pursue legitimate certification. As such legitimate environmental organizations will incur the greater administrative and financial costs associated with pursuing genuine environmental certification, while other organizations reap similar benefits by creating their own logo (e.g., Proctor and Gamble’s Future Friendly product logo). Additional research into consumer perceptions of the credibility of certification programs is warranted as environmental advocates and regulatory bodies continue to struggle to equip consumers with tools to protect themselves from greenwashing efforts. An investigation is merited into the cues consumers use to infer credibility based on the logo (e.g., colors, graphics, text) to signal relevance and truthfulness of a certification program, as well as the threshold required to differentiate between them. Central to the previous comments is the importance of educating and involving consumers in environmental issues. Our results that, whereas those more involved in and knowledgeable about environmental issues were found to scrutinize environmental message, less involved consumers failed to discount based on greenwashing. More generally, they highlight the importance of increasing consumers’ motivation to scrutinize green claims. Fortunately, more ways are emerging by which consumers can educate themselves about green product claims and become equipped to be skeptical. Certification organizations offer credible signals for green claims and are becoming widespread across many industries, including LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) for buildings and homes, ISO 14000 for businesses operations, and Environmental Choice to identify products and services which are less harmful to the environment. The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) has published ‘Guides for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims’, which are currently undergoing review. The general principles they advocate anchors on qualifications and disclosures, distinction between benefits of product, package, Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN and service (which can help mitigate broad green claims based on minor, incidental components), overstatements of environmental attributes (i.e., moving from 2% to 3% recycled material and labeling 50% more recycled material than before), and comparative claims (which require brands to substantiate comparison condition of claims). More challenging however, are the implications associated with the finding that even consumers involved in and knowledgeable about the environment fail to discount when they are cognitively constrained. This is potentially extremely problematic because it seems likely that oftentimes, when in a retail setting, consumers are likely to be cognitively constrained (e.g., stressed, thinking about other things, multitasking). While it is difficult to reduce consumers’ cognitive constraints in a retail setting, educating consumers further should also help to reduce the harmful effect of cognitive constrains on consumers’ ability to discount based on greenwashing tactics. The logic here is that, at a certain level of education, consumers should develop heuristic shortcuts for identifying greenwashing. At this point, consumers should be equipped to discount product quality based on greenwashing regardless of processing mode. Another avenue for future research is to examine the “greenwashing discount” phenomenon in hedonic and luxury product domains. Each of the products we tested in our experiments (i.e. dish soap, laundry detergent, and batteries) belonged to utilitarian product categories and mitigated challenges associated with hedonic product categories. Utilitarian goods are primarily instrumental and functional, while hedonic products provide more experiential consumption, fun, pleasure and excitement (i.e., designer clothes, sports cars, luxury watches) (Dhar and Wertenbroch 2000). We believe that consumer choice based on this categorization may change the nature of the judgment formation, as the nature of what quality is varies based on personal preferences on top of the notion that hedonic products based on its green appearance might be enjoyed more based on fashion, style and other experiential elements of being immersed in nature. In addition, because the products used in our studies are generally not consumed or used in public, we effectively mitigated potential impression management concerns of ‘looking green.’ However, consumer psychologists have recently noted that people often ‘go green to be Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN seen’, serving as a costly signal associated with status (Griskevicius et al. 2010). Ultimately, incorporating product status and prestige into the impression formation task will change the way consumers perceive quality and value, which can potentially interact with the greenwashing discounting mechanism. This area of research suggests that another means to get consumers to promote proenvironmental behavior is to foster conditions of status competition. Finally, whereas we focus on the implications of greenwashing perceptions at the product-level (i.e., perceptions of product quality), further research is needed to investigate whether such perceptions may also impact consumers’ brandlevel, firm-level and institutional level evaluations. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Appendix A – Experiment 1 Primes Environmental Prime Terra Choice reports a growing availability of environmentally-friendly products A recent report by Terra Choice, a leading environmental research company, finds that sustainable products are more prevalent than ever before. Specifically, their research shows that, between 2010 and 2011, there was a 108% increase in the number of difference environmentally-responsible products available to consumers and a 73% increase in the physical number of these environmentallyfriendly products on the shelves. That is great news for consumers – it means that they are increasingly able to buy environmentally-friendly products and, in doing so, tell producers and suppliers that they want products that are not harmful to the environment. Neutral Prime Soweto Gospel Choir Coming to the Grand Kingston audiences await the arrival of the Soweto Gospel Choir coming to the Grand Theatre on Thursday, March 23, at 7:30 p.m. With brightly colored authentic African attire, and 52 strong voices, audiences can expect an evening like no other. Soweto Gospel Choir has brought recognition, pride and honour to South Africa. In 2007, they did South Africa proud by winning the 2007 Grammy Award for their CD “Blessed” in the “Best Traditional World Music” category, and in 2008, they received a 2 nd Grammy for their CD “African Spirit.” For tickets, you can either call or visit The Grand Theatre Box Office. It is open Monday through Saturday, noon – 6 pm and can be reached by calling 613-530-2050. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Appendix B – Product Stimuli from Experiments 1 and 2 Experiment 1 Product Stimuli Green Dawn Orange Dawn Experiment 2 Product Stimuli Blue Packaging Color Ecologo Absent Ecologo Present Green Packaging Color Ecologo Absent Ecologo Present Running Head A CONSUMER-BASED EXAMINATION OF SUSTAINABLE CONSUMPTION USING A SOCIAL NORMATIVE PERSPECTIVE A Consumer-based Examination of Sustainable Consumption using a Social Normative Perspective Peter Voyer, University of Windsor, Canada Abstract In many economically developed nations environmental protectionism has become socially normative. Notwithstanding, some consumers actively reject socially-expected sustainable consumption behaviours. This article seeks to understand why this occurs using the individual consumer as the unit of analysis. A conceptual model that includes psychological and behavioural constructs is developed and tested. Findings suggest that when some consumers perceive a particular sustainable consumption behaviour as socially normative, they will intentionally act to breach that norm. Interestingly, these same consumers will still engage in other sustainable consumption behaviours that are not viewed as normative. Generally, results show that at the individual level, consumers’ personalities are instrumental in determining proclivity to practise sustainable consumption when construed as normative. Keywords: Consumer behaviour, Personality, Sustainable consumption, Social influence, Norms Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Mary and Jill are both successful lawyers, but are polar opposites when it comes to green living. Mary is highly attuned to social expectations relating to sustainable consumption, and her friends say that she is adamant about preserving the environment – she practices what she preaches. Despite constant advertising bombardment, she resists social pressure to consume progressively greater quantities of complex products, choosing instead to: recycle, reduce dependency on marketplace offerings, and lead a more natural lifestyle. In contrast, Jill takes pleasure in her ever-expanding inventory of products as she seeks newer things to make life better – or so she thinks. In deliberate opposition to socially-expected behaviours such as recycling, she is fully engulfed in decadent, non-sustainable consumption: she loves her new gas-guzzling car, takes pleasure in her large house and growing collection of goods. She couldn’t care less about recycling or other environmental-protection efforts, as she makes a concerted effort to avoid such socially-expected behaviours – “I’ll show them” she thinks as she throws recyclable material into the garbage. Why is there such an apparent disparity between Mary and Jill? Motivated by the critical need to more thoroughly understand consumer behaviour as it relates to environmental sustainability (Thøgersen & Schrader, 2012), in this article, I address the research question: why some consumers (and not others) purposefully avoid sustainable consumption behaviours, even in the face of social pressures to comply? In pursuing this question, I consider consumer personality, coupled with a social normative approach. Highly influenced by related social norms, environmental sustainability is an important global issue. The future well-being of humankind depends on the manner in which resources are presently being consumed. It has been suggested that the world will witness an expanding middle class with an estimated 150 million people entering this class yearly until 2030; ultimately representing about 60% of the world’s population. 1 Simultaneously, during this period, demand for energy is anticipated to rise by 40%, as will 1 World Economic Forum, Issues, http://www.weforum.org/issues/sustainable-consumption, accessed on 20 September 2013. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN water demand that is expected to surpass supply also by 40%.2 “We are living as if we have an extra planet at our disposal. We are using 50% more resources than the Earth can provide, and unless we change course that number will grow very fast – by 2030, even two planets will not be enough” (WWF, 2012, p. 1). Therefore, the “business as usual” paradigm cannot continue. These sobering statistics, illustrate the potential for impending global disaster unless measures are taken to curb people’s insatiable desire to consume without concern for long-term repercussions. Recognizing the gravity of the situation, the World Economic Forum posed the question, “How can companies engage consumers to trigger simple behavioural shifts that enable more sustainable lifestyles, grow demand for more sustainable products and create business value?” 3 The answer to the root of this question lies in understanding the interplay between consumers’ psychological makeup and normative influences, and how this affects sustainable consumption behaviour. Theoretical understanding of sustainability (and its importance) is well-known, however, there exists a gap between this knowledge, and action directed at implementable solutions (Thøgersen, 2005; Thøgersen & Schrader, 2012). In practice, I argue that the consumer should be at the core of efforts to enhance sustainable consumption. Without fully understanding consumer behaviour within a context of social influence, political and social efforts designed to curb ever-increasing consumption are doomed to failure. Though well-intentioned, major global efforts designed to enhance sustainable consumption such as: the UN Brundtland Commission’s 1987 Report4 – a seminal work that articulated the importance of protecting resources for future generations and acted to stimulate initial interest in sustainability; the UN Millennium Summit in 2000; the UN World Summit in 2005; and many others, have generally yielded recommendations characterized by implementability difficulties, resulting in no real tangible outcomes that have re-oriented the current global path of non-sustainability. Thus, in the face of these broad, high- 2 Ibid. Ibid. 4 Formally known as the World Commission on Environment and Development (WCED), the UN-established Brundtland Commission's mission was to unite countries to collectively pursue sustainable development. 3 Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN level, macro-oriented efforts that have lacked operationalization, here, I move the focus from the esoteric and conceptual, to the practical and operational. To stem the disastrous trend of resource-depletion, attention must be oriented to understanding the interplay between social normative influences and consumers’ personalities. The extant consumeroriented literature on sustainable consumption gives insufficient attention to the important issue of social influence. This is emphasized by Axsen and Kurani (2012, p.312) who state, “social influence is often poorly theorized or simply absent from behavioural models and research.” Given this conspicuous absence, it is here that I make a contribution. This research is positioned within the limited consumer behaviour social influence literature on sustainable consumption. A multi-disciplinary perspective is adopted within an overall theoretical context of social influence. The present research is informed by literature from the fields of consumer behaviour, social psychology, sociology, as well as policy works from the UN, governments, and NGOs. In the following paragraphs I overview salient literature and develop a conceptual model that seeks to address the aforementioned research question. After testing the model, findings are presented, followed by a general discussion that includes implications (theoretical and practical). Lastly, limitations and directions for future research are outlined. Theoretical Underpinnings Defining Sustainable Consumption What we know about sustainability has originated from two major sources: policy makers (governments and NGOs); and academics. Policy makers have devoted substantial effort to advancing the environmental sustainability movement. These efforts have generated wide-ranging policy formulations. However, in general, these policies have lacked operationalization; implementability has been problematic. Not surprisingly, in practice, many consumers have been reluctant to accept these efforts and modify their consumption behaviour (OECD, 2008). In contrast, Schrader and Thøgersen Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN (2011) suggest that much academic research (on sustainable consumption) has centred on implementability. They have identified an on-going debate surrounding the relative importance of aspects that lead to a behavioural shift towards sustainability; one side argues the importance of context (availability and viability of consumption options), while the other side advances the salience of psychological factors (individual values, attitudes and motives). A pervasive theme that will run throughout this article is the recognition of the divergence between knowledge and real action to pursue sustainable consumption, and that importantly, we must strive to understand the reasons for this gap (Thøgersen & Schrader, 2012). More empirical research is needed to understand why some consumers (and not others) engage in sustainable consumption behaviour. Here, as will be described later, I address aspects of both sides of the aforementioned debate by considering social context (normative influence), and psychological factors (psychological constructs). The notion of sustainability captures the importance and essence of adopting a long-term perspective of natural resource management coupled with environmental protectionism. At its core is the notion that, via careful management, humankind must avoid depletion of limited resources, making them available for future generations (Thøgersen, 2005). At its broadest level, efforts to advance global sustainability have been approached along two major sides of an equation: sustainable consumption (how products are demanded, used and consumed); and sustainable production (how products are produced to fulfil consumption demands). Conceptualizations of sustainable consumption – the demand side of the equation – have evolved over time with governments and other organisations driving much world thinking in this area. Policy generation and various international cooperative initiatives associated with sustainability have been made through numerous high-level, international summits. Initial world attention was focused on sustainable development in 1987 when the United Nations released the Brundtland Report. This included the recognized definition, “sustainable development is development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” Importantly, Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN establishing the groundwork for subsequent formal attention, the Report emphasized the connections between economic development (profit), environmental degradation (planet), and population pressure (people). Subsequently, one of the most influential initial attempts to define sustainable consumption was proposed by the 1994 Oslo Symposium on Sustainable Consumption where it was defined as, “the use of services and related products which respond to basic needs and bring a better quality of life while minimizing the use of natural resources and toxic materials as well as emissions of waste and pollutants over the life cycle of the service or product so as not to jeopardize the needs of future generations.” 5 Thus, the notion of quality of life was recognized as a worthy consideration. Subsequently, as numerous international organizations (governments, NGOs, UN, OECD, EU, etc.) became involved with sustainability, the concept evolved over time as each entity presented their own flavour and approach. See Fuchs and Lorek (2005) for a comprehensive overview of development and governance of sustainable consumption. Currently, in addition to quality of life, most definitions tend to encapsulate notions associated with prudent use of resources, decreasing pollution, curtailing waste, and greater reliance on renewable resources. Sustainable consumption is ultimately about behaviours that consumers should engage in now, in order to safeguard the future. Common to most approaches, and reflective of current thinking, has been the “long-term” theme that has tended to emphasize the need for consumers to behave in ways that can enhance the future well-being of humankind by minimizing the impact on the earth’s resources and environment. A pragmatic definition of sustainable consumption that is oriented to consumer behaviour comes from the Government of Canada6 and states, “the use of goods and services required to meet basic needs and improve quality of life without placing at risk the needs of future generations. This includes the selection, purchase, use, maintenance, repair and disposal of any product or service.” This behaviourallyfocused approach will be adopted in this research, and can be operationalized to reflect important 5 Norwegian Ministry of the Environment (1994) Oslo Roundtable on Sustainable Production and Consumption. Government of Canada Website, Office of Consumer Affairs, https://www.ic.gc.ca/eic/site/ocabc.nsf/eng/ca02330.html; accessed on 18 October 2013. 6 Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN behavioural outcomes such as: recycling of resources, self-sufficiency, and closeness to nature. Each of these will be discussed and employed later. Consumption, Sustainable Consumption, and Social Influence From a consumer behaviour perspective, at the heart of consumption is the notion that it is a process. Starting with purchase and usage, it carries through to ultimate product disposal. Consumption is embedded in the social environment, and a particular behaviour can evaluated against social expectations for how people ought to behave. It includes all facets of the consumer’s interaction with a product, which yields experience, and has resultant cognitive, affective, and behavioural outcomes. The act of consuming is varied, effortful, and is often determined by the object’s characteristics (Holt, 1995). A particular consumption object is usually consumed in a multitude of ways by different consumers (Belk, Ger, & Askegaard, 1996). The consumer behaviour literature has tended to examine sustainability in terms of how various factors influence sustainable behaviours such as: ethnicity and scepticism (Luchs, Naylor, Irwin, & Raghunathan, 2010); congruency of political ideology and persuasive appeals (Kidwell, Farmer, & Hardesty, 2013); product distortion and recycling (Trudel & Argo, 2013); and related others. However, as mentioned, little empirical research attention has been devoted to social influence associated with sustainable consumption, despite its importance (Axsen & Kurani, 2012). Social influence is a formidable determinant of behaviour, and yet often it is unrecognized (Liu, Smeesters, & Vohs, 2012). Broadly, during their purchase decision-making and consumption processes, consumers are influenced by a number of important factors. These influences can be generally grouped under the rubrics of: marketing mix (product, price, place, promotion), situational (time and place of purchase), psychological (attitudes, motivation, learning, etc.), and sociocultural (reference groups, society, family, etc., under this rubric lies Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN social influence). Sustainable consumption is especially subject to social and cultural standards, and it must be considered relative to the prevailing situational context. Central to the understanding of social influence is the distinction between normative influence and informational influence. The seminal work of Deutsch and Gerard (1955) has provided an enduring explanation of each concept where normative influence relates to the “influence to conform with the positive expectations of another” (p. 629), while informational influence is the “influence to accept information obtained from another as evidence about reality” (p. 629). Thus, reference groups influence others via normative and informational processes. Deutsch and Gerard (1955) suggest that one reason for this stems from people’s desire to gain social approval and liking and to avoid negative outcomes such as social rejection or embarrassment. Another reason is because they rely on others’ actions and attitudes as a valid source of information about the nature of reality (Goldstein, Cialdini, & Griskevicius, 2008; Cialdini, 2001). Thus, the notion of expectations (norms) of others is an important consideration. Norms are the basis of social functioning. Norms are rules that stipulate how members of a group are expected to behave under given circumstances. They are ideas in the minds of group members that specify what the members or others ought to do under specific conditions. As Birenbaum and Sagarin (1976, p.11) suggest, “norms may be thought of as legitimate, socially shared guidelines to the accepted and expected patterns of conduct.” In reality, normative standards that restrict the range of permissible conduct are essential for social life (Blau, 1964). They foster coordination among members in pursuit of (group) goals by providing a cognitive frame of reference through which members interpret and judge their environment. In novel or ambiguous situations, they serve as pointers on how to behave. Norms are directed at certain actions (behaviours), called focal actions (Coleman, 1990), such as recycling behaviour. Thus, norms can play a proscriptive role by discouraging a focal action, while others are prescriptive and serve to expand and encourage a focal action. Normative influence might be the most fundamental source of uniformity within groups (Michener & DeLamater, 1999) and has inextricable links to legal frameworks. Therefore, Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN norms serve a highly influential role in facilitating social order, and much social behaviour is normdriven. Social norms are especially important. Here, society is defined as, “any fairly large group of people who (1) share a common culture, (2) think of themselves as having inherited a common set of historical traditions, (3) interact with other group members frequently, and (4) see themselves as being associated with a particular geographic area” (Teevan & Hewitt, 1995, p. 26). Conceptual Model and Research Hypotheses The conceptual model, depicted in Figure 1, seeks to explain why particular consumers purposefully avoid sustainable consumption while others do engage in it. The model examines how psychological antecedents can result in consequent sustainable consumption behaviours. Central to the model is the vital role played by the personality trait, consumer propensity to deviate (CPD), which captures consumers’ likelihood to deliberately breach social norms, and varies across all individuals to greater or lesser extents. The psychological concept, reactance – the notion that consumers will be motivated to regain what they perceive as being threatened, is modelled as an antecedent of CPD. As a consequent effect of CPD, sustainable consumption behaviour is captured by measuring representative behaviours: recycling of resources (metals, glass), self-sufficiency in services (reducing reliance on nonsustainable consumption), and closeness to nature (living productively with nature as with gardening). These are important aspects of sustainable consumption and will be described herein. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Figure 1. The proposed model Psychological Antecedents Behavioural Outcomes Sustainable Consumption Recycle H2 (-) Reactance H1 (+) CPD H3 (+) SelfSufficiency H4 (+) Closeness Consumer Personality: Consumer Propensity to Deviate (CPD) Consideration of personality in sustainable consumption research has been somewhat limited with some notable exceptions. Luchs and Mooradian (2012) found strong evidence to support the role of personality, specifically agreeableness, modelled as a mediating construct between gender and sustainable consumption behaviour. Further, this work supported related research that showed how various personality traits can predict behavioural outcomes (Hirsh, 2010; Hirsh & Dolderman, 2007). Thus, various personality traits can be highly influential in predicting sustainable consumption behaviours. Within the present research, a personality trait is considered as a persistent, identifiable characteristic that Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN defines a person (Solomon, White, & Dahl, 2014), or stated formally, “a broad enduring disposition to behave in certain ways” (Bandura, 1986, p. 5). As a personality trait, possessed by all consumers, CPD explains why some are more likely to engage in consumption norm-violating behaviour than others (Voyer, 2007). It is grounded in a seminal social control theory, Gottfredson and Hirschi’s (1990) general theory of crime. This theory considers the offender and the actual behaviour as separate concepts, and that deviant acts (as behaviours) are undertaken when they are perceived as being advantageous or desirable to the person who will commit them. The theory suggests that criminal offenders (vs. noncriminals) are predisposed to commit crimes given the same set of criminal opportunities. Importantly, there are stable differences in people’s propensity to commit crime. Gottfredson and Hirschi (1990) explicitly state, “people vary in their propensity to use force and fraud (criminality)” (p. 4) and that it is the individual “level of self-control, or criminality, [that] differentiates offenders from nonoffenders” (p. 109). In terms of committal of crime, the theory “adds a biosocial element to the concept of social control: individual differences are stable over the life course and so is the propensity to commit crime; it is only opportunity that changes” (Siegel & McCormick, 1999, p. 290). This suggests that the propensity, defined as, “a natural inclination or tendency” (Webster’s New World Dictionary, 1964, p. 1167), can be viewed as a personality trait. As a general trait that varies across all consumers, CPD is analogous to Midgley and Dowling’s (1978) conceptualization of the innovativeness construct – a general personality construct possessed, to a greater or lesser degree, by all individuals. These authors do not couch their definition in terms of an observable behaviour (i.e., time of adoption), and it is distinct from any such possible measures. Likewise, CPD is not defined in terms of an actual behaviour, but rather an individual’s propensity. Sociologists argue that engaging in a behaviour requires more than a motive or predisposition; opportunity must also be present in order for a behavioural outcome to occur (Gibbs, 1995). Although a propensity cannot be acted upon without an opportunity, it is omnipresent, in varying degrees, across all Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN consumers. CPD is defined as, “the inclination or tendency for consumers to wilfully contravene consumption norms as defined by members of [their society]” (Voyer, 2007, p. 33). Reactance People hate to lose freedoms that they already have. Psychological reactance suggests that when people feel that their freedom of choice is threatened in some way, they seek to reassert what is being taken away from them (Brehm, 1966). Little research effort has been devoted to reactance within the consumer behaviour literature, apart from a few informative studies (see Clee & Wicklund, 1980; Kivetz, 2005; Liu et al., 2012). Some consumers place great importance on (perceived) freedom to dispose of products in a manner of their choosing; these consumers find government-mandated regulations that mandate recycling highly provocative. For example, a municipality in Canada (City of Gatineau, Quebec) has recently implemented a system whereby dedicated “garbage police” randomly open and inspect residents’ garbage bags to insure that no recyclable products or material are designated for garbage, thus, enforcing a municipal by-law. Those found guilty of this by-law offence face fines. From a social marketing perspective, such a strong campaign designed to alter lifestyle decisions might trigger boomerang or adverse effects resulting in a negation of the desired outcomes (Clee & Wicklund, 1980). When freedoms are threatened or eliminated, consumers will become motivationally aroused to restore those freedoms. In other words, this motivational state, psychological reactance, impels the consumer to want to acquire the threatened or eliminated freedom (Brehm, 1989). Some may respond aggressively, others with self-presentational methods using public image, yet others may try to facilitate a sense of control and establish an illusion of control (Gilbert, Krull, & Pelham, 1988). An important personality construct, it can be modelled (and measured) as a personality trait, and is positively related to other personality variables such as: internal locus of control, self-esteem, and others (Hong & Faedda, 1996). A consumer who is likely to be highly reactionary could also be expected to be more inclined to Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN breach normative standards. It is predicted that reactance will be positively related to CPD and the following is advanced: H1: The greater the consumer’s psychological reactance, the greater the CPD. Sustainable Consumption The notion of sustainable consumption and its implementation can confuse some consumers. It can be viewed as being somewhat nebulous and lacking precision, thus, it can mean different things to different people. In a European Union survey, 48% of respondents insisted that green labels on products do not help them identify product that are actually environmentally friendly. 7 Further in the US, a mere 28% of consumers were aware that terms such as, “green” and “environmentally friendly” are commonly used to denote products that minimally impact the environment relative to similar “non-green” products. 8 This reinforces the aforementioned contention that high-level “green” policies lack implementability. As stated earlier, the Government of Canada’s definition of sustainable consumption has been employed in this research. This useful approach, which supports that of the OECD, is operationallyoriented and pragmatic. Focussing on behaviours at the level of the individual consumer, sustainable consumption is understood to include recyclable inputs, efficiency in the consumption of resources in the home, minimization of waste, and environmentally sound purchasing practices of households (OECD, 2008). Appealing to the consumer behaviour literature, the concept of voluntary simplicity is closely related and captures the behavioural essence of sustainable consumption. Voluntary simplicity is conceptualized as the degree to which an individual selects a lifestyle intended to maximize his/her control over daily activities, and to minimize his/her consumption and dependency (Leonard-Barton, 7 European Commission Directorate General, Special European Barometer 365, Attitudes of European Citizens Towards the Environment, 2011. 8 Cone Communications, Consumers still purchasing, but may not be ‘buying’ companies’ environmental claims, 27 March 2012; http://www.conecomm.com/2012-cone-green-gap-trend-tracker, accessed on 13 November 2012. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN 1981). Leonard-Barton (1981) operationalized this concept by suggesting several behavioural manifestations, particularly: recycling of resources; self-sufficiency in services; and closeness to nature. Recycling of Resources. In most economically developed nations, there are very strong social expectations calling for recycling (paper, bottles, cans, etc.). This is enhanced by government programs such as “blue boxes” for recycling paper and metal, and publicly located bins labelled as, “trash” and “recycling,” seen in public locations. Importantly, this recycling expectation is now normative in developed nations (OECD, 2008), and is an extremely powerful consumption norm. It is expected that there will be an inverse relationship between CPD and recycling (of resources). The following is advanced: H2: The greater a consumer’s CPD, the lesser the likelihood of that consumer will engage in recycling behaviour. Self-sufficiency in Services. Self-sufficiency proposes that consumers rely more on themselves to do various tasks such as: work on one’s own vehicle; get instructions in skills in order to enhance selfreliance like carpentry or plumbing; and/or engage in barter, unlike recycling, self-sufficiency is not normative, especially in developed nations. For busy consumers, time is at a premium and therefore, they purchase convenience goods, shop at retailers that offer convenience, and seek professional repair services – these have become norms in developed economies. Time constraints, coupled with technological complexities, drive consumers away from self-reliance to greater dependence on products and amenities. Conversely, the more a consumer becomes self-sufficient, the more he/she digresses from others’ expectations of lessened self-sufficiency (i.e., convenience-oriented consumption). In light of the foregoing, the following is suggested: H3: The greater a consumer’s CPD, the greater the likelihood of that the consumer will pursue self-sufficiency behaviours. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Closeness to Nature. Closeness to nature captures the essence of ecological awareness to include growing one’s own food, vegetarianism, and/or contributing to ecologically-oriented organizations. Despite greater proclaimed concern and environmental awareness, driven by the desire to enhance convenience, consumers continue to retreat from nature (e.g., purchasing food items rather than growing them). The more a consumer becomes closer to nature, the more he/she moves away from others’ (society’s) expectations. Therefore, the construct, closeness to nature, is not normative. The following is predicted: H4: The greater a consumer’s CPD, the greater the likelihood of that the consumer will pursue behaviours oriented to enhancing his/her closeness to nature. Construct Validity From a methodological perspective, when modelling social-psychological and personality constructs, it is important to enhance the model’s validity, to the greatest extent possible. Further, by extension, it is equally important to assess and demonstrate construct validity. A useful way of doing this is to examine relationships between the model’s constructs and other constructs that are conceptually related, but different. Specifically, this leads to an evaluation of convergent and discriminant validity. To establish construct validity, correlations with selected other measures can be examined (Brewer, 2000; Netemeyer, Bearden, & Sharma, 2003; Ping, 2004). Therefore, two validity measures are considered with particular attention devoted to their relationships to the personality trait measure, CPD. Attention to Social Comparison Information (ATSCI) assesses the extent to which one is aware of the reactions of others to one’s own behaviour, and is concerned about, or sensitive to, the makeup of those reactions. Individuals care what other people think about them and look for clues as to the nature of others’ reactions toward them (Lennox & Wolfe, 1984). Due to its conceptual similarities, this scale is included in order to assess distinctiveness from CPD. Both constructs, CPD and ATSCI, suggest that the consumer engages in comparison: CPD to norms; and ATSCI to others’ reactions to his/her behaviour. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Accordingly, I expect that the correlation between ATSCI and CPD will either be very low or nonsignificant. Social Desirability Bias (SDB) is an important notion in social science research, however, within the marketing and consumer behaviour literatures, it has not received much attention as compared to other related disciplines (Fisher, 2000). It is conceptualized as the tendency for respondents to give socially desirable responses that made them look good (Paulhus, 1991). The present study is based entirely on self-report. Although a substantial body of research supports the use of self-report measures in psychosocial research claiming that it does afford accurate evaluations (Akers, Massey, Clarke, and Lauer, 1983; Clark & Tiff, 1966; Lee, 1993; Ones, Viswesvaran, & Schmidt, 1993), some criticism of self-report formats has suggested that SDB might occur and thus taint findings (Sacket, Burris, & Callahan, 1989). Therefore, it is important to test for the potential presence of this bias. This is particularly important in the present research, which is highly related to social context and subject to social influence. In this study, numerous efforts were undertaken to mitigate SDB’s undesirable effects by: careful wording of items using indirect questioning means (Fisher, 1993); ensuring respondent anonymity by avoiding use of identifying features on the questionnaire; and facilitating social “isolation,” here, respondents completed the questionnaire online, likely out of view and knowledge of others. Hence, I expect that the correlation between SDB and CPD will be either low or nonsignificant. Research Design, Method, and Results Method and Research Setting Respondents were recruited from the student body at a small North American college using a Webbased survey approach. After clicking a hot link (URL), respondents could enter a commercial survey hosting site and complete the questionnaire. As an incentive for participation respondents could enter a draw to win an MP3 music player. Using the college’s email system, 444 invitations were delivered to students (undergraduate, graduate, full- and part-time). Subsequently, 159 responses (36%) were Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN received; typical of similar studies. The questionnaire included measures for: psychological reactance, CPD, three behavioural measures for sustainable consumption, two validity measures, and a demographics section. Measures All measures used in the conceptual model were Likert scales, and items for each are listed in the Appendix. Psychological reactance was measured using a refined version of the Hong Psychological Reactance Scale (Hong & Faedda, 1996). The 11-item Hong Likert scale was multidimensional, and comprised of four factors: emotional response toward restricted choice; reactance to compliance; resisting influence from others; and reactance toward advice and recommendations. CPD was a unidimensional, seven-item measure (Voyer, 2007). It has been extensively tested and validated, and shown to reflect the intended construct. Sustainable Consumption was captured using three behavioural measures (recycling, self-sufficiency, closeness to nature) from the six-factor, 18-item, multidimensional Voluntary Simplicity scale (Leonard-Barton, 1981). Also considered were two validity measures: the ATSCI measure (Lennox and Wolfe, 1984) was an 11-item, unidimensional scale; and SDB was tested using a 10-item version of the Marlowe-Crowne social-desirability scale (Strahan & Gerbasi, 1972). This was a dichotomous scale (true/false) where five items were keyed positively (T = 1 and F = 0) and five negatively (T = 0 and F = 1). Therefore, scores ranged from 0 to 10 with higher scores representing higher need for approval. This version has been effectively used in research, most notably by Netemeyer, Burton, and Lichtenstein (1995) in their vanity scale development research. Analyses and Evaluation of Hypotheses In general, a three-stage analytical process was used. Exploratory factor analysis (principal component analysis and reliability analysis) using IBM SPSS was undertaken to assess the psychometric properties of all scales. Next, confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) using IBM SPSS AMOS was undertaken. Lastly, the structural model was analysed (also using AMOS) to estimate hypothesized Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN paths. The traditional χ2 is reported in addition to five supplementary fit indices: NC (Normalized Chisquare, χ2/df), AGFI (Adjusted Goodness of Fit Index), RNI (Relative Non-Centrality Index) 9, RMSEA (Root Mean Square Error of Approximation), and CFI (Comparative Fit Index). Initial analyses focused on the CPD scale to confirm its structure and psychometric performance. Results of a CFA, which was conducted on this measure (alone) demonstrated excellent data fit [χ2 = 30.98, (d.f. = 14, p = .01), NC = 2.21, AGFI = .89 (GFI = .95), RNI = .97, CFI = .97, and RMSEA = .08]. These resultant fit indices surpassed the normally desired minimal rules-of-thumb values10 (see Netemeyer et al., 2003). Item loadings were acceptable ranging from .68 to .84, as were squared multiple correlations ranging from .55 to .70, item-to-total correlations ranging from .65 to .79; and inter-item correlations ranging from .47 to .69. Overall, internal consistency measures were acceptable: coefficient alpha = .90; composite reliability = .91; and average variance extracted (AVE) = .58 (Fornell & Larker, 1981). Next, each of the other measures was evaluated individually (via CFA) by examining their respective item loadings, factor structures and internal consistencies. Subsequently, correlational analysis with CPD was conducted. Results are presented in Table 1. 9 2 RNI = [(χ 10 2 Null Model - dfNull Model) – (χ 2 Estimated Model - dfEstimated Model)] / (χ Null Model - dfNull Model) Rules-of-thumb minimal values: NC<5.00; AGFI>.80; GFI>.90; RNI>.90; CFI>.90; and RMSEA<.10 Running Head A CONSUMER-BASED EXAMINATION OF SUSTAINABLE CONSUMPTION USING A SOCIAL NORMATIVE PERSPECTIVE Table 1. Internal consistency and correlations Internal Consistency Correlations Comp. α Coef. α AVE CPD CPD .91 .90 .58 1.86 (.94) Reactance .86 .74 .38 .47 3.74 (.81) Recycle .91 .69 .44 -.22 -.07, N 4.32 (.97) SelfSufficiency .91 .69 .44 .14* .003, N .01, N 2.43 (.93) Closeness to Nature .91 .69 .44 .18 .05, N .08, N .17 1.81 (.64) ATSCI .90 .85 .45 .01, N .14* -.10, N -.03, N -.19 3.94 (1.00) SDB -- -- -- -.06, N -.16 .04, N .08, N .12, N -.37 4.04 (1.83) Age -- -- -- -.13* -.19 .27 -.27 .06, N -.32 .14* 26.82 (9.04) Incomea -- -- -- -.04, N -.15* .27 -.27 .05, N -.32 .01, N .84 React. Recycle SelfSufficiency Closeness to Nature ATSCI SDB Age Incomea 2.28b (1.57) Notes: Correlations are Pearson Correlations. Except where noted by N (not significant) or * (p < .10), all correlations are significant at the .05, .01, or .001 levels (2-tailed). Diagonal entries are mean values and standard deviations (in parentheses). a Personal Income; b This value indicates annual mean income < $40K Running Head A CONSUMER-BASED EXAMINATION OF SUSTAINABLE CONSUMPTION USING A SOCIAL NORMATIVE PERSPECTIVE The reactance scale of four factors and 11 items was subjected to CFA. The optimal solution required the deletion of one item since it cross-loaded and was weak. This final and best solution was desirably nonsignificant: χ2 = 36.71, (d.f. = 29, p = .15) with extremely good data fit [NC = 1.27, AGFI = .92 (GFI = .96), RNI = .97, CFI = .97, and RMSEA = .04]. The scale’s internal consistency measures were generally acceptable: Cronbach’s alpha = .74, and composite reliability = .86. But, AVE (= .38) was lower than the generally accepted .50 minimum value since all 10 items were used to compute the value as opposed to computing them for each factor. Using the mean value for reactance (of the remaining 10 items) the correlation with CPD was .47 (seen in Table 1). Thus, correlational analyses seemed to support the expected relationship. CFA was conducted on the three constructs that capture sustainable consumption. As reported in the original article by Leonard-Barton (1981), the item, “recycling glass jars/bottles,” reflected two factors: recycling (λ = .50 reported) and closeness to nature (λ = .34 reported). Since the item’s wording suggested recycling, it was decided to load it on that factor. The CFA solution (using the three constructs) was nonsignificant (as desired): χ2 = 30.35, (d.f. = 24, p = .17) with very strong fit indices [NC = 1.27, AGFI = .93 (GFI = .96), RNI = .98, CFI = .98, and RMSEA = .04]. The correlations between CPD and the three measures were weak but directionally were as predicted (see Table 1). Next, the two validity measures were analysed and their relation to CPD was assessed. The correlation between ATSCI and CPD was nonsignificant as expected (see Table 1). Although the two constructs are conceptually similar, they are distinct and not empirically related. The results supported my prediction. Importantly, the correlation between SDB and CPD was not significant and suggested that CPD did not likely suffer from this bias (see Table 1). Given that the measures had demonstrated very good psychometric properties, including acceptable internal reliabilities, analyses were now directed on evaluating the model as a whole. This was the apex of my analyses. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Structural Model: Path Analyses Overall, acceptable data fit was attained: χ2 = 388.76, (d.f. = 291, p < .001) with fit indices [NC = 1.34, AGFI = .82 (GFI = .85), CFI = .93, and RMSEA = .05]. Path loadings were all significant and all hypotheses were supported as seen in Figure 2. Figure 2. Results of path analyses Sustainable Consumption Recycle H2 Reactance H1 CPD H3 SelfSufficiency H4 Closeness Notes: 1. All paths are significant where H1: p < .001; H2: p < .01; H3: p < .10; and H4: p < .05; (two-tailed). 2. Path loadings are indicated and t-values are in parentheses. Running Head A CONSUMER-BASED EXAMINATION OF SUSTAINABLE CONSUMPTION USING A SOCIAL NORMATIVE PERSPECTIVE General Discussion and Future Research Contrary to intuitive thought, findings suggest that when some consumers perceive a particular (sustainable consumption) behaviour as socially normative, they will actively and wilfully act to breach that behavioural norm and thwart that behaviour. However, the same consumers will adhere to other (sustainable consumption) behaviours when these behaviours are not viewed as normative. Ultimately, results suggest that that social normative influence coupled with the aspects of personality, plays a large role in how some consumers will consume sustainably. Several key contributions have been made to consumer behaviour theory and practice: our understanding of the role of personality was enhanced by considering a relevant norm-focussed personality trait as an antecedent to sustainable consumption; the important function of normative influence on consumers was also enhanced; by modelling psychological reactance as an antecedent to the aforementioned personality trait, an enhanced appreciation of its key role was facilitated; and lastly, business practitioners, marketers and advertisers, can leverage this article’s findings to formulate communication plans designed to boost sustainable behaviour. This will be further discussed herein. Implications for Business Practitioners Business practitioners should appreciate that the sustainability market possesses much untapped revenue-generating potential. It has been conservatively estimated that the US sustainability market alone (products that focus on health, environment, social justice, personal development and sustainable living) is at approximately $290 B and growing. 11 Further, market research has revealed that over 41 million US consumers, representing 1 in 4 American adults, can be considered in this market, which can be described as six product sectors: (1) personal health (natural, organic products); (2) eco-tourism (eco-travel, adventure); (3) green building (environmentally-friendly building materials); (4) natural lifestyles (eco home furnishings and supplies); (5) alternative transportation (biofuel, hybrid vehicles); and (6) 11 LOHAS Website: http://www.lohas.com/about, accessed on 23 September 2013. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN alternative energy (renewable energy).12 Thus, these consumers are the future of highly profitable business that is geared to sustainable consumption. Marketers and advertisers who are involved in the design of a communications campaign designed to enhance sustainable consumption must be highly cognisant of the manner in which desired behavioural outcomes are presented to consumers. Market segmentation can help along with some principles of social influence advanced by the current research. For a “low-CPD” segment, the “if everyone is doing it, it must be right (and you should do it too)” approach could be employed. This leverages an important principle in social influence – the principle of social truth (Cialdini, 2001). Also referred to as the social consensus or social validation principle, this approach suggests that consumers perceive that most people are engaged in a particular behaviour, they are more likely to pursue it too. Slogans like, “over 1 billion served,” or “thousands of happy customers can’t be wrong,” attempt to capitalize on this principle. Hotels could enhance the rate of towel re-usage (to avoid wasteful cleaning after each usage) by simply communicating to guests that virtually all guests choose to re-use their towels during their stay in order to conserve water (Goldstein et al., 2008). Therefore, a target behaviour is presented as being socially normative. In this context, it might be more beneficial to emphasize normative social influence and not informational aspects of social influence. Conversely, for a “high-CPD” segment, a marketer should avoid presenting the message as being normative, or risk a backlash from this segment. A communicative effort could present the target behaviour as a suggestion, possibly creating a perception that it’s unique to that consumer, suggesting that most consumers don’t want to pursue that behaviour. In other words, marketers should avoid conveying social acceptance, and do not communicate the social acceptance or consensus associated with the behaviour. In this context, unlike the aforementioned low-CPD segment, it might be more beneficial to emphasize informational influence and not normative influence. 12 Ibid. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN By targeting consumers who likely possess high levels of CPD, several strategies may be employed to enhance sustainable consumption behaviour adoption (if this is desired). For example, marketers could formulate campaigns designed to shape individuals’ perceptions of sustainable consumption in order to enhance the perception of “cool” and “uniqueness” and possibly reduce normative influence. Implications for Policy Makers From a geo-political perspective, failure to take immediate action with results-focussed solutions will have calamitous results. The history of humankind is a history of strife and conflict. The underpinning reason for virtually every military conflict, large and small, has been a fight for resources. When resources become scarce and threatened, humans will resort to violence to seize what is desired. A consumer-centric, operational, approach is needed in order to enhance the long-term viability of any policy designed to enhance sustainability. In the wake of failed global initiatives that have been based on high-level, conceptual notions, policy makers and business leaders together must re-focus efforts on the individual consumer. Pragmatism must be the overarching criterion for policy development. Complex, yet well-meaning, initiatives have done little to restrain exponentially increasing demands on the earth’s scarce resources. Campaigns of education, advertising, and information dissemination, must seek to present viable sustainable consumption options to the consumer. The consumer, and his/her consumption behaviours, must be the centre of policy inception, formulation, development and implementation. This article facilitates an enhanced understanding of the consumer that can aid in the aforementioned goal. In practice, policy makers can apply the same recommendations as suggested for business practitioners. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Limitations and Future Research This research has some limitations. In this study rational choice has been assumed to prevail. No detailed consideration of potential biological, political and economic factors has been made. Further, important to this research on social influence, has been the theme of normative violation. Any empirical research involving norms can spur concerns, “unfortunately, the notion of a norm is a study in problems, even though most sociologists appear indifferent to those problems.” (Gibbs, 1995, p.65). Three of the major areas of concern in the study of norms are: the sufficient consensus problem (how many members in a social system are required to subscribe to a statement for it to become a norm); the question of normative contingencies (what circumstances to people have in mind when judging normative standards); and the issue of personal evaluations of conduct (what the individual making the statement regards as good or bad behaviour). Avenues for future research are diverse. At a macro level, future studies could integrate the notion of individual propensity to deviate (i.e. the CPD construct) in diffusion models that seek to explain the spread of sustainable consumption behaviour through a population. Researchers could examine how a diffusion process traces the spread of sustainable consumption behaviour through society as it initially starts with individual adoption, builds critical mass through successive adoptions to where the behaviour once considered as non-normative, and ultimately becomes mainstream. Economists have focused on viewing the economy and the environment as a single interlinked system with a unified valuation methodology (Hamilton & Clemens, 1999; Dasgupta, 2007). Future sustainable consumption research in behavioral economics could seek to examine each stage in a value chain. Similarly, the corresponding notion may be applied to future marketing research where each channel in a value-added chain of distribution. Keeping with this theme, marketing research could examine the role of channel power (an important research area in marketing) and sustainable consumption efforts. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN But one must question the traditional “rational decision maker” paradigm as espoused in the literature. How do biological factors impact the aforementioned notions? To what extent are people’s decision-making capacities “hard-wired?” These are issues that must be closely considered in the formulation of future conceptual models and proposed theories. Are there cultural differences associated with SCB and is there a cultural impact on CPD? Crosscultural research would greatly enhance our understanding of these important topics. An analyticallyfocused study could examine assessing measurement invariance of the CPD measure in cross-national consumer research. Steenkamp and Baumgartner (1998) have suggested comprehensive approaches for this type of research. Due to the complexity associated with these avenues, there are certainly potential empirical difficulties. Avenues (mentioned above) that involve time-series analysis, cross-cultural approaches, norm-development, diffusion of behaviour etc., are always challenging. Notwithstanding, future research opportunities in this area are promising. Summary and Conclusions Sustainable consumption is a big issue and one that is exceedingly important to humankind. Evidence strongly suggests that humans cannot continue to consume at current levels without pacing the planet in peril. Many international, high-level initiatives have addressed the urgency associated with the need to take action, however, in general, these initiatives have lacked implementabity. Action-focussed plans must centre on consumer behaviour and recognize varying consumer personalities and perceptions. By virtue of their personalities, some consumers deliberately breach consumption norms. Therefore, when viewed as a norm, sustainable consumption behaviour will not be practised by such a consumer. Importantly, when communicating sustainability plans, marketers and advertisers must appreciate normative influence, especially on those consumers who will make a concerted effort to breach associated norms. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Against the backdrop of an ever-increasing world population, virtually every scientific model suggests that unless measures are taken immediately to curb current rates and trends of consumption, the entire human population will enter a stage of turmoil, the likes of which have never been experienced before. It is known that many of the world’s life-giving resources are on the brink of collapse: edible fish stocks; drinking water supplies, oxygen-yielding forests, etc., as the planet’s 7 billion people encroach on these recourses. The situation is dire. Options that do not focus on sustainability have run out. Intelligent mechanisms to enhance sustainable consumption have to be developed and implemented immediately. Challenging in practice, these mechanisms must not risk plunging the world into a (greater) state of economic turmoil. Humankind must address current and curb trends of consumption. As humans, we must treat our fragile planet with respect and careful nurturing in order to protect it for future generations. In practice, sustainable consumption starts with the individual consumer. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Appendix SCALES ITEMS USED TO MEASURE CONSTRUCTS IN THE MODEL Consumer Propensity to Deviate (seven point; 1 = strongly disagree, 7 = strongly agree) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. I try to use products that are the opposite of what others believe I should use. The things I own express my rejection of society. I seek out products, services, or experiences that make me feel like I am an outsider. If most people believe that it is right to buy a certain product, I will buy the “opposite.” I reject society’s values through my consumption. I try to buy things so that I don’t fit in. I actively buy products that others do not like. Psychological Reactance (seven point; 1 = strongly disagree, 7 = strongly agree) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. I become frustrated when I am unable to make free and independent decisions. I become angry when my freedom of choice is restricted. It irritates me when someone points out things which are obvious to me. Regulations trigger a sense of resistance in me. I find contradicting others stimulating. When something is prohibited, I usually think “that’s exactly what I am going to do.” I resist the attempts of others to influence me. It makes me angry when another person is held up as a model for me to follow. When someone forces me to do something, I feel like doing the opposite. I consider advice from others to be an intrusion. Advice and recommendations induce me to do just the opposite. Recycling of Resources (five-point; 1 = always, 5 = never) 1. Recycle newspapers used at home. 2. Recycle glass jars/bottles used at home. 3. Recycle cans used at home. Self-sufficiency (five-point; 1 = always, 5 = never) 1. Family members or friends change the oil in the family car. 2. Have gotten instructions in skills to increase self-reliance, for example, in carpentry, car tune-up and repair, or plumbing. 3. Have exchanged goods or services with others in lieu of payment with money, e.g., repairing equipment in exchange for other skilled work. Closeness to Nature (five-point; 1 = always, 5 = never) 1. Intentionally east meatless main meals. 2. Contribute to ecologically oriented organizations. 3. Grow vegetables the family consume during the summer seasons. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN References Akers, R. L., Massey, J., Clarke, W., & Lauer, R. M. (1983). Are self-reports of adolescent deviance valid? Biochemical measures, randomized response, and the bogus pipeline in smoking behavior. Social Forces, 62, 234–251. Axsen, J. & Kurani, K. S. (2012). Social influence, consumer behavior, and low-carbon energy transitions. Annual Review of Environment and Resources, 311–340. Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Upper Saddle River NJ: Prentice Hall. Belk, R. W., Ger, G., & Askegaard, S. (1996). Metaphors of consumer desire. Advances in Consumer Research, 23, 368–373. Birenbaum, A., & Sagarin, E. (1976). Norms and Human Behavior. New York: Praeger. Blau, P. M. (1964). Exchange and power in social life. New York: John Wiley & Sons. Brehm, J. W. (1966). A theory of psychological reactance. New York: Academic Press. Brehm, J. W. (1989). Psychological reactance: Theory and applications. Advances in Consumer Research, 16, 72–75. Brewer, M. (2000). Research design and issues of validity. In H. T. Reis & C. M. Judd (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in social and personality psychology (pp. 3–16). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Cialdini, R. B. (2001). Influence (4th ed.). Needham Heights: Pearson. Clark, J. P., & Tifft, L. L. (1966). Polygraph and interview validation self-reported deviant behavior. American Sociological Review, 31, 516–523. Clee, M. A., & Wicklund, R. A. (1980). Consumer behavior and psychological reactance. Journal of Consumer Research, 6, 389–405. Coleman, J. (1990). Foundations of Social Theory. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Dasgupta, P. (2007). The idea of sustainable development. Sustainability Science, 2, 5–11. Deutsch, M., & Gerard, H. B. (1955). A study of normative and informational social influences upon individual judgment. The journal of abnormal and social psychology, 51, 629–636. Gibbs, J. P. (1995). Major notions and theories in the sociology of deviance. In A. Thio & T. Calhoun (Eds.), Readings in deviant behavior (pp. 64–83). New York: HarperCollins. Gilbert, D. T., Krull, D. S., & Pelham, B.W. (1988). Of thoughts unspoken: Social inference and the selfregulation of behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 685–694. Fisher, R. J. (1993). Social desirability and the validity of indirect questioning. Journal of Consumer Research, 20, 303–315. Fisher, R. J. (2000). The future of social-desirability bias research in marketing. Psychology and Marketing, 17, 73–77. Fornell, C., & Larcker, D. L. (1981). Structural equation models with unobservable variables and Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN measurement error: Algebra and statistics. Journal of Marketing Research, 18, 382–389. Fuchs, D. A., & Lorek, S. (2005). Sustainable consumption governance: A history of promises and failures. Journal of Consumer Policy, 28, 261–288. Goldstein, N. J., Cialdini, R. B., & Griskevicius, V. (2008). A room with a viewpoint: Using social norms to motivate environmental conservation in hotels. Journal of Consumer Research, 35, 472–482. Gottfredson, M., & Hirschi, T. (1990). A general theory of crime. Stanford: Stanford University Press. Hamilton, K., & Clemens, M. (1999). Genuine savings rates in developing countries. World Bank Economic Review, 13, 333–356. Hirsh, J. B. (2010). Personality and environmental concern. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 30, 245–248. Hirsh, J. B., & Dolderman, D. (2007). Personality predictors of consumerism and environmentalism: A preliminary study. Personality and Individual Differences, 43, 1583–1593. Holt, D. B. (1995). How consumers consume: A typology of consumption practices. Journal of Consumer Research, 22, 1–16. Hong, S.-M., & Faedda, S. (1996). Refinement of the hong psychological reactance scale. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 56, 173–182. Kidwell, B., Farmer, A., & Hardesty, D. M. (2013). Getting liberals and conservatives to go green: Political ideology and congruent appeals. Journal of Consumer Research, 40, 350–67. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Kivetz, R. (2005). Promotion reactance: The role of effort-reward congruity. Journal of Consumer Research, 31, 725–736. Lee, R. (1993). Doing research on sensitive topics. London: Sage. Lennox, R. D., & Wolfe, R. N. (1984). Revision of the self-monitoring scale. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 1349–1364. Leonard-Barton, D. (1981). Voluntary simplicity lifestyles and energy conservation. Journal of Consumer Research, 8, 243–252. Liu, J. E., Smeesters, D., & Vohs, K. D. (2012). Reminders of money elicit feelings of threat and reactance in response to social influence. Journal of Consumer Research, 38, 1030–1046. Luchs, M. G., & Mooradian, T. A. (2012). Sex, personality, and sustainable consumer behaviour: Elucidating the gender effect. Journal of Consumer Policy, 35, 127–144. Luchs, M. G., Naylor, R. W., Irwin, J. R., & Raghunathan, R. (2010). The sustainability liability: Potential negative effects of ethicality on product preference. Journal of Marketing, 74, 18–31. Michener, H. A., & DeLamater, J. D. (1999). Social Psychology (4th ed.). New York: Harcourt Inc. Midgley, D. F., & Dowling, G. R. (1978). Innovativeness: The concept and its measurement. Journal of Consumer Research, 4, 229–242. Netemeyer, R. G., Burton, S., & Lichtenstein, D. R. (1995). Trait aspects of vanity: Measurement and relevance to consumer behavior. Journal of Consumer Research, 21, 612–626. Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN Netemeyer, R. G., Bearden, W. O., & Sharma, S. (2003). Scaling procedures: Issues and applications. Thousand Oaks: Sage. OECD. (2008). Promoting sustainable consumption: Good practices in OECD countries. Paris: OECD Publishing. Ones, D. S., Viswesvaran, C., & Schmidt, F. L. (1993). Meta-analysis of integrity test validities: Findings and implications for personnel selection and theories of job performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 679–703. Paulhus, D. L. (1991). Measurement and control of response bias. In J. P. Robinson, P. R. Shaver & L. S. Wrightsman (Eds.), Measures of Personality and Social Psychological Attitudes (pp. 17–59). New York: Academic Press. Ping, R. A. (2004). On assuring valid measures for theoretical models using survey data. Journal of Business Research, 57, 125–141. Sacket, P. R., Burris, L. R. & Callahan, C. (1989). Integrity testing for personnel selection: An update. Personnel Psychology, 42, 491–528. Schrader, U., & Thøgersen, J. (2011). Putting sustainable consumption into practice. Journal of Consumer Policy, 34, 3–8. Siegel, L. J., & McCormick, C. (1999). Criminology in Canada: theories, patterns, and typologies. Toronto: International Thomson Publishing Co. Solomon, M., White, K., & Dahl, D. W. (2014). Consumer behaviour: buying, having and holding (6th Running Head: IT AINT EASY BEING GREEN: UNINTENDED EFFECTS OF THE COLOUR GREEN ed.). Toronto: Pearson. Steenkamp, J.-B., & Baumgartner, H. (1998). Assessing Measurement Invariance in Cross-national Consumer Research. Journal of Consumer Research, 25, 78–90. Strahan, R., & Gerbasi, K. (1972). Short, homogeneous versions of the marlow-crowne social desirability scale. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 28, 191–193. Teevan, J. J., & Hewitt, W. E. (1995). Introduction to sociology: A Canadian focus (5th ed.). Scarborough Ontario: Prentice Hall. Thøgersen, J. (2005). “How may consumer policy empower consumers for sustainable lifestyles? Journal of Consumer Policy, 28, 143–178. Thøgersen, J., & Schrader, U. (2012). From knowledge to action – New paths towards sustainable consumption. Journal of Consumer Policy, 33, 1–5. Trudel, R., & Argo, J. J. (2012). The effect of product size and form distortion on consumer recycling behavior. Journal of Consumer Research. doi 10.1086/671475. Voyer, P. A. (2007). Consumer propensity to deviate: Measurement and relevance to consumer behaviour. (Doctoral dissertation, University of Western Ontario, 2007). ProQuest Dissertations and Theses, 236-n/a. Webster’s New World Dictionary. (1964). Toronto: Nelson, Foster & Scott. WWF. (2012). World wide fund for nature – Living planet report summary. Gland Switzerland: World Wide Fund For Nature Publishing. Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY The Interplay Between Arousal and Schema Congruity Theodore Noseworthy, University of Guelph, Canada Fabrizio Di Muro, University of Winnipeg, Canada Kyle Murray, University of Alberta, Canada Extended Abstract Imagine approaching Apple’s newest concept for the iWatch (“an advanced wearable computer in the form of a bracelet that could double as a watch.”13). Indeed, this watch would be incongruent with one’s normative expectations for what a wristwatch ought to be. The question is whether you would like it. Now imagine approaching the iWatch in a store crowded by people, with loud music playing and balloons flying everywhere. Would that make a difference? At the heart of this thought-experiment is the concept of arousal. It is often debated whether there is a relationship between arousal and preference, and if so, whether that relationship follows an inverted-U function, such that an optimal (or moderate) level of arousal can augment preference, whereas an extreme level of arousal can inhibit preference (Martindale et al. 1990). This function has been adopted in marketing to explain preference for incongruent products (re: the schema congruity effect; Meyers-Levy and Tybout 1989). Although the effect has received its fair share of support, several recent advances call into question its robustness, and whether it truly is the result of what would seemingly constitute a misattribution of arousal. 13 www.forbes.com/sites/anthonykosner/2013/02/21/the-iwatch-as-snap-bracelet-apple-just-got-the-patent/ Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY CONCEPTUAL BACKGROUND The literature supporting the misattribution of arousal maintains that because emotion is a combination of non-specific physiological arousal and a cognitive label (e.g., joy, fear, jealousy, etc.), people can misattribute increased levels of arousal to different emotional states (Reisenzein 1983; Schachter and Singer 1962). This has led some to argue that arousal can be attributed to the wrong source, and thus alter the nature of a given emotional experience (Inzlicht and Al-Khindi 2012; Vosgerau 2012). The schema congruity effect, which is also known as the Mandler hypothesis or the moderate incongruity effect, is predicated on a dynamic relationship between tension and arousal (Mandler 1982; Meyers-Levy and Tybout 1989). It follows the Yerkes–Dodson law (Yerkes and Dodson 1908), which is an inverted-U relationship between arousal and performance. In short, people tend to like arousing things up to a certain point, beyond which, arousal levels become too taxing, leading to negative evaluations. Mandler (1982) argued that an optimal level of arousal could be achieved when an object is just slightly incongruent (moderate incongruity) and thus the individual can successfully assimilate it into an existing schema held in memory. However, when incongruity levels rise past a certain threshold (extreme incongruity), a person’s ability to make sense of the object diminishes exponentially (Meyers-Levy and Tybout 1989). This often results in negative evaluations, purportedly because the task becomes too arousing. Mandler posited that different internal processes operate at different levels of incongruity. A significant amount of research in marketing has examined Mandler’s (1982) seminal hypothesis (Aggarwal and McGill 2007; Campbell and Goodstein 2001; Jiang, Grant, and Campbell 2012; MeyersLevy and Tybout 1989; Peracchio and Tybout 1996; Stayman, Alden, and Smith 1992). Several advances have raised the concern that the nonmonotonic (inverted-U) relationship between the degree of incongruity and preference seems to be highly dependent on focused attention and thus motivation (Campbell and Goodstein 2001; Jhang, Grant, and Campbell 2012; Noseworthy, Cotte, and Lee 2011; Noseworthy and Trudel 2011). What is interesting about these observations is that, despite being cited as boundary conditions, they are actually consistent with Mandler’s (1982) hypothesis about the role of arousal in schema-based evaluation. Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY While it is well-established that the valence of consumer’s affective state influences choice (Isen and Patrick 1983; Isen 1987; Kim, Park, and Schwarz 2010; Mayer and Salovey 1995; Meloy 2000; Wegener, Petty and Smith 1995), the notion that a consumer’s level of arousal also influences choice has only recently been established (Di Muro and Murray 2012). This affords a unique means to explore some inconsistencies in prior work by matching state arousal to the arousal potential of an incongruent product. Mandler (1982) argued that an optimal level of arousal can enhance preference when an object is only moderately incongruent with an activated schema, whereas extreme incongruity can reduce preference because the schematic violation cannot be assimilated without revamping or developing an entirely new schema (i.e., accommodation). It is believed that in the latter case the act of discovery becomes too arousing, resulting in negative evaluations of the target (Meyers-Levy and Tybout 1989). This affords some unique predictions. If the schema congruity effect is truly the result of a misattribution of arousal, then consumers should appreciate moderate incongruity more when excited than when relaxed because when arousal is inhibited there will be nothing positive to attribute to the target. Conversely, consumers should appreciate extreme incongruity more when relaxed than when excited because when arousal is inhibited there will be no arousal overload and thus there will be nothing negative to attribute to the target. Study 1 was designed to explore this basic phenomenon and set the foundation for a critical inquiry into whether the schema congruity effect is truly the result of a misattribution of arousal. STUDY 1 Participants and Design. Students (N = 144; 46% females; Mage = 19.7) participated in this study in exchange for course credit and were randomly assigned to one of six conditions in a 2 (arousal: low vs. high) × 3 (product congruity: congruent vs. moderately incongruent vs. extreme incongruity) betweensubjects factorial design. The target product chosen for this study was soft drinks. Procedure. Prior to viewing the soft drink ad, arousal was manipulated following procedures that have proven successful in isolating arousal from valence (Bradley et al 2001). Participants were told they would be looking at several photographs to help them get energized (relaxed). Several pictures were Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY drawn from the International Affective Picture System (IAPS; Lang, Bradley, and Cuthbert 1999) and were selected to be similar in rated hedonic valence (pleasantness) but necessarily varied in rated physiological arousal. Each picture was presented for six seconds. The entire set randomly cycled while individuals continuously updated their arousal level using a continuous response technique (Eich and Metcalfe 1989). The technique required that participants indicated the progressive change in their arousal level along an adjustable semantic differential scale, with -50 as very relaxed, +50 as very excited, and 0 as neither relaxed nor excited. Participants were told to stop moving the slider bar when they felt no further changes in their level of excitement (relaxation). Once participants’ arousal level plateaued (i.e., once they stopped moving the dial for longer than five second), the software automatically informed them that they were about to view a new soft drink. The soft drink category was explicitly communicated prior to viewing the ad in order to activate the appropriate schema (Meyers-Levy and Tybout 1989). The software then immediately switched to the advertisement. Participants viewed the ad for 30 seconds. Results and Discussion Target Evaluations. An analysis of target evaluations (α = .94), as a function of arousal and product congruity, yielded a significant interaction (F(2, 138) = 5.25, p < .01, η2 = .06). Simple effects revealed that product evaluations varied by the level of incongruity in the high arousal condition (F(2, 138) = 11.98, p < .001), but not in the low arousal condition (p = .68). As illustrated in table 1, pairwise comparisons confirmed that, consistent with Mandler’s (1982) inverted-U prediction, when arousal was high, participants evaluated the moderately incongruent soft drink more favorably (M = 4.54) than the congruent soft drink (M = 3.81; F(1, 138) = 5.75, p < .05), and evaluated the extremely incongruent soft drink less favorably (M = 3.05) than the congruent soft drink (M = 3.81; F(1, 138) = 6.23, p < .05). In support of our core predictions, a planned contrast confirmed that participants evaluated the moderately incongruent product more favorably when their arousal level was high (M = 4.54) rather than low (M = 3.88; F(1, 138) = 4.76, p < .05), whereas they evaluated the extremely incongruent product more Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY favorably when their arousal level was low (M = 3.76) rather than high (M = 3.05; F(1, 138) = 5.47, p < .05). No other contrasts approached significance (ps > .30). The results of study 1 confirm that preference for product incongruity is highly influenced by the interplay between the consumer’s aroused state and the arousal potential of the incongruent product. Specifically, consumers prefer moderate incongruity more when they are aroused than when relaxed, however, they prefer extreme incongruity more when relaxed than when aroused. In fact, low arousal washed the schema congruity effect, lowering peak preference for moderate incongruity while extinguishing the severe aversion to extreme incongruity. Although these results support the prediction that state arousal interacts with the arousal potential of an incongruent product, the question that remains is why? Is this the result of inhibiting physiological arousal or is this about altering one’s emotional state? The goal of study 2 was to isolate the role of physiological arousal and to further test whether the observed shifts in preference results from distinct emotional states. STUDY 2 Participants and Design. Participants (N = 148; 44% females; Mage = 24.2) were recruited through web advertisements and public posters and paid $15 for participating in the study. Thirteen participants were removed due to excessive movement rendering their skin conductance responses unreliable (original N = 161). Each individual was randomly assigned to one of four between-subjects conditions in a 2 (incongruity: moderate vs. extreme) × 2 (aroused state: control vs. relaxed) × 3 (attributes: black vs. carbonated vs. vitamin-fortified) mixed factorial design. Incongruity and aroused state served as the between-subjects factors, whereas product attributes served as the within-subjects factor. The aroused state manipulation focused exclusively on relaxation (relative to a control). This not only simplified the design, but it also allowed us to isolate the novel finding from study 1 that low arousal lowers evaluations for moderate incongruity and raises evaluations for extreme incongruity. Procedures and Dependent Measures. Participants were brought into a behavioral lab where a lab tech administered a pre-screening questionnaire under the guise of screening for physical and psychological health. In fact, the pre-screening captured several trait variables, which served as a baseline Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY to assess state changes (see psychometric measures). After completing the pre-screening, participants were informed that we would be measuring their physiological response to different products using a galvanic skin response (GSR) system. The study began with a guise that the lab tech must calibrate the GSR equipment prior to commencing the study. In fact, the calibration task served to manipulate arousal. Participants in the control condition were instructed to put on a pair of noise cancellation headphones (JVC HA-NC120) and were asked to sit and wait while the lab tech calibrated the equipment. In the relaxed condition, Albinoni’s “Adagio in G Minor” played through the headphones and participants were instructed to think of something relaxing while the lab tech calibrated the equipment. A pretest (n = 44) using the affect grid confirmed that the relaxation and control conditions induced similar feelings of pleasantness (MRelaxed = 3.33 vs. MControl = 3.06; p = .27), but different feelings of arousal (MRelaxed = 2.21 vs. MControl = 3.11; t(42) = -2.90, p < .01). The calibration task ran for exactly 3 minutes. The track looped for the duration in the relaxation condition. Upon completion of the filler task, a 30 s baseline of physiological arousal was taken. Participants then immediately proceeded to the main task. The main task began by informing participants that they will be evaluating several different products. Three products (i.e., the within-subjects attribute condition) then appeared in random order. Each product appeared for 30 s. Participants filled out a brief electronic questionnaire following each appearance. SCRs were sampled for the duration of the task. The key comparison was the 1 s to 5 s window after each stimulus onset relative to the 30 s baseline leading into the study. Results and Discussion Target Evaluations. A RM ANOVA with product congruity and arousal as the between-subjects factors, and the three evaluation measures taken after each stimulus onset as the repeated measure (α range = .92 to .94), yielded a significant three-way interaction (F(1.8, 270) = 3.75, p < .05, η2p = .025; dfs modified with the Huynh-Feldt adjustment for lack of sphericity). The nature of the interaction was such that the relationship between product congruity and stimulus onset varied by the arousal manipulation. Multivariate simple effects confirmed that control participants evaluated the moderately incongruent Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY stimuli more favorably (M = 5.28) than the extremely incongruent stimuli (M = 3.69; F(1, 144) = 22.55, p < .001). Pairwise comparisons revealed that these same participants evaluated the extremely incongruent stimuli less favorably (M = 3.69) than the congruent stimuli (Monset-2 = 4.90, p < .01 and Monset-3 = 4.55, p = .055), while evaluating the moderately incongruent stimuli more favorably (M = 5.28) than the congruent stimuli (Monset-2 = 4.40, p < .01 and Monset-3 = 4.56, p < .05). These patterns are consistent with the schema congruity effect. Consistent with the results of study 1, relaxation once again suppressed the schema congruity effect. Specifically, no significant contrasts emerged in the relaxed condition (ps > .30). As predicted, planned contrasts across the arousal manipulation confirmed that relaxation dropped participants’ evaluations for moderate incongruity (MRelaxed = 4.60 vs. MControl = 5.28); F(1, 144) = 4.22, p < .05), while increasing participants’ evaluations for extreme incongruity (MRelaxed = 4.27 vs. MControl = 3.69; F(1, 144) = 3.24, p = .062). The findings from study 2 suggest that the observed effects in study 1 were the result of distinct emotional states brought on by different levels of incongruity. Hence, altering one’s arousal level enhanced and suppressed these emotions, which subsequently enhanced and suppressed preference for the product. In particular, the findings suggest that the schema congruity effect is the result of state-driven curiosity when faced with moderate incongruity and state-driven anxiety when faced with extreme incongruity. Up until now, study 1 and 2 held the valence of the arousal manipulation positive. The question is would the same effects occur if individuals were in a negative state to begin with? This is an important question because it speaks to an individual’s state influencing what is misattributed to the target. Study 3 was designed to answer this question. STUDY 3 Participants and design. Participants (N = 192; 41% females; Mage = 23.6) were paid $10 and were randomly assigned to one of 8 conditions in a 2 (physiological arousal: high vs. low) × 2 (mood valence: positive vs. negative) × 2 (product congruity: moderate vs. extreme) between-subjects factorial design. The manipulation of incongruity was adopted from Meyers-Levy, Louie, and Curren (1994), who matched company brand names to different product extensions to elicit different levels of incongruity. Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY Consistent with the schema congruity hypothesis, the authors found that consumers favored moderately incongruent extensions, while showing an aversion to extremely incongruent extensions. Procedure. Upon entering the behavioral lab, participants’ resting heart rate was captured using a pulse plethysmograph. The task began with a lab tech calculating participants’ maximum heart rate. Following the preliminary calculation, participants were randomly assigned to one of the two physiological conditions. In the high arousal condition, participants were asked to cycle on an ergometer and listen to a sound bank while trying to maintain their heart rate at 60% of their maximal heart rate for 10 min; in the low physiological arousal condition, participants sat without cycling on the ergometer and listened to the sound bank for 10 minutes while monitoring their pulse (Schmidt, Mussel, and Hewig 2013). In line with prior work, mean heart rate was assessed once again in the last five minutes of both conditions (Schmidt , Mussel and Hewig 2013). The manipulation of attitude valence was accomplished through the sound banks. Following the use of the IAPS in study 1 to manipulate attitude valence visually, an auditory manipulation of attitude valence was adopted using the International Affective Digital Sounds (2nd Edition; IADS-2) collection (Bradley and Lang 2007). Immediately following the exercise task, participants were given a booklet while still sitting on the ergometer. The booklet included the advertisement for the Coppertone magazine, which accompanied a pencil and paper questionnaire. Results and Discussion Target evaluations. An analysis of target evaluations (α = .96), as a function of arousal, valence, and product congruity, yielded a significant main effect of valence; people in a negative state evaluated the target product less favorably (M = 2.08) than did people in a positive state (M = 3.48; F(1, 184) = 105.84, p < .001, η2 = .32). There was also a significant congruity × arousal interaction (F(1, 184) = 12.47, p < .001, η2 = .03). Consistent with studies 1 and 2, simple effects confirmed that participants evaluated the moderately incongruent product more favorably when their arousal level was high (M = 3.38) rather than low (M = 2.85; F(1, 184) = 7.54, p < .01), whereas they evaluated the extremely incongruent product more favorably when their arousal level was low (M = 2.66) rather than high (M = Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY 2.23; F(1, 138) = 5.06, p < .05). Importantly, the three-way interaction was not significant (p = .58). Hence, although the strong valence manipulation dropped preference across the board, it did not alter the influence of arousal on preference for product incongruity. The results of study 3 not only replicate the interaction between an individual’s state of arousal and the arousal potential of an incongruent object, but they also further reinforce the role of distinct emotional mechanisms. Importantly, attitude valence did not alter the phenomenon. What it did alter was the strength of the observed emotional states, and importantly, it strengthened them in the direction consistent with their valence. Thus, the ability for relaxation to lower preference for moderately incongruent products, while increasing preference for extremely incongruent products, has little to do with attitude valence, despite that the valence of one’s affective state may attenuate the effect. This suggests that the observed effects are not the result of arousal regulation (Di Muro and Murray 2012), leaving one to conclude that the observed effects are truly the result of a physiological response to stimulus complexity. GENERAL DISCUSSION The results of this work lend empirical support for whether the schema congruity effect results from a dynamic relationship between tension and arousal. When faced with an innovative product, consumers try to overcome the tension that results from an inconsistency between perceptions and expectations, and if successful, they tend to enjoy the product more. However, when a consumer is in a relaxed state, this pattern does not occur. There is no uptick in evaluations for a moderately incongruent product, and there is no severe downtick in evaluations for an extremely incongruent product. This suggests that the schema congruity effect is highly contingent on an individual’s level of arousal, and thus may indeed result from a misattribution of arousal. Consumers preferred moderate incongruity when their current level of arousal was high rather than low. This finding is consistent with the arousal congruity effect (Di Muro and Murray 2012), whereby a fit is created between an individual’s state of arousal and the arousal derived from the act of discovery. However, consistent with Mandler’s (1982) prediction that extreme incongruity Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY can result in negative evaluations due to arousal overload, consumers preferred extreme incongruity when their current level of arousal was low rather than high. These findings have strong implications for future research. Given the general lack of evidence confirming the role of arousal in schema-based evaluation, several scholars have misinterpreted the schema congruity effect as a phenomenon to explain how consumers respond to any innovation that is novel. In several instances, this theory was not appropriate, given the stimuli used afforded greater utility. For instance, it is not schema congruity if someone were to be in a more positive affective state because a stranger walked up to them and gave them $100, despite the fact a measure of typicality would show this was indeed a rare and unexpected occurrence. Is the individual responding to the manipulation of incongruity (i.e., the atypical act) or are they responding to the fact that they are $100 richer? This distinction, though overly simplified in this example, is often confused. Mandler’s (1982) theory is not predicated on the utility of the object, but in the utility in the arousal potential of the act of discovery. Hence, it seems reasonable that the phenomenon is not robust in situations where the arousal brought on by the act of discovery could be attributed to another source. This would explain several boundary conditions that have inhibited the schema congruity effect, without inhibiting the individual’s ability to assimilate the object. From a substantive perspective, the results lend some unique insights into various marketing tactics that could assist in introducing incongruent products. Specifically, really new products that violate consumers’ schematic representations may fair better under relaxed and calm positioning. This currently is at odds with the contemporary push to make technological innovations exciting. This practice may only benefit incremental adjustments that can be easily assimilated, whereby the tactic creates a consistency between the object’s optimal arousal potential and the arousal derived from the marketing campaign. Future research could go a long way in confirming whether many of the most recent boundary conditions to the schema congruity effect merely inhibited the arousal potential of the incongruent stimulus. Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY REFERENCES Aggarwal, Pankaj and Ann L. McGill (2007), “Is That Car Smiling at Me? Schema Congruity as a Basis for Evaluating Anthropomorphized Products,” Journal of Consumer Research, 34 (December), 468 – 79. Berlyne, Daniel E. (1960), Conflict, Arousal and Curiosity, New York, NY: McGraw-Hill. __________ (1974), “The New Experimental Aesthetics,” in Studies in the New Experimental Aesthetics, ed. Daniel E. Berlyne, New York, NY: John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1 – 25. Bradley, Margaret M., Maurizio Codispoti, Bruce N. Cuthbert and Peter J. Lang (2001), “Emotion and Motivation I: Defensive and Appetitive Reactions in Picture Processing,” Emotion, 1 (September), 276 – 98. Campbell, Margaret C. and Ronald C. Goodstein (2001), “The Moderating Effect of Perceived Risk on Consumers’ Evaluations of Product Incongruity: Preference for the Norm”, Journal of Consumer Research, 28 (December) 439 – 49. Di Muro, Fabrizio and Kyle B. Murray (2012), “An Arousal Regulation Explanation of Mood Effects on Consumer Choice,” Journal of Consumer Research, 39 (October), 574 – 84. Eich, Eric and Janet Metcalfe (1989), “Mood Dependent Memory for Internal Versus External Events,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 15 (May), 443 – 55. Kim, Hakkyun, Kiwan Park and Norbert Schwarz (2010), “Will this Trip really be Exciting? The Role of Incidental Emotions in Product Evaluation,” Journal of Consumer Research, 36 (April), 983 – 91. Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY Inzlicht, Michael, and Timour Al-Khindi (2012), “ERN and the Placebo: A Misattribution Approach to Studying the Arousal Properties of the Error-Related Negativity,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 141 (November), 799 – 807. Isen, Alice M. (1987), “Positive Affect, Cognitive Processes and Social Behavior”, in Advances in Experimental Psychology, ed. Leonard Berkowitz, New York, NY: Academic Press, 203 – 51. Isen, Alice M. and Robert Patrick (1983), “The Effect of Positive Feelings on Risk Taking: When the Chips are Down,” Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 31 (April), 194 – 202. Jhang, Ji Hoon, Susan Jung Grant and Margaret C. Campbell (2012), “Get It? Got It. Good! Enhancing New Product Acceptance by Facilitating Resolution of Extreme Incongruity,” Journal of Marketing Research, 49 (April), 247 – 59. Lang, Peter J., Margaret M. Bradley and Bruce N. Cuthbert (1999), “International Affective Picture System (IAPS): Instruction Manual and Affective Ratings”, Technical Report No. A-4, The Center for Research in Psychophysiology, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611. Mandler, George (1982), “The Structure of Value: Accounting for Taste,” in Affect and Cognition: The Seventeenth Annual Carnegie Symposium on Cognition, ed. Margaret S. Clark and Susan T. Fiske, Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 3 – 36. Martindale, Colin, Kathleen Moore and Jonathan Borkum (1990), “Aesthetic Preference: Anomalous Findings for Berlyne’s Psychobiological Model,” American Journal of Psychology, 103 (Spring), 53 – 80. Mayer, John D. and Peter Salovey (1995), “Emotional Intelligence and the Construction and Regulation of Feelings,” Applied and Preventative Psychology, 4 (Summer), 197 – 208. Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY Meloy, Margert G. (2000), “Mood-Driven Distortion of Product Information,” Journal of Consumer Research, 27 (December), 345 – 59. Meyers-Levy, Joan and Alice M. Tybout (1989), “Schema Congruity as a Basis for Product Evaluation,” Journal of Consumer Research, 16 (June), 39 – 54. Noseworthy, Theodore J. and Remi Trudel (2011), “Looks Interesting But What Does It Do? Evaluation of Incongruent Product Form Depends on Positioning,” Journal of Marketing Research, 48 (December), 1008 – 19. Noseworthy, Theodore J., ne Cotte, and Seung H. Lee (2011), “The Effects of Ad Context and Gender on the Identification of Visually Incongruent Products,” Journal of Consumer Research, 38 (August), 358 – 75. Osgood, Charles E. and Percy H. Tannenbaum (1955), “The Principle of Congruity in the Prediction of Attitude Change,” Psychological Review, 62 (January), 42 – 55. Peracchio, Laura A. and Alice M. Tybout (1996), “The Moderating role of Prior Knowledge in SchemaBased Product Evaluation,” Journal of Consumer Research, 23 (December), 177 – 92. Piaget Jean (1981), Intelligence and Affectivity: Their Relationship during Child Development, ed. T.A. Brown and C.E. Kaegi, Palo Alto, CA: Annual Reviews. Reisenzein, Rainer (1983), “The Schachter Theory of Emotion: Two Decades Later,” Psychological Bulletin, 94 (September), 239 – 64. Schachter, Stanley and Jerome Singer (1962), “Cognitive, Social and Physiological Determinants of Emotional State,” Psychological Review, 69 (September), 379 – 99. Running Head: THE INTERPLAY BETWEEN AROUSAL AND SCHEMA CONGRUITY Schwarz, Norbert, and Gerald L. Clore (1983), "Mood, Misattribution, and Judgments of Well-Being: Informative and Directive Functions of Affective States." Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45 (September), 513 – 23. Stayman, Douglas M., Dana L. Alden, and Karen H. Smith (1992), “Some Effects of Schematic Processing on Consumer Expectations and Disconfirmation Judgments,” Journal of Consumer Research, 19 (September), 240 – 55. Vosgerau, Joachim (2010), “How Prevalent is Wishful Thinking? Misattribution of Arousal Causes Optimism and Pessimism in Subjective Probabilities,” Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 139 (February), 32 – 48. Watson, David, Lee Anna Clark and Auke Tellegen (1988), “Development and Validation of Brief Measures of Positive and Negative Affect: The PANAS Scales,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54 (June), 1063 – 70. Wegener, Duane T., Richard E. Petty, and Stephen M. Smith (1995), “Positive Mood can Increase or Decrease Message Scrutiny: The Hedonic Contingency View of Mood and Message Processing,” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69 (July), 5 – 15. Yerkes, Robert M. and John D. Dodson (1908), “The Relation of Strength of Stimulus to Rapidity of Habit-Formation,” Journal of Comparative Neurology and Psychology, 18, 459 – 82. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS How Temporal Distance Influences Single Category Beliefs for New Products Sean Hingston, University of Guelph, Canada Theodore Noseworthy, University of Guelph, Canada Abstract Extant research suggests personal goals predict whether a product’s features will constitute a high-level construal (central to the goal) or a low-level construal (peripheral to the goal). Given that consumers focus on low-level construals when imagining the near term and high-level construals when imagining the distant future, goal-dependent construals can lead to temporally inconsistent preference. The results of two studies offer an alternate account for this phenomenon by demonstrating that when consumers simulate using a new product in the distant future, their categorization judgments can alter. Hence, future estimates of preference and prototypicality for new products align more with how one imagines using the product, irrespective of the personal goal at the point of purchase. Personal goals only carry weight when simulating the near term. The results suggest that preference inconsistency over time may have more to do with a shift in categorization than how certain features are construed. Keywords: Temporal Distance; Construal Level Theory; Attribute Preference; Usage Routines; New Products; Product Categorization Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS 1. Introduction In February 2013, Forbes released a story about Apple publishing a patent application for “an advanced wearable computer in the form of a bracelet that could double as a watch.”14 This would constitute one of the most radical concepts of the Apple iWatch to date. In a related article, another Forbes contributor reflecting on the iWatch asked, “what is the compelling idea for why I have to have one?”15 Presumably, customer satisfaction is guided by goals (Vandecasteele & Geuens, 2010; Pieters, Baumgartner, & Allen, 1995). Say a consumer is in the market to purchase a new wristwatch to ensure they get to school on time and they come across the iWatch. Given the goal, the consumer should put more weight on features that enhance timekeeping performance, and less weight on features that relate to playing mp3s or checking emails. Yet it is not always that simple. Preferences tend not to be stable, and particularly not over time (Trope & Libermann, 2000). What consumers like today, they may not like tomorrow, and what consumers believe they will like tomorrow, they may not like as much today (Kahneman & Miller, 1986). This often leads to disappointment and regret. A recent study commissioned by Kodak in the UK revealed that British consumers will regret wasting more than £49,000 in their lifetime; the biggest contributors to post-purchase regret: clothing (32%), technology products (18%), and shoes (14%).16 An unrelated survey of 1,694 British consumers who had recently purchased the new iPhone, revealed that 22% (one in five) regretted their purchase.17 Of the reasons given, 43% said they were jealous of rival smartphones. Indeed, this could bode well for iPhone’s number one rival, Android. 14 www.forbes.com/sites/anthonykosner/2013/02/21/the-iwatch-as-snap-bracelet-apple-just-got-the-patent/ Accessed on 10/9/2013. 15 www.forbes.com/sites/anthonykosner/2013/02/11/the-iwatch-what-can-apple-do-to-make-us-need-one/ Accessed on 10/9/2013. 16 newslite.tv/2010/12/09/brits-regret-49000-of-pointles.html Accessed on 10/9/2013. 17 www.computerandvideogames.com/326765/22-of-iphone-buyers-regret-purchase-survey-says/ Accessed on 10/9/2013. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Unfortunately, the return rate for most Android phones is purportedly as high as 40%. 18 If consumers weigh the utility of a product relative to their goals, then why are they so often let down? The answer may simply be that it is not preferences that are inconsistent over time in as much as category judgments are inconsistent. As is the case with the iWatch, new products tend to incorporate multiple categories (Moreau, Lehmann, & Markman, 2001). When faced with a product that is not easily categorized, consumers anchor on a single category and align their beliefs about the product with that category only (Noseworthy & Goode, 2011; Rajagopal & Burnkrant, 2009). This is referred to as the “single category belief problem” (Rajagopal & Burnkrant, 2009, p. 232).The extant literature on single category beliefs identifies various cues that consumers use to categorize ambiguous new products and when multiple categories may be drawn upon, including perceptual identity (Gregan-Paxton, Hoeffler, & Zhao, 2005), category label (Moreau et al., 2001), dominant features (Noseworthy & Goode, 2011), property priming (Rajagopal & Burnkrant, 2009), and even the competitive context (Noseworthy, Wang, & Islam, 2012). Yet this literature has focused almost exclusively on the present, ignoring how single category beliefs manifest over time. Converging evidence suggests that memory is one of the strongest predictors of future behavior (Kahneman, 2000; Schacter, Addis, & Buckner, 2007). What complicates the issue is that memories are often inconsistent with actual behavior (Wirtz, Kruger, Scollon & Diener, 2003). When recalling past experiences, people frequently fail to consider the mundane (Baumgartner, Sujan, & Bettman, 1992; Wirtz et al., 2003). Consequently, they tend to overestimate their enjoyment (or discomfort) with past events (Bower & Cohen, 1982). Given 18 techcrunch.com/2011/07/26/androids-dirty-secret-shipping-numbers-are-strong-but-returns-are-30-40/ Accessed on 10/9/2013. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS that they then use these miscalculations to estimate future events, they are often left making “choices that fail to optimize hedonic experience” (Wirtz et al., 2003, p. 522). It is in this respect that most prospective judgments about the future tend to be inflated (or deflated) by retrospective inferences about the past (Shacter et al., 2007; Tulving, 2002). This suggests that if consumers were to imagine using the iWatch, their preferences may have more to do with what they have historically done with other Apple products. Therefore, despite having the goal of purchasing a wristwatch, mp3 quality may matter more than timekeeping performance. The above prediction is at odds with the widely endorsed belief that features which are central to a product’s goal constitute a higher-level construal, and thus consumers put more weight on these attributes when imagining the future (Kim, Park, & Wyer, 2009; Tope & Liberman, 2000). The results of two experiments challenge this assumption. At the broadest level, the results suggest that people are more likely to focus on the characteristics of a new product in the near term, but process how they would use the new product when simulating the distant future. Consequently, current goals inform categorization and preference for new products in the near term, but the most plausible usage routines inform categorization and preference for new products when simulating the distant future. Hence, when it comes to new products, there may be more to temporally inconsistent preference than goal-dependent construals. 2. Theoretical Framework There is a wealth of research examining the circumstances when preference for an event or object will change over time (Kim et al., 2009; Soman, 1998; 2003; Trope & Liberman, 2000; 2003; Zhao, Hoeffler, & Zauberman, 2007). A well-documented finding is that people tend to Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS focus on concrete aspects of an object in the near future and abstract aspects of an object in the distant future (Trope & Liberman, 2003). This leads people to think more concretely and put more weight on low-level characteristics in the near term (how feasible is this product?), whereas they think more abstractly and put more weight on high-level characteristics in the distant future (how desirable is this product?). It is believed this shift in construal is what leads to temporally inconsistent preferences (Trope & Liberman, 2000; 2003). In a recent example, Kim et al. (2009) replicated a seminal study by Trope and Liberman (2000; study 3). The authors found that when consumers were shown a new radio set with positive (negative) sound-related features and negative (positive) clock-related features, they considered sound-related features regardless of whether they planned to use the radio immediately or in the future, but considered clock-related features more so in the immediate context. The authors interpreted this as evidence that consumers consider high-level, desirabilityrelated features regardless of when they anticipate using a product, but also consider low-level, feasibility-related features when anticipating immediate consumption. This interpretation was based on Trope and Liberman’s (2000) distinction between central and peripheral features. Trope and Liberman (2000) argued that whether a feature is perceived as central or peripheral depends on the product’s goal. For example, if one had the goal of purchasing a new radio, and if there was a choice between a radio with good sound functions but poor clock functions, and a radio with good clock functions but poor sound functions, sound quality should be more central than clock quality—given the product’s goal. Trope and Liberman (2000) propose that, “features that are relevant to the product’s intended goal are more central than goal-irrelevant features and therefore constitute a higher level of construal [italics added]” (p. 882). Temporal Construal Theory predicts that, “preference for options with a positive high-level Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS construal over options with a negative high-level construal will be stronger in the distant future than in the near future” (Trope & Liberman, 2000, p. 880). Hence, Trope and Liberman predicted and indeed found that preference for a radio with good sound-related functions but poor clockrelated functions increases over time, whereas preference for a radio with poor sound-related functions but good clock-related functions decreases over time. Again, this is presumably contingent on consumers wanting to purchase a radio. If consumers wanted to purchase a clock, one would expect the opposite pattern of effects. However, this manipulation was absent from both Kim et al. (2009) and Trope and Liberman (2000). Understanding goal-dependent construals is central to understanding temporally inconsistent preference. It is not just a matter of a feature being perceived as feasible or desirable, but also a matter of how the feature is construed relative to the individual’s reason for purchasing the product (Trope & Liberman, 2000). Researchers have adopted the assumption that central features are more desirable whereas peripheral features are more feasible, and temporal distance enhances the desirable aspects of a product (Kim et al., 2009; Zhao et al., 2007). “Desirability refers to the value of an action’s end state, whereas feasibility refers to the ease or difficulty of the means to reach the end state” (Zhao et al., 2007, p. 380). Hence, if the goal was to purchase a radio, the end state would be to listen to music; however, poor clockrelated functions may carry weight at the point of purchase. If so, altering the goal from purchasing a radio to purchasing a clock should reverse which features are seen as desirable and feasible in the Kim et al. paper (2009). Yet there is reason to predict that this will not happen. There is a fundamental difference between focusing on the present and imagining the future, and arguably this difference extends well-beyond the nature of construal to incorporate unique characteristics of the prospective context. It is well-documented that consumers tend to be Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS reluctant to simulate novel usage scenarios, and instead favor imagining consumption routines that are known or familiar (Zhao, Hoeffler, & Dhal, 2009). Zhao et al. (2009) refer to this as “selecting the path of least resistance” (p. 46). It is believed that this approach is favored because it mitigates uncertainty and because it requires little cognitive effort (Ward, 1994). Usage routines are a strong determinant of future behavior because consumers tend to perceive the core intent of a product based on “the benefit combinations afforded by the product, and [how] such benefit combinations are related systematically to usage appropriateness [italics original]” (Ratneshwar & Shocker, 1991, p. 282). Hence, perceptions of usage appropriateness can activate schema-relevant information. In fact, Ratneshwar and Shocker (1991) found that perceptions of use could even alter prototypicality estimates. This finding is particularly relevant when discussing goal-dependent construals because usage routines share a relationship with goal-derived categorization (Barsalou, 1985; Ratneshwar, Pechmann, & Shocker, 1996). Goal-derived categories are created primarily with respect to the fulfillment of goals (Barsalou, 1985; Ratneshwar et al., 1996). Consider if one were to activate the goal of finding something to wear when going to the beach. Given the goal, sunglasses and a baseball cap would be equally accessible despite constituting distinct taxonomic structures. It is in this respect that goal-derived categories are context dependent, such that shared features become salient only when the goal is activated (Barsalou, 1985). This activation not only rests with the individual (e.g., having fun at the beach), but also with the context or purpose prompting the comparison (e.g., things to use to protect yourself from the sun). The key is that the situational context has considerable influence on how people perceive their environment (Ratneshwar et al., 2001). Central to the idea of situational goals is the notion of automatic goal pursuit and habit formation (Aarts & Dijksterhuis, 2000). Usage routines tend to develop over time through Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS recurrent behavioral choices made to attain the same goal (Aarts & Dijksterhuis, 2000; Bargh & Gollwitzer, 1994; Kruglanski et al., 2002). This tends to build a rather strong association between the goal (e.g., “getting to work on time”) and the action (e.g., “looking at my wristwatch”). Repeated execution of an action to achieve a goal strengthens the association, and thus facilitates the effectuation of similar actions in the future (e.g., “I constantly look at my wristwatch until I get to work”). It is through this process that habits develop via automatic goaldirected behaviors (Aarts & Dijksterhuis, 2000). Therefore, simulating usage routines (e.g., interacting with a clock-radio) may directly activate an automatic representation (e.g., listening to music) that need not be consistent with the personal goal (e.g., purchasing a clock to keep on schedule). One does not need conscious awareness to guide goal-directed behavior. In sum, if people tend to simulate known or familiar usage routines (Zhao et al., 2009), it seems plausible that preference inconsistency over time may depend to a large extent on past experience and how this influences categorization. For example, regardless of whether a consumer purchases a clock-radio to keep on schedule in the morning, they may be more likely to imagine listening to music when simulating the distant future because that is what they have historically done with similar products. In such a case, the usage simulation would be more robust than the personal goal (Aarts & Dijksterhuis, 2000; Ratneshwar et al., 2001), and category activation would lead to the product being perceived as more prototypical of a radio than a clock (Ratneshwar & Shocker, 1991). Given that inferences tend to align with prototypicality estimates (Gregan-Paxton et al., 2005; Noseworthy & Goode, 2011), sound quality should then weigh more heavily than clock quality. This interpretation is quite distinct from what is currently being advocated in the literature on goal-dependent construals. The following two studies were designed to test these predictions. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS 3. Study 1 3.1 Methodology Participants and design. Participants (N = 216; 52% females; Mage = 27.5) were recruited through newspaper advertisements and public posters, and paid $10 for participating in the study. Participants were randomly assigned to one of eight conditions in a 2 (target: sound-positive vs. clock-positive) × 2 (temporal distance: near future vs. distant future) × 2 (goal cue: wristwatch vs. mp3 player) between-subjects factorial design. The target product chosen for this study was Apple’s new iWatch (adopted from Noseworthy, et al., 2012; see appendix). A pretest (n = 46) was conducted to allow for an a priori prediction of preference over time. Participants were shown the iWatch and were given two-minutes to simulate interacting with the product before being asked to rate whether they simulated common wristwatch activities (looking at the time) or common mp3 player activities (listening to music). Participants responded using a nine-point bi-polar scale (anchored: -4 = exclusively wristwatch activities; 4 = exclusively mp3 activities; 0 = an equal number of both). The average for the sample was 3.06. This was not particularly surprising given the strong association of the Apple brand to the mp3 category (cf. Noseworthy et al., 2012, p. 534). Nevertheless, this finding allowed for the prediction that if people do indeed favor imagining common usage routines (Zhao et al., 2009), then they should simulate using the iWatch as an mp3 player (as opposed to a wristwatch) when imagining the future, regardless of which category is activated in the present. 3.2 Procedures and dependent measures. The task began by asking participants to assume one of the following scenarios: “imagine that your current mp3 player (wristwatch) just broke and you need to buy a new one to listen to Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS your favorite music while you’re on the go (to make sure you get to work on time in the evenings). All of a sudden, while flipping through a magazine, you come across the following advertisement (shown below).” After viewing the iWatch (appendix), participants were asked to read one of the following scenarios and then close their eyes for two-minutes and imagine that specific scenario occurring tomorrow (one year from now): “Imagine that tomorrow [one year from now] you purchase the iWatch and you find that the sound going through the wireless in-ear headphones is crystal clear. You can hear every aspect of your favorite music! Unfortunately, the white on black contrast within the analogue face makes it very difficult to keep track of time, particularly in the evenings or when it’s dark.” “Imagine that tomorrow [one year from now] you purchase the iWatch and you find that the white on black contrast within the analogue face makes it very easy to keep track of time, particularly in the evening or when it’s dark! Unfortunately, the sound going through the wireless in-ear headphones is very poor. You can hardly hear any aspect of your favorite music!” The scenarios were designed to be heavy-handed, in that the positive feature directly benefited the personal goal, whereas the negative feature directly went against it. This made the test conservative by biasing the study as strongly in favor of the personal goal as possible. Upon reading the scenario, participants were asked to evaluate the iWatch for use either the next day (near future) or one-year from now (distant future). The ratings were indicated on a scale ranging Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS from 1 (unsatisfactory) to 7 (satisfactory; Kim et al., 2009; Trope & Liberman, 2000). To test for an emphasis on desirability versus feasibility, participants were then asked to respond to 10 seven-point semantic differential items adopted from Voss, Spangenberg, & Grohmann (2003). Five of the items captured participants’ perceived utilitarian benefits (effective/ineffective, helpful/unhelpful, functional/not functional, necessary/unnecessary, practical/impractical) and the other five captured participants’ perceived hedonic benefits (fun/not fun, dull/exciting, not delightful/delightful, not thrilling/thrilling, enjoyable/unenjoyable). The items were adopted given that utilitarianism and hedonism are not polar ends along a continuum, but rather two distinct attitude components (Okada, 2005). To test for a shift in category activation, participants were administered a spatial classification task. Specifically, participants were given the layout of a hypothetical department store with several departments, including computers and computer accessories, clothing, wristwatches and jewelry, televisions and DVD players, cell phones and mp3 players, and kitchen appliances (Moreau, Markman, & Lehmann, 2001). Participants were asked, “If you were shopping for the iWatch in the store shown below, where is the FIRST place in the store you would go to find it?” The department selected signified their schematic representation of the device (coded: 0 = wristwatches; 1 = mp3 players; no other locations were selected). The exercise concluded by asking participants to report basic demographic information. 3.3 Results Category activation. A binary logistic regression on the department store classification task (0 = wristwatches; 1 = mp3 players) as the dependent variable and temporal distance, target, and goal cue as the predictor variables, revealed a significant goal cue × temporal distance Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS interaction, B = 1.67, SE = .87, p = .057, OR = 5.32. The interaction was such that when simulating the near future, 72% of participants (39 of 54) identified the iWatch as an mp3 player when the goal was to buy an mp3 player, whereas 63% (34 of 54) identified the iWatch as a wristwatch when the goal was to buy a wristwatch, χ 2(1) = 13.49, p < .001, ϕ = .35. As predicted, when simulating the distant future, the majority of participants identified the iWatch as an mp3 player regardless of whether the goal was to buy a wristwatch (61%) or an mp3 player (74%; p = .22). No other significant effects were recorded (ps > .30). Target evaluations. An analysis of target evaluations as a function of temporal distance, target, and goal cue, yielded a significant three-way interaction, F (1,208) = 4.73, p < .05, η2 = .02. The nature of the three-way interaction was such that in the near future there was a significant goal cue × target interaction, F (1,208) = 20.02, p < .001. As illustrated in table 1, simple effects revealed that when the goal was to buy a wristwatch, participants evaluated the clock-positive target more favorably (M = 3.96) than the sound-positive target (M = 3.11), F (1,208) = 9.19, p < .005. When the goal was to buy an mp3 player, participants evaluated the sound-positive target more favorably (M = 3.89) than the clock-positive target (M = 2.96), F (1,208) = 10.86, p < .001. Nevertheless, this all changed when participants imagined the distant future. In the distant future condition, the interaction between goal cue and target was not significant (p = .16). The only result was a main effect of target; participants evaluated the sound-positive target (M = 4.20) more favorably than the clock-positive target (M = 3.04), F (1,208) = 34.49, p < .001. Hence, it seemed that personal goals influenced evaluations in the near future but not in the distant future. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Table 1: Means, Proportions, Standard Deviations and Cell Counts for Study 1 Near Future Wristwatch Goal Mp3 Goal SoundClockSoundClockPositive Positive Positive Positive Category Activation Target Evaluation Hedonism Utilitarianism Cell Size Distant Future Wristwatch Goal Mp3 Goal SoundClockSoundClockPositive Positive Positive Positive 40.7% 3.11(1.01) 4.07(1.13) 3.91(1.14) 33.3% 3.96(0.85) 4.09(0.96) 4.54(1.02) 66.7% 3.89(0.89) 4.01(1.11) 4.61(0.86) 77.8% 2.96(1.19) 3.89(1.07) 4.05(0.88) 63.0% 4.11(1.12) 4.57(0.97) 4.05(1.18) 27 27 27 27 27 59.2% 3.22(1.12) 4.13(1.19) 4.00(1.32) 27 74.1% 4.30(0.99) 4.79(1.03) 4.01(1.23) 74.1% 2.85(1.02) 3.92(1.06) 3.97(0.89) 27 27 Note—Standard deviations are reported in parentheses; category activation = % of participants that identified the iWatch as an mp3 player relative to a wristwatch. Perceived hedonic benefits. An analysis of perceived hedonic benefits (α = .81) as a function of temporal distance, target, and goal cue, yielded a significant temporal distance × target interaction, F (1,208) = 4.31, p < .05, η2 = .02. Simple effects revealed that in the near future condition there was no difference in perceived hedonic benefits (MSound_Pos = 4.04 vs. MClock_Pos = 3.99, F < 1). However, in the distant future condition participants perceived greater hedonic benefits when imagining the sound positive target (M = 4.68) rather than the clock positive target (M = 4.03), F (1,208) = 10.05, p < .005. To determine whether this increase in perceived hedonic benefits accounted for the increase in target evaluations, a moderated mediation analysis was conducted (Muller, Judd, & Yzerbyt, 2005; Preacher, Rucker, & Hayes, 2007). A bias corrected bootstrap with 5000 draws was administered to examine the conditional indirect effect (Hayes, 2012; model 7; taking into account the two-way interaction). As predicted, perceived hedonic benefits mediated the relationship between target features and target evaluations when participants imagined interacting with the product in the distant future, 95% CI: -34, -.06, but not in the near future, 95% CI: -11, .09. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Perceived utilitarian benefits. An analysis of perceived utilitarian benefits (α = .79) as a function of temporal distance, target, and goal cue, yielded a significant three-way interaction, F (1,208) = 4.16, p < .05, η2 = .02. In step with the evaluation results, the nature of the three-way interaction was such that in the near future there was a significant goal cue × target interaction, F (1,208) = 8.23, p < .01. Simple effects revealed that when the goal was to buy a wristwatch, participants believed the clock-positive target offered more utilitarian benefits (M = 4.54) than the sound-positive target (M = 3.91), F (1,208) = 4.59, p < .05. When the goal was to buy an mp3 player, participants believed the sound-positive target offered more utilitarian benefits (M = 4.61) than the clock-positive target (M = 4.05), F (1,208) = 3.67, p = .055. Once again, the pattern of effects differed in the distant future condition. In fact, unlike the evaluation results, no effect approached significance (Fs < 1). A moderated mediation analysis (Hayes, 2012; model 11; taking into account the three-way interaction) confirmed that perceived utilitarian benefits mediated the relationship between goal cue and target evaluations when temporal distance was low and when the positive features aligned with either the mp3 goal, 95% CI: -37, -.02, or wristwatch goal, 95% CI: .01, .27. No other significant effects were recorded. Hence, when considered with the hedonic benefits, it appeared that two discrete attitudinal components were at play depending on whether participants were simulating near or distant consumption. 3.4 Discussion The results of study 1 confirm that people focused more on how a new product’s utility aligns with their personal goals when simulating the near future, whereas they focused on how the product’s hedonic qualities aligned with a common usage routine when simulating the distant future. Of course, it is well known that people focus on feasibility in the near term and Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS desirability in the long-term. However, study 1 suggests this may not be the result of goaldependent construals. It may simply be that people are more likely to categorize a new product in line with their personal goals in the near future, but categorize a new product in line with the most plausible usage experience in the distant future. Indeed, usage context and thematic positioning have been shown to impact how products are understood (Barsalou, 1985; Noseworthy, Finlay, & Islam, 2010). This raises a unique means of testing the proposition. If the observed effects are the result of people projecting themselves into a usage routine, then changing the simulated routine should shift categorization and subsequently alter preference. The key is that changing the simulation should have no effect in the near future. Study 2 was designed to test this prediction. 4. Study 2 4.1 Methodology Participants and design. Students (N = 205; 51% female; Mage = 20.1) participated in the study in exchange for course credit, and were randomly assigned to one of eight conditions in a 2 (temporal distance: near future vs. distant future) × 2 (target valence: sunglasses-positive vs. mp3 player-positive) × 2 (simulation: public vs. private) between-subjects factorial design. The target product chosen for this study was Vusix’s new VR-920 sunglasses-mp3 player (see appendix). Vusix was selected for several reasons: First, study 1 revealed that participants favored sound-related attributes in the distant future. This raised the need to rule out the experiential nature of music. Second, a pretest (n = 60) confirmed there was little brand awareness linking the Vusix brand to either sunglasses or mp3 players. The pretest also revealed that although participants found the VR-920 to be interesting, the majority (68%) expressed explicit concerns Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS about whether they would want to be seen wearing it in public (e.g., “These would make me look silly”). This was important because if participants travel forward in time using the most plausible usage routine, the attributes that relate to the routine, even if they play on the anxiety of ‘looking silly,’ should be more salient. Hence, regardless of the personal goal, it was predicted that the sunglasses category would activate in the future when individuals simulate public consumption rather than private consumption. 4.2 Procedures and dependent measures. The procedures were consistent with study 1 with two key exceptions: first, in line with prior work, the product’s goal was held constant (Kim et al., 2009; Trope & Liberman, 2000). All participants viewed the Vusix VR-920 with the goal of purchasing a new mp3 player. This made the test conservative by biasing the goal in favor of sound-related attributes and testing whether the simulation could shift preference towards sight-related attributes. Second, given that default memory-based simulation is malleable (Zhao et al., 2009) and social context influences consumption behavior (Di Muro & Noseworthy, 2013), each goal manipulation was written such that it focused on either the public domain (i.e., listening to music at the beach) or private domain (i.e., listening to music alone in your backyard). The specific scenarios are shown below: #1 Public – Sound Positive: Imagine that tomorrow [one year from now] you will purchase the Vusix VR-920 (shown below). You need to pick up a new mp3 player for the summer so that you can listen to your favorite tunes while catching some sun at the beach. Right after purchasing the VR-920, you realize the sound going through it is crystal clear. You can hear every aspect of your favorite Mp3s! Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Unfortunately, the sunglasses look somewhat silly on your face and they restrict your field of vision.” #2 Public – Sight Positive: Imagine that tomorrow [one year from now] you will purchase the Vusix VR-920 (shown below). You need to pick up a new mp3 player for the summer so that you can listen to your favorite tunes while catching some sun at the beach. Right after purchasing the VR-920, you realize that they look pretty cool on you and they really enhance your field of vision. Unfortunately, the sound going through the headphones is really poor. You can hardly hear your favorite Mp3s!” #3 Private – Sound Positive: Imagine that tomorrow [one year from now] you will purchase the Vusix VR-920 (shown below). You need to pick up a new mp3 player for the summer so that you can listen to your favorite tunes while catching some sun in your backyard. Right after purchasing the VR-920, you realize the sound going through it is crystal clear. You can hear every aspect of your favorite Mp3s! Unfortunately, the sunglasses look somewhat silly on your face and they restrict your field of vision.” #4 Private – Sight Positive: Imagine that tomorrow [one year from now] you will purchase the Vusix VR-920 (shown below). You need to pick up a new mp3 player for the summer so that you can listen to your favorite tunes while catching some sun in your backyard. Right after purchasing the VR-920, you realize that Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS they look pretty cool on you and they really enhance your field of vision. Unfortunately, the sound going through the headphones is really poor. You can hardly hear your favorite Mp3s!” After participants read the scenario and viewed the ad, the experimenter instructed them to read the scenario one more time and then close their eyes for two minutes and visualize what it would be like to use the VR-920 tomorrow (one year from now) at the beach with friends (alone in their backyard). Immediately following the two-minute visualization period, participants were asked to evaluate the VR-920 (using the same evaluation items from study 1). They then responded to the same set of 10 items measuring perceived hedonic and utilitarian benefits (discussed in study 1). Following this, participants were asked to describe the mental pictures they conjured during the visualization task. This served as a manipulation check to code for concrete versus abstract processing (Kim & John, 2008). After completing the measures, participants were administered a latency-association task (LAT). The LAT assigns concepts to specific keys (e.g., “A” = sunglasses; “L” = mp3 players), and then randomly displays consecutive objects in the center of a display (e.g., five different pairs of sunglasses, five different mp3 players, and the Vusix target). Participants were asked to categorize the products as soon as they appeared on the screen by pressing the response key that best represents the product’s category. Both categorization judgments and response latencies were collected. The study concluded by administering a binary recollection task to test whether participants could recall the personal goal. Specifically, on the concluding screen, participants were asked to recall whether the scenario required them to pick up a new mp3 player or a new pair of sunglasses (coded: 1 = mp3 player; 2 = sunglasses; 3 = can’t remember). Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS 4.3 Results Manipulation checks. Two unaffiliated coders (r = .92) categorized participants’ selfdescribed simulations for whether they were explicitly public (consumed around others) or private (consumed in isolation from others), and for whether the descriptions were abstract (discussing peripheral details about the experience of using the product) or concrete (discussing the constituent aspects of the product). In both cases, an index was created by taking the difference between the two descriptions, divided by the total number of descriptions. In line with the simulation manipulation, participants were more likely to imagine consuming around others in the public consumption condition (M = .11) and consuming alone in the private consumption condition (M = -.04), F (1,197) = 8.28, p < .005, η2 = .04. No other effects approached significance (ps > .20). Similarly, in line with the temporal manipulation, participants were more likely to represent the product abstractly in the distant future (M = -.09) and concretely in the near future (M = .10), F (1,197) = 33.02, p < .001, η2 = .14. No other effects approached significance (ps > .15). Finally, a multinomial logistic regression on participants’ personal goal recollections (1 = mp3 player; 2 = sunglasses; 3 = can’t remember) as a function of temporal distance, target valence, and simulation yielded no significant effects (ps > .40). Regardless of the experimental condition, between 64% and 80% of participants recalled that the explicit personal goal was to purchase a new mp3 player. Category activation. Despite the finding that individuals were quite adept at recalling the personal goal, a binary logistic regression on participants’ categorization judgments (0 = mp3 player; 1 = sunglasses) yielded a marginally significant simulation × temporal distance interaction, B = -.81, SE = .83, p = .08, OR = .47. The nature of the interaction was such that in Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS the near future condition, the majority of participants classified the Vusix as an mp3 player, regardless of whether they simulated private consumption (70.6%; 36 of 51) or public consumption (57.7%; 30 of 52, p = .22). However, participants in the distant future condition were more likely to classify the Vusix as an mp3 player in the private consumption condition (56.9%; 29 of 51) and as a pair of sunglasses in the public consumption condition (64.5%; 33 of 51), χ2(1) = 4.77, p < .05, ϕ = -.22. Despite the corresponding pattern shown in table 2, the logtransformed latencies yielded no significant difference among the classifications (ps > .10). Table 2: Means, Proportions, Standard Deviations and Cell Counts for Study 2 Near Future Private Public SoundSightSoundSightPositive Positive Positive Positive Goal Recall (mp3) Category Activation Category Latencies Target Evaluation Hedonism Utilitarianism Cell Size Distant Future Private Public SoundPositive SightPositive SoundPositive SightPositive 76.9% 69.2% 64.0% 80.8% 84.0% 80.0% 73.1% 76.0% 68.0% 2,612 3.77(1.14) 4.53(0.97) 4.37(1.16) 73.1% 3,326 3.08(1.15) 4.11(1.23) 3.88(1.02) 65.4% 2,870 3.56(0.87) 4.56(1.25) 4.30(1.27) 50.0% 3,405 2.89(1.03) 4.26(1.20) 4.11(1.03) 57.7% 2,998 3.92(0.91) 4.70(1.11) 4.14(1.12) 25 26 26 25 26 56.0% 3,388 2.73(1.04) 3.85(1.07) 4.02(0.98) 26 48.0% 3,104 3.15(1.05) 3.29(0.97) 3.92(1.16) 25 23.1% 2,678 3.65(0.90) 4.46(1.09) 4.28(1.05) 26 Note—Standard deviations are reported in parentheses; goal recall = % of participants in each cell that recalled the personal goal was to purchase a new mp3 player; category activation = % of participants that identified the Vusix as an mp3 player relative to a pair of sunglasses; category latencies reported in raw milliseconds. Target evaluations. An analysis of target evaluations as a function of temporal distance, target valence, and simulation, yielded a significant three-way interaction, F(1,197) = 8.70, p < .01, η2 = .03. The nature of the interaction was such that in the near future, participants evaluated the sound-positive target more favorably (M = 3.67) than the sight-positive target (M = 2.98), F(1, 197) = 11.49, p < .005. In the distant future there was a significant target valence × simulation interaction, F(1,197) = 17.14, p < .001. As illustrated in table 2 simple effects revealed that participants in the private consumption condition evaluated the sound-positive target more favorably (M = 3.92) than the sight-positive target (M = 2.73), F(1,197) = 17.45, p < .001. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS However, participants in the public consumption condition evaluated the sight-positive target more favorably (M = 3.65) than the sound-positive target (M = 3.15), F(1,197) = 3.15, p = .078. This finding supports the pattern observed in the category activation results. Perceived hedonic and utilitarian benefits. An analysis of perceived hedonic benefits (α = .87) also yielded a significant three-way interaction, F(1,197) = 9.31, p < .005, η2 = .04. The nature of the interaction was such that when simulating the near future, participants perceived somewhat greater hedonic benefits for the sound-positive target (M = 4.54) than the sightpositive target (M = 4.19), F(1,197) = 2.65, p = .10. In the distant future there was a significant target valence × simulation interaction, F(1,197) = 21.19, p < .001. Simple effects revealed that participants in the private consumption condition also perceived greater hedonic benefits for the sound-positive target (M = 4.70) than the sight-positive target (M = 3.85), F(1,197) = 7.43, p < .01. However, in line with the evaluation results, the effect reversed in the public consumption condition (Msight_pos = 4.46 vs. Msound_pos = 3.29), F(1,197) = 14.33, p < .001. It is worth pointing out that the lowest rating for perceived hedonic benefits occurred in the public, sound positive condition, which makes sense when one considers it was sight negative (i.e., it made participants look silly). This cell differed from a linear combination of all other cells, t (197) = -4.52, p < .001. Despite the pattern illustrated in table 2, the analysis of perceived utilitarian benefits yielded no significant results (ps > .14). 4.4 Discussion The results of study 2 extend the findings from study 1 by confirming that the way in which people simulate the distant future can impact category activation and new product Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS preference. Importantly, these same simulations have little bearing on preference in the near term. When participants imagined a future where they were wearing the Vusix around others, they were more likely to classify VR-920 as a pair of sunglasses. Hence, it is not surprising then that the aesthetic quality of the sunglasses carried more weight than the sound quality. Importantly, the explicit reason for buying the Vusix remained intact, but it was rendered irrelevant because it was no longer consistent with how the participant imagined using the product. This confirms that usage routines override personal goals and influence categorization when individuals simulate future consumption. 5. General Discussion Consider Apple’s new iWatch. The iWatch can be described in various ways, and these descriptions can be ordered on a continuum from concrete (e.g., purchasing the best features for the best price) to abstract (e.g., purchasing the one that will go best with my wardrobe). On one end of the continuum, concrete construals define an object in terms of its constituent parts, whereas on the other end, abstract construals define an object in relation to its broader context (Libby & Eibach, 2011). However, only the latter relies on mental simulation, which is the ability to project one’s self into an imaginary future (Taylor, Pham, Rivkin, & Armor, 1998; Tulving, 2002). The findings from two studies suggest that travelling forward in time can shift categorization to be in line with historic usage routines. Consistent with the literature on automatic goal pursuit, the usage situation tends to override immediate personal goals. This finding challenges the fundamental assumption that temporally inconsistent preference results from features being perceived as more or less central to a personal goal. Hence, goal-dependent Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS construals may be neither a sufficient nor a necessary assumption to account for changes in attribute preference over time. That said, it is important to note that the intent of this work was not to challenge the basic premise of temporal construal theory or construal level theory in general, the merits of which have been well-established (see Trope, Liberman, & Wakslak, 2007). However, what this paper does challenge is the belief that temporally inconsistent preference for product features is the result of features being perceived as high-level or low-level relative to a goal. If one accepts that personal goals need not remain intact when consumers imagine the future, the most parsimonious explanation for an increase (decrease) in evaluations for a positive (negative) desirability-related feature is simply affective forecasting (Baron, 1992; Kahneman, 1994; Loewenstein & Prelec, 1993; Mellers, 2000; Mellers & McGraw, 2001; Snell, Gibbs, & Varey, 1995). Consumers often purchase products in anticipation of what the usage experience will be. As a result, the product is consumed in prospect. The problem is prospective simulations tend to be biased by affect (Baron, 1992; Kahneman, 1994; Loewenstein & Prelec, 1993; Mellers, 2000; Mellers & McGraw, 2001). Therefore, when one imagines using the iWatch, for example, one does not imagine it being bulky or cumbersome. In the end, consumers are often left disappointed because the true usage experience seldom lives up to an idealized expectation. It may be tempting to dismiss the role of affect given that Trope and Liberman (2000) explicitly argued in favor of temporal construal theory over valence-dependent time discounting—the idea that temporal distance will increase (decrease) the attractiveness of an object to the extent it is associated with positive (negative features; Lewin, 1951; Miller, 1944). The argument being, the clock-positive but sound-negative radio and the clock-negative but sound-positive radio, equally “give rise to a conflict between positive and negative features Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS [italic added]” (Trope & Liberman, 2000, p. 882). However, this line of reasoning assumes that imagining a radio with good sound-related features but poor clock-related features is of equal valence as imagining a radio with poor sound-related features but good clock-related features. This is difficult to accept, particularly when the goal in both instances was to listen to music. 5.1 Future Research and Limitations Researchers have demonstrated that once a concept is activated (e.g., radio), people tend to only consider the corresponding relevant attributes (e.g., sound quality) and ignore the peripheral attributes (e.g., clock quality; Gregan-Paxton et al., 2005; Noseworthy et al., 2012; Rajagopal & Burnkrant, 2009). Under this interpretation, the current results would be perfectly consistent with valence-dependent time discounting. Temporal distance increased the attractiveness of the product to the extent that the activated category was associated with positive or negative features. It is in this respect that the findings lend additional insights to the literature on product ambiguity. Much attention has been given to examining the circumstances when a consumer will make multiple versus single category inferences when a product incorporates features that span two or more categories (Murphy & Ross, 1999; 2010; Gill & Dubé, 2007). The results suggest that this may alter as a function of the temporal frame. Future research could establish the robustness of temporal distance in framing single category beliefs relative to some of the currently favored cues (e.g., Gregan-Paxton et al., 2005; Moreau et al., 2001; Noseworthy & Goode, 2011; Noseworthy et al., 2012; Rajagopal & Burnkrant, 2009). Furthermore, the results indirectly support recent evidence that people tend to be more likely to choose, and to believe they would be happier consuming experiences when adopting a temporally distant perspective than when adopting a temporally proximate perspective (Van Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Boven & Gilovich, 2003). Material purchases are distinct from experiential purchases in that material purchases tend to endure in one’s possession for an extended period of time, whereas experiential purchases endure primarily in one’s memory (Carter & Gilovich, 2012). Future research could examine the implications of temporal distance causing individuals to simulating experiencing a material purchase. It seems probable that prospective simulations would be subject to the same assumptions as intangible experiences (they too endure in one’s memory). For example, recent evidence has shown the underlying mechanism for peoples’ preference for experiences over material purchases is experiences are more closely associated with the self than possessions (Carter & Gilovich, 2012). Hence, simulated usage routines could be biased by an individual’s self-concept. Finally, as with all research, there are limitations with the current work. First, the literature on goal-dependent construals extends beyond central and peripheral features to focus on transient-feasibility (features needed to achieve the goal) versus desirability (e.g., moving into an apartment or living there; Kim et al., 2009; study 2). Although there is no reason to believe that historic usage routines would not manifest in this context, this distinction was not tested in the current work because it would simply be too difficult to isolate the usage routine from the personal goal. That being said, it is important to note that this work is not questioning whether people focus on feasibility in the near term and desirability in the distant future. The results of study 2 support this observation. What it is challenging is the current belief for why this happens. 5.2 Managerial Implications In order to remain competitive, firms must continuously develop and position innovative products (Kaul & Rao, 1995). Furthermore, it is important for firms to involve consumers Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS throughout the process of developing new products (Veryzer & Borja de Mozota, 2005; Veryzer, 1998a,b), especially since newness isn’t always advantageous (Dahl & Hoeffler, 2004; Arts, Frambach & Bijmolt, 2011; Zhao, Hoeffler, & Dahl, 2012; Goode, Dahl, & Moreau, 2013). The current findings suggest that managers should be mindful of the way in which their new product testing panels temporally position products during evaluation as this can shift categorization and override personal goals. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Appendix Study 1 Stimuli Study 2 Stimuli Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS References Aarts, H. & Dijksterhuis, A. (2000). Habits as knowledge structures: Automaticity in goal directed behaviour. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78(1), 53–63. Arts, J. W., Frambach, R. T., & Bijmolt, T. H. (2011). Generalizations on consumer innovation adoption: A meta-analysis on drivers of intention and behavior. International Journal of Research in Marketing, 28(2), 134-144. Bargh, J. A. & Gollwitzer, P. M. (1994). Environmental control of goal-directed action: Automatic and strategic contingencies between situations and behavior. In W.D. Spaulding, (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 41, (pp. 71–124), Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. Baron, J. (1992). The effects of normative beliefs on anticipated emotions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63(2), 320–330. Barsalou, L. W. (1985). Ideals, central tendency, and frequency of instantiation as determinants of graded structure in categories. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 11(4), 629–654. Baumgartner, H., Sujan, M., & Bettman, J. R. (1992). Autobiographical memories, affect, and consumer information processing. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 1(1), 53–82. Bower, G. H., & Cohen, P. R. (1982). Emotional influences in memory and thinking: Data and theory, In M. S. Clark & S. T. Fiske (Eds.), Affect and cognition: The 17th annual Carnegie symposium on cognition (pp. 291–331), Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Carter, T. J., & Gilovich, T. (2012). I Am What I Do, Not What I Have: The Differential Centrality of Experiential and Material Purchases to the Self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 102(6), 1304–1317. Dahl, D. W. & Hoeffler, S. (2004). Visualizing the self: Exploring the potential benefits and drawbacks for new product evaluation. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 21(4), 259-267. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Di Muro, F., & Noseworthy, T. J. (2013). Money isn’t everything, but it helps if it doesn’t look used: How the physical appearance of money influences spending. Journal of Consumer Research, 39(6), 1330-1342. Gill, T., & L. Dubé (2007). What is a leather iron or a bird phone? Using conceptual combinations to generate and understand new product concepts. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 17(3), 202–217 Goode, M. R., Dahl, D. W., & Moreau, C. P. (2013). Innovation aesthetics: The relationship between category cues, categorization certainty, and newness perceptions. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 30(2), 192-208. Gregan-Paxton, J., Hoeffler, S., & Zhao, M. (2005). When categorization is ambiguous: Factors that facilitate the use of a multiple category inference strategy. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15(2), 127–140. Hayes, A. F. (2012). PROCESS: A versatile computational tool for observed variable mediation, moderation, and conditional process modeling [White paper]. Retrieved from http://www.afhayes.com/public/process2012.pdf. Kahneman, D. (1994). New challenges to the rationality assumption. Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 150(1), 18–36. Kahneman, D. (2000). New challenges to the rationality assumption. In D. Kahneman & A. Tversky (Eds.), Choices, values, and frames (pp. 758–774). New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Kahneman, D., & Miller, D.T. (1986). Norm theory: Comparing reality to its alternatives. Psychological Review, 93(2), 136-153. Kaul, A. & Rao, V. R. (1995). Research for product positioning and design decisions: An integrative review. International Journal of Research in Marketing, 12(4), 293-320. Kim, H. & John, D. R. (2008). Consumer response to brand extensions: Construal level as a moderator of importance of perceived fit. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 18(2), 116–126. Kim, Y., Park, J., & Wyer Jr., R. S. (2009). Effects of temporal distance and memory on consumer judgments. Journal of Consumer Research, 36(4), 634–635. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Kruglanski, A. W., Shah, J. Y., Fishbach, A., Friedman, R., Chun, W. Y., Sleeth-Keppler, D. (2002). A theory of goal systems. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 34, 331–378. Lewin, K. (1951). Field theory in social science. In D. Cartwright (Ed.), Field theory in social science (pp. 30-62). Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Libby, L. K., & Eibach, R. P. (2011). Self-enhancement or self-coherence? Why people shift visual perspective in mental images of the personal past and future. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 37(5), 714–726. Loewenstein, G, & Prelec, D. (1993). Preferences for sequences of outcomes. Psychological Review, 100(1), 91–108. Mellers, B. A. (2000). Choice and the relative pleasure of consequences. Psychological Bulletin, 126(6), 910–924. Mellers, B. A., & McGraw, A. P. (2001). Anticipated emotions as guides to choice. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10(6), 210-214. Miller, N. E. (1944). Experimental studies of conflict. In McV. Hunt (Ed.), Personality and the behavior disorders (pp. 431-465). New York: Ronald Press. Moreau, C. P., Lehmann, D. R., & Markman, A. B. (2001). Entrenched knowledge structures and consumer response to new products. Journal of Marketing Research, 38(1), 14-29. Moreau, C. P., Markman, A. B., & Lehmann, D. R. (2001). What is it? Categorization flexibility and consumers’ responses to really new products. Journal of Consumer Research, 27(4), 489–498. Muller, D., Judd, C. M., & Yzerbyt, V. Y. (2005). When moderation is mediation and mediation is moderation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 89(6), 852–863. Murphy, G. L., & Ross, B. H. (2010). Uncertainty in category-based induction: When do people integrate across categories? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 36(2), 263-276. Murphy, G. L., & Ross, B. H. (1999). Induction with cross-classified categories. Memory and Cognition, 27(6), 1024–1041. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Noseworthy, T. J., Finlay, K., & Islam, T. (2010). From a commodity to an experience: The moderating role of thematic positioning on congruity-based product judgment. Psychology and Marketing, 27(5), 465-486. Noseworthy, T. J., & Goode, M. R. (2011). Contrasting rule-based and similarity-based category learning: The effects of mood and prior knowledge on ambiguous categorization. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 21(3), 362–371. Noseworthy, T. J., Wang J., & Islam T. (2012). How context shapes category inferences and attribute preference for new ambiguous products. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 22(4), 529–554. Okada, E. M. (2005). Justification effects on consumer choice of hedonic and utilitarian goods. Journal of Marketing Research, 42(1), 43–53. Pieters, R., Baumgartner, H., & Allen, D. (1995). A means-end chain approach to consumer goal structures. International Journal of Research in Marketing, 12(3), 227-244. Preacher, K. J., Rucker, D. D., & Hayes, A. F. (2007). Addressing moderated mediation hypotheses: Theory, methods, and prescriptions. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 42(1), 185–227. Rajagopal, P., & Burnkrant, R. E. (2009). Consumer evaluations of hybrid products. Journal of Consumer Research, 36(2), 232–241. Ratneshwar, S., Pechmann, C., & Shocker, A. D. (1996). Goal-derived categories and the antecedents of across-category consideration. Journal of Consumer Research, 23(3), 240–250. Ratneshwar, S., & Shocker, A. D. (1991). Substitution in use and the role of usage context in product category structures. Journal of Marketing Research, 28(3), 281–295. Schacter, D. L., Addis, D. R., & Buckner, R. L. (2007). Remember the past to imagine the future: the prospective brain. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 8(9), 657–661. Snell, J., Gibbs, B. J., & Varey, C. (1995). Intuitive hedonics: Consumer beliefs about the dynamics of liking. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 4(1), 33–60. Soman, D. (1998). The illusion of delayed incentives: evaluating future effort–money transactions. Journal of Marketing Research, 35(4), 427–437. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Soman, D. (2003). The effect of time delay on multi-attribute choice,” Journal of Economic Psychology, 25(2), 153–175. Taylor, S. R., Pham, L. B., Rivkin, I. D., & Armor, D. A. (1998). Harnessing the imagination: Mental simulation, self-regulation, and coping. American Psychologist, 53(4), 429–439. Trope, Y., & Liberman, N. (2000). Temporal construal and time dependent changes in preference. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79(6), 876–889. Trope, Y., & Liberman, N. (2003). Temporal construal. Psychological Review, 110(3), 403– 421. Trope, Y., Liberman, N., & Wakslak, C. J. (2007). Construal levels and psychological distance: effects on representation, prediction, evaluation, and behavior. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 17(2), 83– 95. Tulving, E. (2002). Episodic memory: From mind to brain. Annual Review of Psychology, 53(1), 1–25. Van Boven, L., & Gilovich, T. (2003). To do or to have? That is the question. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85(6), 1193–1202. Vandecasteele, B. & Geuens, M. (2010). Motivated consumer innovativeness: Concept, measurement, and validation. International Journal of Research in Marketing, 27(4), 308-318. Veryzer, R. W. (1998a). Discontinuous innovation and the new product development process. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 15(4), 304-321. Veryzer, R. W. (1998b). Key factors affecting customer evaluations of discontinuous new products. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 15(2), 136-150. Veryzer, R. W. & Borja de Mozota, B. (2005). The impact of user-oriented design on new product development: An examination of fundamental relationships. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 22(2), 128-143. Voss, K. E., Spangenberg, E. R., & Grohmann, B. (2003). Measuring the hedonic and utilitarian dimensions of consumer attitude. Journal of Marketing Research, 40(3), 310–320. Ward, T. B. (1994). Structured imagination: The role of category structure in exemplar generation. Cognitive Psychology, 27(1), 1-40. Running Head: HOW TEMPORAL DISTANCE INFLUENCES SINGLE CATEGORY BELIEFS FOR NEW PRODUCTS Wirtz, D., Kruger, J., Scollon, C. N., & Diener, E. (2003). What to do on spring break? The role of predicted, on-line, and remembered experience in future choice. Psychological Science, 14(5), 520–524. Zhao, M., Hoeffler, S., & Dahl, D. (2009). The role of imagination-focused visualization on new product evaluation. Journal of Marketing Research, 46(1), 46–55. Zhao, M., Hoeffler, S, & Dahl, D. W. (2012). Imagination difficulty and new product evaluation. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 29(S1), 76-90. Zhao, M., Hoeffler, S., & Zauberman, G. (2007). Mental simulation and preference consistency over time: The role of process- versus outcome-focused thoughts. Journal of Marketing Research, 44(3), 379–388. Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Les leviers de l’expérience de marque Naoufel Remili, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Résumé L’objectif est de s’attarder, dans le contexte de l’industrie de la mode, sur les principaux leviers qui conditionnent l’expérience de marque, à savoir les communautés de marques, le storytelling et les environnements de vente. Une illustration de l’utilisation simultanée et cohérente de ces leviers dans une entreprise est également présentée. Mots-clés : expérience de marque, communautés de marque, storytelling, environnement de vente Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Les leviers de l’expérience de marque Introduction Le développement des marques est depuis quelques années au cœur des stratégies marketing. Les mercaticiens ont bien compris que dans une société qui valorise l’image, le succès et l’égonomie, la marque devient, pour une partie des consommateurs, un véhicule incontournable pour exprimer et montrer ces valeurs centrales de nos sociétés contemporaines. Dans l’industrie de la mode, la place et le rôle de la marque sont encore plus prépondérants à cause des spécificités de cette industrie. En effet, La nature temporaire, changeante, voire éphémère de la mode constitue l’essence même de cette industrie (Steele, 2010) et la gestion de la marque devient une stratégie pertinente pour mettre de l’avant une personnalité, une coloration émotive, une philosophie plutôt que des produits qui passent souvent en un coup de vent. Dans cette perspective, l’objectif de ce travail est de s’attarder sur les principaux leviers sur lesquels repose de plus en plus le succès des marques et qui constituent en même temps autant d’axes de différenciation. Plus précisément, nous croyons que le principal défi pour les mercaticiens, spécialement dans l’industrie de la mode, est d’arriver à faire vivre au consommateur l’expérience de la marque. C’est dans ce sens que nous nous intéresserons à ce que nous appelons les leviers de l’expérience de marque à savoir : les communautés de marques et les notions d’ambassadeurs ou connecteurs, le storytelling et l’influence des environnements de vente. Ce travail débutera par un rappel de la place centrale de la marque aujourd’hui, particulièrement dans l’industrie de la mode, avant de parler du concept d’expérience de marque qui permet de cristalliser l’essence même du message que la marque veut véhiculer et faire vivre à sa clientèle. Ensuite, les différents leviers permettant justement d’y arriver seront développés avant de proposer une illustration de l’utilisation simultanée et cohérente de ces leviers dans le contexte d’une entreprise montréalaise Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE spécialisée dans les vêtements pour femmes. Nous finirons par quelques réflexions et recommandations sur l’évolution probable de ce concept d’expérience de marque. 1. Le développement de la marque et du lien avec le consommateur La marque de commerce a toujours été un des éléments clés de l’offre marketing. Toutefois, avec l’évolution de la société et l’importance de l’image que le consommateur veut faire véhiculer autour de soi, les marques n’ont jamais été aussi populaires. Au-delà d’un produit, le consommateur achète aujourd’hui une marque et surtout tout l’univers et la symbolique qui viennent avec. Dans les sociétés occidentales où la religion est souvent délaissée, la consommation est la nouvelle religion. Descartes disait je pense donc je suis alors qu’aujourd’hui la nouvelle maxime semble être : je consomme donc je suis. Nous croyons dans ce sens qu’il est extrêmement important pour les mercaticiens de comprendre les fondements de la consommation pour mieux élaborer leurs stratégies marketing. Cova et Cova (2004, p. 3) explique ainsi : Aujourd'hui, on consomme surtout pour exister (identité) et non seulement pour vivre (besoins). C'est par la consommation que l'on bâtit et l'on conforte son identité qui est de plus en plus mise à mal par le chômage, le divorce, l'éclatement de la famille, la mobilité... Il ne s'agit donc plus simplement de «faire ses courses« mais de «vivre des expériences» et le plus souvent des expériences dites «incorporées» car elles font appel à tous les sens de l'individu. La marque joue donc différents rôles aujourd’hui puisqu’elle permet non seulement de répondre à des besoins physiologiques mais aussi, et de plus en plus, psychosociologiques. Par ailleurs, l’un des enjeux importants entourant le développement d’une marque demeure le lien que l’entreprise doit développer avec sa clientèle, et son maintien, voire son renouvellement, à travers le temps. Une marque constitue en fait la promesse que fait un vendeur d’offrir régulièrement un ensemble de caractéristiques, d’avantages et de services aux acheteurs (Kotler, Filiatrault et Turner, 2000). Cette promesse est une Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE forme de contrat entre une entreprise et sa clientèle, tant que les termes du contrat sont respectés (par exemple la qualité des produits, ou un certain univers que les produits d’une marque inspirent) le lien est maintenu. Dans le cas contraire, il peut être rompu avec des incidences négatives sur la marque et son image. Idéalement, le renouvellement de ce contrat dans le temps donne lieu à l’atteinte d’un pouvoir affectif, souvent synonyme de fidélité. Gérer une marque implique ainsi «d’analyser et de faire évoluer ces significations symboliques en suscitant certaines perceptions et certains sentiments chez les consommateurs» (Kotler, Keller, Manceau et Dubois, 2009, p. 309). Pour perpétuer ce lien vital avec le consommateur, il faut que les entreprises soient conscientes des rôles que la marque joue aussi bien auprès du consommateur que sur un marché. Ces rôles peuvent être résumés ainsi (Hoffman, 2008; Kotler, Keller, Manceau et Dubois, 2009; Lewi et Lacoeuilhe, 2012; Tülin, Swait et Valenzuela, 2006): un rôle d’identification pour ses clients, qui expriment ce qu’ils sont à travers les marques qu’ils achètent; pour l’entreprise un rôle fondamental de différenciation sur un marché et par rapport aux concurrents; un rôle de facilitateur puisque la marque est considérée comme un raccourci dans des situations de consommation en permettant de réduire l’incertitude et le risque perçu ainsi qu’un gain de temps appréciable; un rôle de moteur de croissance puisqu’elle peut demander un prix assez élevé et opter pour des extensions de marques. Pour ce faire, les mercaticiens doivent construire une marque forte et appréciée et la développer à travers le temps. L’objectif est que le marché cible puisse l’associer aux représentations voulues par l’entreprise. Pour cette dernière ce développement se fait, comme le montre la figure suivante, à travers Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE quatre véhicules à savoir les médias, les évènements, le logo et l’atmosphère de vente (Kotler, Filiatrault et Turner, 2000). Le consommateur lui de son côté, confronté à ces véhicules, va rentrer en contact avec la marque à travers les sentiments éprouvés et l’expérience vécue. Médias Évènements Développer et perpétuer une marque Atmosphère de vente Logo Expériences Sentiments Consommateur Figure 1: les interactions entre le consommateur et la marque Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE À partir de là nous croyons que le principal défi pour les mercaticiens, spécialement dans l’industrie de la mode, est d’arriver à faire vivre au consommateur l’expérience de la marque. Dans cette perspective, différentes stratégies sont possibles et seront présentées un peu plus loin, mais d’abord, nous allons nous attarder sur les spécificités de l’industrie qui nous intéresse, à savoir celle de la mode, avant de préciser le concept d’expérience de marque (brand experience). 2- Les spécificités du marketing de la mode19 : La mode n’est qu’un secteur parmi tant d’autres où le marketing occupe une place centrale. De ce fait, la plupart des notions et stratégies fondamentales du marketing s’applique au domaine de la mode. Néanmoins, il est important de mettre de l’avant un certain nombre d’éléments qui sont spécifiques à ce domaine et surtout qui permettent de mieux comprendre les choix et les orientations que les entreprises peuvent faire, notamment pour ce qui est du développement des marques. Rath, Petrizzi et Gill (2011; p. 7) rappellent dans ce sens que: «fashion marketing employs the same general concepts, activities, and processes as the marketing of other products, but it has its own challenges and opportunities that arise from the continually changing nature of fashion». La nature temporaire, changeante, voire éphémère de la mode constitue l’essence même de cette industrie (Steele, 2010) et le marketing se doit de s’inscrire dans ce contexte de changement permanant. Plus encore, peu de secteurs subissent autant l’influence des aspects sociaux et économiques que l’industrie de la mode (Bohdanowicz et Clamp, 1994). À partir de là nous pouvons définir le marketing de la mode comme le processus de conception et de mise en marchés de produits mode, à savoir des vêtements, accessoires, chaussures et cosmétiques désirés par un ensemble de consommateurs dans un 19 Pour des raisons de simplicité, le terme mode va au-delà des produits saisonniers pour inclure également des produits plus basiques, plus durables. Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE contexte social et économique donné. En résumé, les mercaticiens qui œuvrent dans ce domaine doivent prendre en considération un certain nombre de spécificités qui leur permettent d’élaborer des choix plus adaptés et ancrés dans l’ère du temps, parmi les plus importantes, nous pouvons citer : L’acte d’achat pour les produits de mode est en partie un acte émotif. La demande pour les produits de mode est assez volatile et changeante La fréquence des nouveautés est assez importante: le cycle de vie du produit de mode est court relativement à d’autres produits. La mode est cyclique: le marketing permet de la réinventer, de la renouveler. Dans un des ouvrages de marketing les plus utilisés dans les Écoles de commerce, Kotler, Filiatrault et Turner (2000) estiment que le marketing est d’autant plus important que le domaine d’activité est caractérisé par un changement rapide des habitudes d’achat, donc des marchés caractérisés par des besoins très changeants. Ce qui est le cas de l’industrie de la mode. Maintenant que nous avons identifié les spécificités du marché qui nous intéresse, il serait utile de s’attarder sur ce que voulons dire par le concept d’expérience de marque, élément central de ce travail et qui constituent l’une des préoccupations majeures des mercaticiens œuvrant dans l’industrie de la mode pour les raisons que nous venons d’évoquer. 2. L’expérience de la marque Une marque, un individu, une rencontre et c’est peut-être le début d’une histoire. Cette histoire est le fruit de l’immersion de l’individu dans l’univers de la marque, de leur capacité respective à créer du lien et trouver le sens de ce lien. Le déroulé de cette histoire suggère qu’il y ait un début, un milieu et une fin probable, peut-être pas, comme c’est le cas pour les marques qui savent traverser les générations. (Breda, 2008 ; p. 3) Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Dans un marché comme celui de la mode caractérisé par une concurrence intense et une offre beaucoup plus importante que la demande et où la chasse aux consommateurs est un défi quotidien, l’approche expérientielle semble être un choix incontournable de différenciation. C’est une approche qui permet de conquérir le cœur du consommateur, de faire appel à ses sentiments plutôt qu’à une certaine rationalité, et de nouer des liens plus forts et surtout polysensoriels avec la marque. Initiée et structurée par l’article fondateur de Holbrook et Hirschman (1982) cette expérience de marque peut être définie comme un épisode personnel et subjectif, chargé d’émotion, vécu par un client en interaction avec l’offre d’une entreprise (Carù et Cova, 2006a). Dans un contexte où le consommateur cherche à vivre intensément sa vie, et en faisant le lien avec la tendance d’instantanéité (très en vogue ces temps-ci), cet outil du marketing se trouve au cœur des stratégies de développement des marques. Aaker (1996) va jusqu’à définir la marque comme une expérience de consommation et le souvenir laissé dans la mémoire du client. Concrètement, il faut que les entreprises arrivent à multiplier les points de contact entre le consommateur et la marque. Plus encore, il faut mettre en place des stimuli qui permettent d’attirer le client et à susciter son intérêt à expérimenter l’univers de la marque. En stimulant de façon polysensorielle les sens de l’individu, la marque tente de développer une approche relationnelle envers le consommateur. L’expérience devient comme un moyen permettant le passage d’une approche dyadique, plutôt transactionnelle, à une approche relationnelle de la marque envers le consommateur, envisagé sur le long terme. (Breda, 2008 ; Heilbrunn, 2006). Cet intérêt envers ce concept d’expérience est intimement lié à l’évolution de l’acte de consommation dans nos sociétés et particulièrement au sens que les consommateurs lui confèrent. Holbrook et Hirschman (1982) soulignent dans ce sens: «This experiential perspective is phenomenological in spirit and regards consumption as a primarily subjective state of consciousness with a variety of symbolic meanings, hedonic responses, and esthetic criteria» (p.132). En fait, l’acte de consommation va, pour beaucoup de consommateurs, au-delà de la simple notion d’utilité associé à un comportement basé sur la Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE recherche de l’aspect fonctionnel et reposant sur des critères rationnels pour embrasser d’autres objectifs tels que le plaisir, la socialisation et la construction identitaire (Firat et Venkatesh, 1995; Parissier, 2008). Ces objectifs sont particulièrement présents dans l’industrie de la mode dont les produits et autres accessoires traduisent de façon importante la personnalité des consommateurs et concourent à exprimer l’image, souvent liée aux attentes de la société, qu’ils veulent véhiculer autour d’eux. Navarri (2008 ; p. 100) affirme notamment qu’à l’adolescence, les marques deviennent des «outils transitionnels». Ainsi vivre l’expérience de marque fait partie de ce processus de construction de soi. Toutefois, les entreprises doivent faire attention car cette influence peut être considérée comme néfaste ou négative comme peuvent l’être des efforts de communication véhiculant l’hypersexualisation ou l’apologie de la maigreur. In Fine, dans l’industrie de la mode, plus que d’ailleurs, la connexion émotionnelle qui relie la marque à l’individu est essentielle (Breda, 2008). Les mercaticiens doivent dans ce contexte intégrer les attentes plurielles des consommateurs pour leur offrir des environnements favorisant une expérience de marque forte et positive tout en essayant de s’assurer d’une éthique irréprochable. Plus encore, dans un contexte où le consommateur est inondé de messages de toutes sortes, il faut tenter de le surprendre, susciter son intérêt et idéalement l’impliquer dans la coproduction de cette expérience. Carù et Cova (2006b) nous donne dans ce qui suit quelques pistes pour y arriver : Il s'agit pour une entreprise de construire un contexte expérientiel apte à favoriser l'immersion du consommateur de manière a ce que celui-ci vive une expérience subjective positive… En effet, l'entreprise n'offre pas des expériences contrairement a ce qui a pu être avance au travers de l'idée « d'économie de l'expérience ». L'expérience est un épisode subjectif vécu par le client en interaction avec l'offre de l'entreprise. L'entreprise peut donc offrir au maximum des produits et des contextes expérientiels que le consommateur mobilisera à sa façon pour (co)produire son expérience. On entend généralement par contexte expérientiel, un assemblage de stimulus (produits) et de stimuli (environnement, activités) propre à faire advenir l'expérience. Une cuisine, une recette, des ingrédients Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE qui embaument la cuisine, un couple d'amis... et voici un contexte propre à faire advenir une expérience culinaire. (p. 44) Il faut comprendre qu’aujourd’hui, il est largement admis que la différenciation ne se fait pas uniquement au niveau du produit. Générer des expériences de marque positives implique d’y intégrer différentes facettes de l’offre de l’entreprise et notamment : le service avant, pendant et après vente, le marketing, le packaging, la facilité d’utilisation et d’entretien ainsi que l’environnement de vente physique comme l’odeur, les cabines d’essayage, la musique, les petites intentions, etc. Certes, le défi est de taille dans un marché aussi concurrentiel, mais cet enjeu est primordial. Dans une étude réalisée par le cabinet KP/AM (Carteron, 2013), on note que sur 1 000 personnes interrogées sur leur expérience la plus positive avec une marque, la relation client est citée dans plus de 50 % des cas, devant la bonne affaire (16 %) et la qualité (14 %). Plus encore, Bonan (2011) souligne, étude à l’appui, que les entreprises qui parviennent à créer un attachement fort avec leurs clients, à travers une expérience de marque à la fois alignée sur sa communication et fortement distinctive, génère de bonnes performances, notamment financière. Dans ce qui suit nous proposons les principales alternatives que les entreprises peuvent mobiliser pour générer des expériences de marque et du coup développer, renouveler et perpétuer leur Branding. Il s’agit des communautés de marques et les notions d’ambassadeurs ou connecteurs, le storytelling et l’influence des points de ventes physiques. 4. Les leviers de l’expérience de marque 4.1. Les communautés de marque Ces dernières années, aidé par les possibilités offertes par la technologie, le concept de communauté de marque a pris de l’ampleur et constitue aujourd’hui un outil important à utiliser et maîtriser. Répondant à un besoin aussi vieux que l’être humain, celui d’appartenir à un groupe et de socialiser, une communauté de marque peut être définie comme Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Un groupe électif pérenne d’acteurs partageant un système de valeurs, de normes et de représentations (i.e. une culture) et se reconnaissant des liens d’appartenance de chacun avec chacun et de chacun avec le tout communautaire sur la base d’un attachement commun à une marque particulière. (Sitz, 2006, P. 118) L’idée n’est pas nouvelle mais le phénomène prend de l’ampleur car les entreprises veulent recentrer leurs efforts sur le consommateur, lui-même souvent connecté à un groupe de personnes partageant des intérêts communs. L’hypothèse est que la force et la dynamique du groupe amplifie l’expérience de la marque et l’enracine dans un imaginaire collectif. On retrouve cette idée notamment dans l’analyse approfondie de l’évolution du mode de vie américain par Boorstin (1991) qui note que «les consommateurs étaient devenus une foule anonyme dont le nombre faisait la force. À présent, on sollicitait le consommateur non seulement pour qu’il devienne un client mais pour qu’il s’agrège à une communauté de consommateurs» (p. 977). L’hypothèse que font les mercaticiens est que cet espace, physique et/ou virtuel que représentent ces communautés, permet de mettre en relation des personnes partageant des intérêts communs qui vont échanger sur la marque et ses produits, vivre l’expérience de la marque, souvent lié au plaisir de consommer ensemble entre passionnés tout en amenant du feedback à l’entreprise. Différentes activités sont généralement organisées dans le but de développer les liens avec la marque. Ce type de pratiques renforce le sentiment d’attachement à la marque, la dissémination des connaissances sur elle et idéalement la fidélité (Kotler, Keller, Manceau et Dubois, 2009). Il s’agit d’utiliser l’interaction entre les consommateurs pour renforcer l’attachement, à la fois fonctionnel et émotionnel, à la marque, les faire contribuer à l’évolution de l’offre et à sa valorisation à l’aide de systèmes de recommandations et à répondre à un besoin de socialisation évident. Changer de marque ne revient pas seulement à s’adapter à un autre produit mais surtout à renoncer à ces liens sociaux (Bascoul et Kaplan, 2010). Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Étroitement lié à cette pratique, le développement des ambassadeurs de marque. Prenant racine dans l’influence largement reconnue des groupes de références et particulièrement les groupes d’aspiration, l’idée est de faire appel à des personnes «ordinaires» mais inspirantes pour jouer le rôle de porte-parole d’une marque. Le caractère «ordinaire» permet d’amener au devant de la scène les aspects de proximité et de reconnaissance qui peuvent contraster et en même temps remédier à l’image surfaite, voire fabriquée des porte-paroles connues. Ces ambassadeurs, font le lien entre les consommateurs, actuels ou potentiels et la marque, et servent de véhicule pour faire passer des messages et susciter la connaissance, la préférence, l’achat, l’implication, et l’enchantement. Le but ultime est de générer et gérer des conversations autour de la marque qui seraient amplifiées par un bouche à oreille positif, outil ultime dans le coffre à outil du mercaticien. Evidemment, aujourd’hui le rôle de ces ambassadeurs est profondément influencé par les possibilités offertes par les nouvelles technologies et particulièrement les réseaux sociaux. Leurs présences se manifestent à travers différentes activités mais également différents réseaux permettant de relayer plus facilement les messages et en même temps élargir le bassin de consommateurs. La concurrence est rude aujourd’hui et les entreprises tentent par tous les moyens de se constituer un capital de marque important et donc de susciter une certaine fidélité. L’enjeu est de taille pour les organisations puisque selon le cabinet Kuczmarski & Associates (www.cpvinc.com) la loyauté envers des marques influence 70 % de toutes les décisions d’achat. Plus encore ces fidèles consommateurs sont prêts à payer en moyenne une prime de 20 % pour leurs marques de prédilection. Ainsi plusieurs marques ont investies depuis quelques temps dans cet outil et notamment celles liés au monde du sport et du plein air comme Oakley, Nike et Lululemon. Ces stratégies d’utiliser des ambassadeurs de marques et plus généralement de développer des communautés de marques semblent s’adapter aux comportements actuels des consommateurs qui accordent de plus en plus de poids et de confiance aux recommandations de leur entourage (famille, amis, collègue, connaissance et même des inconnus) au détriment des messages commerciaux souvent critiqués Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE ou remis en question à cause de leurs visées mercantiles mais surtout des méthodes et arguments adoptés pour pousser à l’achat. Pour appuyer cette observation, soulignons que 92 % des consommateurs font confiance aux recommandations provenant de leurs connaissances, contre 41 % envers les publicités liées aux moteurs de recherches et 33 % pour les publicités sous forme de bannières sur les sites Internet (Nielsen, 2009). Proche de ce concept d’ambassadeurs, celui de connecteurs qui se trouve à la base du marketing virale. Ces connecteurs sont définis comme «des personnes qui possèdent beaucoup d’amis et de connaissances dans différents milieux. Ce sont des gens faciles à rejoindre en raison de leurs nombreux réseaux sociaux et qui servent de lien entre diverses personnes, souvent de façon spontanée» (Nantel et St-Onge, 2006 ; p. 6). En résumé, la mise en place de communauté de marque et le recrutement d’Ambassadeurs capables de représenter la marque et de susciter autour d’elle des conversations positives et constructives devient une voie des plus incontournables en raison de ce qu’elles génèrent comme apports positifs et surtout grâce aux possibilités offertes par les différentes technologies actuelles. L’objectif est de rejoindre la clientèle, faire relayer son message par des consommateurs convaincus, tisser des liens et les entretenir dans le temps dans le but de faire parler de la marque, créer un certain buzz autour et initier du bouche à oreille positif. Dans ce sens, Il faut considérer ces communautés comme un investissement et non comme une dépense de plus. Les propos de Cova et Carrere (2002, p. 11) illustrent justement l’essence même de cette évolution dans le marketing On voit de plus en plus apparaître un nouveau type d’acteur intermédiaire de niveau micro-social, la communauté ou la tribu de consommateurs, situé entre le niveau individuel du consommateur pris individuellement et le niveau macro social du segment ou de la classe. Cet acteur intermédiaire a acquis un pouvoir de mobilisation, d’expertise et d’action collective qui lui permet d’être acteur sur la scène publique au même titre que les producteurs et les distributeurs. Il demande au-delà à l’ensemble Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE de l’entreprise de le prendre en compte dans une démarche capable de lui faire de la place dans l’élaboration, la production et la distribution de l’offre comme dans la gestion de la marque. Nous nous intéressons à présent au storytelling, deuxième levier permettant de faire vivre au consommateur l’expérience de marque. 4.2 Le storytelling Il s’agit d’une technique de communication basée sur le récit. Raconter des histoires vise à utiliser la connexion émotionnelle des histoires au service de l’entreprise (Durant, 2011). Selon Simmons (2001) le storytelling consiste à faire émerger au sein des organisations des histoires à fort pouvoir de séduction et de conviction.Il s’agit en fait d’une technique vieille comme le temps qui prend la forme de contes exprimés et partagés entre un groupe de personnes. Son appropriation au service du marketing aurait débuté aux États-Unis autour des années 1920 (Meuleman, 2009) et s’est accentuée grâce aux possibilités offerts par toutes les formes de nouveaux médias qui permettent de mieux exploiter la structure narrative du message et surtout de toucher une plus grande audience. Cependant, qu’est ce qui explique le succès du storytelling et pourquoi il s’agit aujourd’hui d’une compétence importante à maîtriser. Meuleman (2009) explique l’efficacité de cette technique par les liens que nous entretenons avec les récits, et ce depuis notre plus jeune âge. Il souligne dans ce sens : Notre premier rapport au monde passe ainsi par le récit. L’enfant peut comprendre les objets, les situations et les évènements grâce à la traduction que ses parents ou ses grands parents ont réalisée pour lui. Dès lors, l’histoire va structurer pour toujours notre approche et surtout notre compréhension de notre environnement. (p. 28) Pour cet auteur «les histoires sont le plus vieux canevas de compréhension de l’être humain.» (p. 29). Le lien avec le récit existe donc, reste aux entreprises de savoir comment construire leur message et le relayer à travers les bons canaux. Ce qui semble certain c’est que l’émotion est au cœur de cette Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE relation avec l’auditoire. En effet, l’émotion rend ce dernier plus réceptif et une fois que l’on a attiré l’attention du récepteur on peut plus facilement passer notre message. Toutefois, l’émotion ne doit pas remplacer la raison, les deux ingrédients sont importants et en même temps complémentaires. Durant (2011) invite les mercaticiens à user de l’émotion avant la raison. Plus encore, pour assoir la notoriété d’une marque et arriver à offrir une expérience de marque positive, il faut établir des liens forts avec les parties prenantes et particulièrement avec le client. Il faut développer un lien de confiance et selon Simmons (2001) cela se fait à travers les histoires qu’on raconte : Story is your path to creating faith. Telling a meaningful story means inspiring your listeners to reach the same conclusions you have reached and decide for themselves to believe what you say and what you want them to do. People value their own conclusions more highly than yours (p. 3) Notons que cet outil est particulièrement adapté à l’industrie de la mode où, comme nous l’avons précisé plus haut, l’acte d’achat est en grand partie un acte émotif. C’est pour cette raison que la plupart des maisons de luxe ainsi que les marques de sport tentent d’emprunter cette voie. Le luxe en particulier par ses spécificités est un terrain fertile pour ce type d’approche notamment en raison de l’importance de l’histoire, de la présence souvent incontournable et intrigante du fondateur et des notions de rêve et de beauté associées à ce type de produits. Blancherie et Dangel (2010, p. 6) soulignent dans ce sens que «le luxe construit un monde avec son verbe, il peuple ce monde d'œuvres, d'objets magiques, de lieux phénoménaux, de capteurs des sens et d'héritiers du sens. Il vous fait sujet et monarque de ce monde, vous y incarnez son verbe». En s’achetant un produit de luxe, le consommateur achète en même temps un brin d’histoire et un univers hautement symbolique. Fog, Budtz, Munch et Blanchette (2010, p. 22) expliquent ainsi: The brand story gradually becomes synonymous with how we define ourselves as individuals, and products become the symbols that we use to tell the story of ourselves. They help us communicate who we are. And this is where branding and storytelling form a perfect partnership. Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE L’une des parfaites illustrations de l’utilisation du storytelling est celle de l’une des dernières campagnes de la maison de luxe Cartier. Le court-métrage baptisé l'Odyssée multiplie les références à l'histoire de Cartier et à ses produits phares. Première compagne institutionnelle depuis une vingtaine d’années, l’entreprise a voulu renforcer le lien avec les consommateurs en racontant en 3 mn 30 l’histoire de la marque, une histoire qui s’étale sur 160 ans et jalonnée de succès et d’innovation. Évidement les symboles abondent dans cet hommage, en commençant par la panthère, emblème de la marque, les lieux que traversent la panthère ainsi que les couleurs utilisées et les bijoux mis de l’avant pour rappeler que l’histoire de Cartier se confond avec celle des bijoux de luxe. Accalmée un peu partout, cette campagne a permis notamment de renforcer le positionnement et la réputation de la marque et participer à assoir encore plus le mythe l’entourant. Avec ce conte, le consommateur a eu un accès privilégié à la personnalité de la marque lui permettant du même coup de prendre part en quelque sorte à l’expérience de la marque20. L’utilisation de cette technique peut s’avérer en fait un bon outil à exploiter dans une période où le marché du luxe évolue. L’objectif serait notamment de développer et renforcer des liens avec les consommateurs et en séduire d’autres, notamment dans de nouveaux territoires du luxe comme en Asie ou dans les pays du BRIC. Toutefois, cette technique de communication narrative doit être utilisée avec parcimonie car trop d’utilisation peut tuer une certaine magie et une connotation évènementielle reliée à ce type de campagne. Plus encore certains critiquent l’objectif de manipulation qui peut être associé à ce type d’approche. Dans son manifeste très virulent du storytelling, Salmon (2008) parle d’une «arme de distraction massive» qui tente d’influencer un consommateur, obnubilé par la société de consommation, et qui vise à standardiser de plus en plus ses réactions en rendant floue la limite entre le réel et la fiction, et 20 Les propos de Bernard Fornas, le PDG de Richemont la société mère de Cartier, illustrent les objectifs et l’approche de la marque : Avec ce film, nous avons voulu réaffirmer avec force le mythe Cartier, réaliser une fresque cinématographique qui met au premier plan son histoire, ses valeurs de créativité, d'élégance et de raffinement, ses inspirations, sa dimension artistique et universelle...Nous voulons montrer que cette maison est à l'opposé de la mode, éphémère. Nous nous situons du côté de l'intemporel…C'est une campagne parapluie sur la marque, destinée à créer du rêve (Letessier, 2012). Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE entre le vrai et le faux. Sans être aussi critique envers le storytelling, Neu (2011) y va quand même d’une mise en garde : «sa pertinence, parfois discutable, ne devient pourtant pleinement effective que dans des conditions précises d’application : en user sans en abuser, et sans jamais laisser de côté l’innovation et le réel, eux aussi gages de légitimité et de savoir-faire.» En résumé, le storytelling est aujourd’hui un ingrédient très recherché pour développer une marque et nourrir son Branding. En effet, à partir du moment où nous admettons que la marque s’apparente à une représentation collective qui ne prend son sens qu’à travers les interprétations qui lui sont données et les associations qu’elle suscite (Sitz, 2006), nous pouvons comprendre l’intérêt de cette technique de communication et son rôle comme véhicule de message combinant des éléments émotifs mais aussi rationnels. Après les communautés de marque et le storytelling, nous présentons dans ce qui suit l’importance de l’environnement de vente comme un autre levier de l’expérience de marque. 4.3. Le rôle des environnements de vente L’une des stratégies que les marques utilisent pour faire vivre à leurs clients l’expérience de la marque est sans contredit l’investissement dans les environnements de vente. Il s’agit d’un élément critique car il constitue le point de rencontre le plus important à date entre le consommateur et la marque. Depuis l’article fondateur de Kotler (1973) où il évoque l’influence positive des environnements de vente comme outil marketing sur les probabilités d’achat, l’intérêt envers l’espace commercial dans lequel les produits sont exposés et les clients servis ne s’essouffle pas. Aujourd’hui toutes les composantes d’un environnement de vente concourent à véhiculer l’image de la marque. Que se soit à travers les senteurs, l’aménagement des espaces, les couleurs utilisées, la qualité des matériaux et des meubles choisis, la composante sonore, les caractéristiques des salles d’essayage, etc. Tous ces éléments participent à créer une expérience de magasinage. Le but est d’enchanter le client de façon qu’il achète plus, qu’il devient Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE moins sensible au prix, qu’il augmente ses fréquences de visites et qu’il ramène d’autres connaissances au magasin. Dans la littérature, et en dépit des différences de vocabulaires, de nombreuses études confirment le lien positif entre l’image du magasin ou l’atmosphère du point de vente et le capital d’une marque qui souvent est source de fidélité et donc de ventes plus importantes (Kaswengi, 2013 ; Parsons, 2011 ; Soars, 2009 ; Michon et al., 2008 ; Ailawadi et Keller, 2004 ; Lemoine, 2003 ; Yoo, Donthu et Lee, 2000) ; d’où l’intérêt de développer cet aspect du marketing. Toutefois, les mercaticiens doivent être conscients que l’image du magasin demeure une question de perception. Bezes (2013, p. 94) souligne dans ce sens : Comme toute image, elle constitue une représentation subjective et réductrice. Composée d’éléments tangibles et intangibles, rationnels et émotionnels, elle s’articule autour d’une communauté de perceptions, plus ou moins large et plus ou moins partagée par les différentes parties prenantes (clients, personnel…). Les entreprises doivent s’assurer donc que cette image du point de vente correspond à celle qu’elles désirent véhiculer et surtout qu’elle soit cohérente avec l’image de marque. L’expérience vécue par un client doit donc se fondre dans l’image souhaitée et non la déformer (Parissier, 2008). Bref, toutes les composantes de cet environnement devraient concourir à renforcer cette image d’autant plus que Bell (1999) estime que le choix du lieu d’achat précède généralement celui du produit ou de la marque. Les consommateurs s’attendent à connaître une expérience d’achat à valeur ajoutée, et ce, tant au point de vue du plaisir éprouvé qu’au point de vue du temps gagné. (Turley et Chebat, 2001) Basé sur une triple interaction entre le client, le produit et le contexte (Bouchet, 2004) (voir figure suivante), le point de vente devient donc «un puissant vecteur de communication, proposant aussi bien des informations de nature factuelle et technique, que des stimulations sensorielles porteuses de significations multiples. La frontière entre achat et consommation est aussi remise en cause». (Filser, Fulconis et Messeghem, 2009; p. 16), soirée VIP avec stylistes, rabais spéciaux, vin et fromage dans une Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE ambiance feutrée et glamour animé par un Dj, défilés de mode, cours de yoga sur place, des technologies de toutes sortes comme des miroirs intelligeant…tous ces éléments font désormais parties des stratégies des marques. Contexte expérience de magasinage: un vécu personnel et subjectif, résultant de l’interaction avec différents stimuli, tangibles et intangibles et chargé d’aspects symboliques, émotifs et hédonistes. Consommateur Objet (produit ou service) Figure 2 : les trois éléments de l’expérience de magasinage (adapté de Bouchet, 2004) Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Ainsi, les spécialistes du marketing doivent créer et gérer les conditions nécessaires à la production voire à la coproduction de l’expérience. Nous croyons dans ce sens que malgré les énormes changements qui touchent le commerce de détail traditionnel, et particulièrement les possibilités offertes par la technologie, les magasins physiques sont là pour rester. Toutefois, pour assurer leur survie, elles doivent repenser leur rôle. De plus, le shopping demeure une activité sociale, il faudra donc trouver des façons de rendre cette activité spéciale, voire mémorable développant ou renforçant du même coup l’attachement à la marque. Dax Dasilva, un spécialiste du commerce du détail, explique dans ce sens que l’histoire d’une marque est mieux racontée dans un environnement en trois dimensions que sur un écran et que, pour cette raison notamment, les magasins sont plus pertinents que jamais (Fournier, 2013). Conséquence logique de l’importance de cette expérience vécue en magasin, nous assistons depuis quelques années au développement du concept de flagship store (qu’on peut traduire littéralement par vaisseau amiral) et qui s’apparente à de véritables temples dédiés à l’expérience client. Associé souvent aux marques du luxe, il est utilisé de plus en plus par d’autres marques fortes qui ciblent d’autres segments comme le fast fashion ou d’autres domaines comme l’illustre l’ouverture de flagships en Inde par la chaîne de café Starbucks. Le flagship store peut être défini comme un espace commercial exceptionnel, de part ses spécificités, comme la qualité de son architecture, son emplacement, sa superficie et / ou les innovations qu’il intègre, détenu par l’entreprise mère, dédié généralement à une seule marque bien établie et dont l’objectif principal est de développer ou renforcer l’image de marque bien plus que simplement vendre des produits et services (Kozinets et al., 2002). Aujourd’hui, on visite le Niketown de New York ou le nouveau flagship de Burberry à Londres comme on visite des musées ou autres attractions touristiques, cela crée de l’engouement, du buzz, notamment à travers les réseaux sociaux et se ponctue par l’achat de produits considérés par les visiteurs comme le souvenir de leur passage dans cet environnement enchanteur. L’enjeu est de tisser des liens, produire des souvenirs marquants, rapprocher le consommateur de la marque, mais aussi lui permettre de prendre part à l’expérience de la marque et de s’imprégner de ses symboliques. Aidé par les innombrables Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE possibilités offertes par la technologie, le magasin amiral n’est donc pas un phénomène marginal de communication. En faisant référence au concept du réenchantement des moyens de consommation (Ritzer, 1999), Filser (2001, p. 3-4), souligne que Le point de vente peut contribuer, grâce à la théâtralisation de son offre, à procurer au consommateur des gratifications hédonistes qui lui permettent d’échapper à la monotonie d’une offre rationnalisée à l’extrême…le consommateur post-moderne trouvera au contraire dans cette hyperréalité construite par le point de vente une source intrinsèque de valeur de l’acte de magasinage: la consommation du lieu de vente devient plus importante que les produits qui y sont proposés. La mode étant depuis toujours imprégnée de rêve, d’imaginaire fertile et de beauté, ces environnements de vente nouveau genre semblent être des espaces tout désignés pour accentuer cette symbolique tout en développant l’image de marque. L’objectif est donc de créer des expériences de marque mémorables, voire spectaculaires (Kent et Brown, 2009). Visité autant que la tour Eiffel, le flagship de Séphora ayant pignon sur rue sur les Champs-Élysées depuis 1996, en est une belle illustration (Chahine, 2012). S’étendant sur 12000 m2, ce temple de la beauté appartenant à LVMH, offre à ses clients quelque 14 000 références, un bar à sourcils, une école de maquillage et un coin coiffure. Quand au nouveau magasin Burberry, situé sur Regent street à Londres et réparti sur quatre étages, il présente l’archétype de la nouvelle génération de flagship baigné dans un environnement digital permettant un renforcement des stratégies marketing véhiculées par d’autres dispositifs. Ainsi, avec le temps, il semble que ce concept de magasin phare, devient un maillon essentiel dans les stratégies marketing d’une entreprise et dans la proposition de valeur qu’elle offre sur le marché. Aujourd’hui, les objectifs derrière l’implantation de ces magasins sont multiples et surtout elle présente des avantages aussi bien pour l’entreprise que pour le consommateur. Etudiant, entre autres, les motivations derrière le choix de tels magasins, Moore, Doherty et Doyle (2010 ; p. 153) soulignent dans ce sens : Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE For new and established customers, the flagship store becomes, according to one company [interviewed], “the home of the brand and is the place where they return so as to be updated and inspired once again”. For other customers, the visit to the flagship store is a vivid and pleasant memory that sustains their interest and engagement with the brand through time. For these customers, it was claimed that a visit to the flagship store encourages and sustains future purchasing through department store concessions and third party stockists. 5. Illustration d’une utilisation simultanée et cohérente de ces trois leviers : le cas du groupe Dynamite: Nous avons mentionné plus haut qu’une des clés pour susciter l’intérêt des consommateurs et développer avec eux un lien affectif tout en assoyant un positionnement clair sur le marché serait de mettre en place une expérience de marque à la fois différente et attractive. Cette expérience doit être conjuguée à travers différents points de contact ou ce que nous avons appelé des leviers qui peuvent et doivent être utilisé de façon simultanée et surtout cohérente. Afin d’illustrer cette approche, nous présentons le cas du groupe Dynamite Inc., un des leaders canadiens de vêtements pour femmes. Ce que nous voulons montrer c’est comment l’entreprise arrive à travers différents leviers à offrir à ses clientes une expérience de marque unique. La figure suivante en présente les ingrédients. Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Environneme nt de vente Storytelling Expérience de marque autour de l’univers de chaque muse (cliente type) Réseaux sociaux Figure 3 : les leviers de l’expérience de marque de Dynamite D’abord Groupe Dynamite 21 est une entreprise montréalaise opérant deux bannières : Garage et Dynamite. Appuyée par une équipe de gestion de classe mondiale et par 5000 employés, l’entreprise contrôle plus de 300 magasins au Canada et à l’étranger. Elle opte pour une stratégie d’intégration verticale dans la mesure où elle crée, commercialise et distribue plusieurs collections par année à partir de ses bureaux de Montréal. Le point tournant dans l’histoire de cette compagnie et surtout au niveau de son positionnement remonte à 2003 quand l’entreprise décide de repositionner ses deux marques et de les différencier de façon importante. Pour y arriver, elle a eu l’idée d’identifier clairement le profil type de la consommatrice de chacune des bannières et de développer des stratégies et des outils marketing qui collent parfaitement à la personnalité de chacune de ces muses. Dans le cas de la bannière Garage par exemple, la muse, âgée de 16 ans, s’appelle Alexia, elle est blonde aux yeux bleus. Elle a beaucoup d’amis, aime s’amuser, la musique a une place importante dans sa vie et est inspirée par les tendances. Elle habite encore chez ses parents et a le béguin pour Josh, un gars populaire de son école. Voici comment le président du conseil d’administration de l’entreprise décrit le caractère stratégique de ce profil : 21 http://groupedynamite.com/ Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE At Garage's Montreal-based parent, Groupe Dynamite Inc., employees obsess over the thoughts and desires of this archetypal customer. Everything in the store, from Josh's scent to each song played, is carefully selected to suit the imaginary Alexia. "If you took a 16-year-old and her friends and said, 'Here's $10,000, go open your own store,' this is what you'd expect to see (National Post, 2007). L’objectif de la compagnie est de raconter des histoires qui viennent interpeller la clientèle cible qui va idéalement se reconnaître dans différents éléments mis de l’avant. Cependant pour raconter des histoires qui auraient de l’impact il faut connaître la clientèle et en quelque sorte lui donner de ce qu’elle a envie de voir et d’entendre. A partir de là, l’entreprise s’est donné les moyens de connaître en profondeur sa clientèle grâce notamment aux nombreux focus groupes, sondages et autres commentaires sur les réseaux sociaux comme le montre cet extrait : Le Groupe Dynamite ne ménage aucun effort pour s’assurer que la déception n’est jamais au rendezvous. Tous les mercredis, le siège social grouille d’adolescentes qui participent à des groupes de discussion, les fameux « focus groups ». L’entreprise mène également 10 000 sondages par mois pour connaître leurs commentaires sur leur expérience en magasin. Enfin, Dynamite utilise aussi les réseaux sociaux comme Facebook pour joindre les Alexia de ce monde [La présidente de Dynamite explique dans ce sens] : « Il faut entrer dans leur vie. Voilà pourquoi on utilise Facebook. On veut savoir ce qu’elles font, ce qu’elles regardent à la télévision, ce qu’elles écoutent comme musique» (Boisvert, 2010, p. 32). Cette connaissance approfondie de la clientèle qui alimente le profil et les comportements de leurs muses est donc au cœur de l’expérience de marque que Dynamite veut offrir. Ainsi «The brand’s core strength is rooted in a solid understanding of its customer and the ability to translate leading edge designs and innovative ideas into accessible fashions and a unique shopping experience that draws its inspiration from our two respective muses: ‘’Rachel’’ and ‘’Alexia’’» (Artica, 2012). Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE La dirigeante de l’entreprise décortique dans ce qui suit sa recette pour ce qui est de la production de cette expérience : Il faut raconter une histoire. Il faut que nos clientes se reconnaissent lorsqu’elles entrent dans nos magasins. Tout est pensé en fonction de ça. La disposition des vêtements, celle des meubles et accessoires, même le niveau de décibels de la musique. C’est pourquoi d’ailleurs, tous nos magasins sont exactement les mêmes. Un magasin Garage à Montréal est identique à celui de Toronto. La stratégie est assez simple : cibler un profil particulier et bâtir toutes les stratégies marketing autour de ce profil. Par exemple, les magasins Garage deviennent comme un refuge pour la cliente cible, exactement comme sa chambre, un endroit douillet où il fait bon discuter entre amis, écouter de la musique et essayer des vêtements, tout cela entre des mûrs colorés et tapissés d’affiches présentant les différents visages d’Alexia. L’entreprise a donc investi énormément d’argent pour offrir une expérience de magasinage mémorable. Progressivement les boutiques ont changé de visage pour épouser les traits et les comportements des muses et la superficie de la plupart des magasins est passée d’environ 1000 à 4000 pieds carrés (Froment, 2010). Parallèlement à ces efforts, l’entreprise à inauguré en 2012, son magasin phare (flagship store) sur la rue Sainte-Catherine à côté des Zara, H&M et autres Forever 21, une sorte de temple de la marque où on vient s’inspirer, consommer et s’imprégner de l’univers de la marque distillé à travers prés de 12700 pieds carrés. Comme nous l’avons mentionné plus haut, ces espaces deviennent un ingrédient essentiel de l’expérience de la marque. D’ailleurs, ce magasin a été récompensé par le premier prix du International Council of Shopping Centers (ICSC) dans la catégorie design de magasin de détail en soulignant que le groupe dynamite «created a store that not only built its brand but elevated the shopping experience through a compelling fashion assortment» (www.icsc.org). Par ailleurs, pour amener les clientes aux magasins, il faut d’abord les informer, développer l’image de la marque et communiquer son positionnement. C’est dans cette perspective que l’entreprise investit énormément de ressources dans le commerce électronique et particulièrement dans les réseaux Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE sociaux. Ces outils servant aussi à raconter des histoires inspirées des héroïnes Alexia et Rachel, susciter des interactions et atteindre des objectifs cognitifs (notoriété), affectifs (attachement voire fidélisation) et comportementaux (essai et achat). Le fait d’être présent de façon efficace et active sur les réseaux sociaux permet également de développer une communauté de consommateurs partageant des points communs, qui servirait d’interface pour communiquer entre eux mais aussi avec l’entreprise avec tous les avantages que nous avons mentionné plus haut. Une autre illustration des possibilités offertes par une utilisation simultanée et cohérente de différents leviers est l’utilisation des vitrines des boutiques pour intégrer des codes 2D. Comme le précise la directrice marketing de Dynamite « ça permet à la cliente qui passe devant le magasin de vivre la marque, de vivre une expérience plus poussée... Pour nous, c'est une façon d'entrer en contact avec nos clientes» (Fournier, 2011). A partir de là, l’entreprise peut opter pour des objectifs précis en choisissant les liens qu’elle veut activer. Des objectifs qui visent essentiellement la possibilité de donner aux consommatrices un accès privilégié à l’univers de la marque. L’entreprise a compris que face à une génération de plus en plus connectée, il faut l’être également en accompagnant les clients potentiels tout au long du processus d’achat. Un processus qui devrait débuter bien avant l’acte d’achat avec des suggestions, des informations, des liens et des concours et bien après avec la possibilité de donner du feedback et de partager ses trouvailles. Dynamite semble donc réussir à mobiliser différents outils pour le faire comme l’explique l’extrait suivant : To channel these two characters [Alexia and Rachel]; Groupe Dynamite uses both old and new methods. Traditional methods include assembling focus groups to look at samples of new styles and vote them up or down. Newer methods (especially for Alexia) include social media–based contests to design t-shirt graphics, create videos or answer open-ended, thought-provoking questions. Pour finir il faut savoir que cette utilisation simultanée et cohérente de ces leviers, combinée à des processus d’affaires efficaces et appuyée par des technologies à la fine pointe, semble donner des Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE résultats. Ainsi, parallèlement à une expansion internationale réussie, en 2011, et selon un sondage réalisé par Léger Marketing, l’entreprise a classé ses boutiques dans le top 10 des entreprises de vêtements en termes d’expérience de magasinage (Harris, 2012). Conclusion Depuis l’amélioration substantielle du revenu par ménage, la présence de plus en plus importante et influente de la femme sur le marché du travail et l’évolution de nos sociétés modernes, nous sommes passés d’un marketing de besoins à un marketing de commodités et de désirs. À partir de là, les outils des mercaticiens ont changé et certaines stratégies, à l’instar de développement des marques, deviennent centrales, aidés par les innombrables possibilités offertes par les nouvelles technologies de l’information. C’est dans ce contexte, que nous avons tenté de présenter trois leviers principaux de l’expérience que les marques peuvent offrir à leur clientèle. Le point commun avec ces changements c’est de mettre le client au centre des préoccupations en lui donnant la possibilité d’être une partie prenante, des fois active, dans le développement d’une marque. Par ailleurs, le défi central auquel les entreprises, et spécialement celles œuvrant dans le domaine de la mode, seront confrontées est celui d’accepter que le consommateur détienne, avec ces outils, de plus en plus de pouvoir, particulièrement à mesure que les entreprises déploient leurs stratégies à travers les réseaux sociaux. À partir de là, la communication, et par conséquent le développement des marques, passera d’une relation unidirectionnelle: entreprise-consommateur vers un lien relationnel qui va dans les deux sens qui amène, certes des retombées positives, mais également certains inconvénients. Le plus important, c’est la possibilité d’une perte de contrôle sur son message et sa communication en général. Toutefois, les gestionnaires savent qu’en générale toute décision d’affaires amène sont lot d’avantages mais aussi d’inconvénients et il sera intéressant de suivre de prés les comportements que les entreprises sont en train d’adopter dans une ère où l’expérience de marque se conjugue à travers plusieurs Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE plateformes et de plus en plus à travers les médias numériques. Ces médias deviennent du coup un autre levier incontournable pour offrir l’expérience de marque. Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Bibliographie Aaker, D.A. (1996). Building Strong Brands. New York: Free Press. Ailawadi, K., et Keller, K. (2004). Understanding retail branding: conceptual insights and research priorities. Journal of Retailing. 80. 331-342. Artica. (27 juillet 2012). Dynamite and Garage flasghip store [Billet de blogue]. Tiré de http://retaildesignblog.net/2012/07/27/dynamite-and-garage-flasghip-store-montreal/. Bascoul, G., et Kaplan, A.M. (2010). Communauté et marketing relationnel. Dans C. Michon (Édit.), le marketeur : Fondements et nouveautés du marketing (3è éd., p 431-450). Paris : Pearson. Bezes, B. (2013). L'image du magasin : définition, effets, mesure et perspectives de recherche. Management & Avenir. 2 (60). 74-101. Blancherie, J-M., et Dangel, S. (2010). Storytelling du luxe. Paris: Éditions du Désir. Bohdanowicz, B., et Clamp, L. (1994). Fashion Marketing. Routledge, Chapman & Hall. Boisvert, M. (2010). Anna Martini, le souci du détail. Premières en affaires. Été. 28-33. Bonan, D. (2011). L'expérience client au cœur de la marque et de son management. Revue des marques. 74. 47-49. Boorstin, D. (1991). Histoire des américains, l’aventure coloniale, Naissance d’une nation, l’expérience démocratique. Paris : Robert Laffont. Bouchet, P. (2004). L’expérience au cœur de l’analyse des relations magasin-magasineur. Recherche et applications en marketing. 19(2). 53-70. Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Breda, C. (2008). Le design de l'expérience de la marque. Communication présentée au 7th International Marketing Trends Congress, Venice, ESCP-EAP European School of Management, Università Ca’ Foscari Venezia. Carteron, V. (2013). Expérience client et distribution «omnicanale». L'Expansion Management Review. 2(149). 25-35. Carù, A., et Cova, B. (2006a). Expériences de consommation et marketing expérientiel. Revue Française de Gestion. 162, 99-113 Carù, A., et Cova, B. (2006b). Expériences de marque : comment favoriser l'immersion du consommateur ? Décisions Marketing. 41. 43-52. Chahine, V. (8 juin 2012). Les flagship stores, palais des grandes marques, M le magazine du Monde. Tiré de http://www.lemonde.fr/style/article/2012/06/08/les-flagship-stores-palais-des-grandesmarques_1714225_1575563.html. Conrad, Phillips & Vutech, Inc. (2009). The 9 criteria for brand essence: what every professional should know about branding. Tiré de: http://info.cpvinc.com/Portals/174852/docs/cpv%209%20criteria%20for%20brand%20essence. pdf Cova, V., et Cova, B. (2004). L'expérience de consommation: de la manipulation à la compromission ? Communication présentée lors des troisièmes Journées Normandes de la Consommation, Colloque «Société et Consommation». 11-12 mars. Rouen. Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Durant, S. (2011). Storytelling: réenchantez votre communication. Paris : Dunod. Filser, M. (2001). Le magasin amiral: de l'atmosphère du point de vente à la stratégie relationnelle de l'enseigne. Décisions Marketing. 24. 7-16. Filser, M., Fulconis F., et Messeghem, K. (2009). Editorial: L'évolution des relations entre industrie et grande distribution. Gestion 2000. 26(3). 13-19. Firat, A.F., et Venkatesh, A. (1995). Liberatory Postmodernism and the Reenchantment of Consumption. Journal of Consumer Research. 22(3). 239-267. Fog, K., Budtz, C., Munch, P., et Blanchette, S. (2010). Storytelling Branding in Practice (2 è éd). New York: Springer. Fournier, M-E. (12 février 2011). Garage et Dynamite misent sur les codes 2D. Les Affaires. Tiré de http://www.lesaffaires.com//archives/generale/garage-et-dynamite-misent-sur-les-codes2d/524487. Fournier, M-E. (21 novembre 2013). Le magasin n’est pas une espèce en voie d’extinction. La Presse. Tiré de http://affaires.lapresse.ca/economie/commerce-de-detail/201311/21/01-4712989-lemagasin-nest-pas-une-espece-en-voie-dextinction.php. Froment, D. (15 mai 2010). Pas de publicité de masse, Les Affaires. Tiré de http://www.lesaffaires.com/archives/generale/pas-de-publicite-de-masse/514478. Harris, R. (10 février 2012). Top-rate retailing: Leger rates customer experience. Marketing. Tiré de http://www.marketingmag.ca/news/marketer-news/top-rate-retailing-leger-rates-customerexperience-45986. Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Heilbrunn, B. (2006). Cultural branding between utopia and a-topia. Dans J. E. Schroeder et M. SalzerMörling (edit.), Brand Culture (p. 103-117). London: Routledge. Hoffman, S. (2008). Brand management by using special marketing strategies: consumer perception of a clothing product according to the brand image. VDM Verlag. Holbrook, M. B., et Hirschman, E. C. (1982). The experiential aspects of consumption: Consumer fantasies, feelings and fun. Journal of Consumer Research. 9(2). 132-140. International Council of Shopping Centers (ICSC). (2012). ICSC Canadian Shopping Centre Awards. Tiré de http://www.icsc.org/uploads/awards/Canada_2012Winners.pdf. Kaswengi, J. (2013). Les effets de l'image du magasin sur le capital marque : une étude à travers les circuits de magasin, Management & Avenir. 2(60). 102-119. Kent, T., et Brown, R. (2009). Flagship Marketing: Concepts and places. London ; New York: Taylor & Francis. Kent, A-M., et Kirby, A-E. (2009). The design of the store environment and its implications for retail image. International Review of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research. 19(4). 457-468. Kotler, P. (1973). Atmospherics as a marketing tool. Journal of Retailing. 49(4). 48-64. Kotler, P., Filiatrault, P., et Turner, R.E. (2000), Le management du Marketing, 2 ème édition, Montréal, Gaëtan Morin éditeur. Kotler, P., Keller, k., Manceau, D., et Dubois, B. (2009). Marketing management (13è éd.). Paris: Pearson France. Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Kozinets, R.V., Sherry, J.F., DeBerry-Spence, B., Duhachek, A., Nuttavuthisit, K., et Storm, D. (2002). Themed flagship brand stores in the new millennium: theory, practice, prospects. Journal of Retailing. 78(1). 17-29. Lemoine, J-F. (2003). Vers une approche globale de l’atmosphère du point de vente. Revue Française du Marketing. 194(4/5). 83-101. Letessier, I. (2 mars 2012). Cartier lance une campagne de pub institutionnelle. Le Figaro. Tiré de http://www.lefigaro.fr/medias/2012/03/02/20004-20120302ARTFIG00548-cartier-lance-unecampagne-de-pub-institutionnelle.php. Meuleman, F. (2009). Storytelling, on va tout vous raconter. Paris, Éditions Edipro. Michon, R., Yu, H., Smith, D., et Chebat, J-C. (2008). The influence of mall environment on female fashion shoppers' value and behaviour. Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management. 12(4). 456-468. Nantel, J., et St-Onge, A. (27 mars 2006). Le client: votre meilleur porte-parole? La Presse Affaires. p. 6. National Post. (27 octobre 2007). Tinkering in the Garage. Financial Post. Tiré de http://www.financialpost.com/story.html?id=5bb6ef19-213d-4194-82627c0472c248d3&k=74498 Navarri, P. (2008). Trendy, sexy et inconscient, Regards d'une psychanalyste sur la mode. Paris : PUF. Nelson Company. (2009). Nielsen Global Online Consumer Survey: Trust, Value and Engagement in Advertising. Tiré de http://www.nielsen.com/content/dam/corporate/us/en/newswire/uploads/2009/07/trustinadvertis ing0709.pdf Running Head: LES LEVIERS DE L’EXPERIENCE DE MARQUE Neu, N. (25 mars 2011). Il était une fois... Le storytelling : Vague de storytelling dans l’univers du luxe. Le nouvel Économiste. Tiré de http://www.lenouveleconomiste.fr/lesdossiers/marketing-vaguede-storytelling-dans-lunivers-du-luxe-7506/. Parissier, C. (2008). Proposer une expérience de service créatrice de valeur pour les clients. Gestion. 33(4). 34-40. Parsons, A.G. (2011). Atmosphere in fashion stores: do you need to change? Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management. 15(4). 428-445. Rath, P. M., Petrizzi, R., et Gill, P. (2011). Marketing fashion : a global perspective. New York: Fairchild Books. Salmon, C. (2007). Storytelling, la machine à raconter des histoires. Paris : La Découverte. Simmons, S. (2001). The Story Factor. Cambridge : Basic Books. Sitz, L. (2006). Communauté de marque : rôle des membres centraux dans son émergence, sa structuration et les liens avec son environnement. (Thèse de doctorat en sciences de gestion, Université Paris XII – Val de Marne, France). Soars, B. (2009). Driving sales through shoppers' sense of sound, sight, smell, and touch. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management. 37(3). 286-298. Steele, V. (2010). The Berg Companion to Fashion. Oxford: Berg. Turley, L. W., et Chebat, J-C. (2001). L'ambiance du magasin comme métaconditionnement : ce que les détaillants peuvent apprendre pour établir des stratégies de gestion. Gestion. 26(3). 104-112. Yoo, B., Donthu, N., et Lee, S. (2000). An Examination of Selected Marketing Mix Elements and Brand Equity. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science. 28(2). 195-211. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN The Effect of Fairness and Transparency in Coupon Design Khalil Rohani, Ryerson University, Canada Vinay Kanetka, University of Guelph, Canada Joe Barth, University of Guelph, Canada Lefa Teng, University of Guelph, Canada Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN Introduction Businesses in the United States issued 311 billion coupons in 2009 and 332 billion in 2010 and these coupons resulted in $ 3.7 billion in savings for consumers (NCH Marketing Services, Inc., 2011a). A similar report puts the coupon distribution at 376 billion for year 2010 slightly higher and consumers redeemed 3.3 billion of these coupons. Although these figures indicate that only 0.9% percent of distributed coupons were redeemed, this rate is considered the highest usage since tracking trends began in 1988 (Inmar, 2010). In the first half of 2011, there was an increase of 2.9% in coupon usage (Marketing Services, Inc., 2011b), and probably the modest increase in coupon usage may be due to recent difficult economic times in the US. However, in general coupon redemption rate is very low at less than 1 %. Families with annual income of over $100, 000 were the main drivers of coupon growth and while other ethnic group redeem coupons, Caucasian in the US were by far had the largest use of coupons at 75%. Young people have been found to be the least interested and inactive to sales promotion efforts (Te’eni-Harari, 2008). Based on these numbers, there is still a lot of work to be done to encourage shoppers to use coupons. Coupons redemption benefits manufacturer, retailers, and consumers alike. For example, in case of manufacturers, couponing provide a direct purchase incentives to consumers, attract new buyers, reward loyal brand users, encourage repeat purchase (build brand loyalty), facilitate crossproduct trial, build retailer relationship (gain shelf space), gain additional advertising exposure, contribute to a positive brand image. When retailers accept coupons from consumers, it is not just about giving a discount to consumers. Couponing helps retailers to attract high consumption consumers to the store, support product movement off shelves, provides consumers with manufacturer sponsored incentives, and cushions price increases. Consumers are among the most to benefit from coupons. These benefits include saving money, increase purchasing power, feeling connected to favoured brands, learning about new products/services, reduce risk of trying new products/brands, and experience the excitement of “hunting” for new bargains (Marketing Services, Inc., 2011b). Coupons continue to be the most important kind of promotional tool used today and can have a dramatic impact on the ultimate success of a product; the actual redemption rate does remain low. These Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN benefits reveal that much work needs to be done to raise coupon redemption rate by designing increasingly effective coupon promotions and investigating factors which affect coupon usage. Although previous studies of coupons have examined the factors that influence coupon usage behaviour, little work has been done to investigate the effects of fairness and transparency in varying types of coupon design: (a) coupons with vague statements (e.g., some restrictions apply) vs. (b) coupons without vague statements (e.g., this coupon can be only used for donut), (c) coupons with face value in stated dollar value vs.(d) coupons with face value in percentage off original price, (f) coupons with longer expiry date vs. (g) coupons with shorter expiry date. Past research on coupon redemption focused on factors that influence consumers to use coupons and identifying the characteristics of consumers who are “deal prone” (e.g., Bawa and Shoemaker, 1987a; Levedahl, 1988; Narasimhan 1984; Teel, Williams, and Bearden 1980). Although these studies have advanced our understanding of coupon usage behaviour, one common shortcoming is that they have defined deal proneness by basing it on observed coupon usage without considering the specific type of coupon available to each consumer (Bawa, Srinivasan, Srivastava, 1997). Obviously, a consumer’s coupon usage behaviour depends on his/her desire to use coupons, but it also depends on how appealing a particular coupon is. Similarly, most of the studies on coupon redemption have looked at the coupon attributes at the aggregate level and typically have ignored individual level analysis of attributes for a coupon user. The goal of this research is to show how the design of a coupon affects consumer’s perception of fairness and transparency and ultimately its usage. For example, a consumer may want to use a coupon, but will exhibit low coupon uptake if he or she fails to find the coupon attractive in terms fairness (worth his/her efforts) and transparency (the savings are easy to understand without complicated mental calculation and vague restrictions compared to clear ones). First time these constructs are introduced simultaneously in the context of coupon usage study. Similarly, buyers may be more strongly motivated to use dollar value coupons that provide an explicit savings noted on the coupon by having the regular price of the product present. For example, when there is $10 off a product, it’s very clear it’s a 10 dollar savings. However, percentage-off coupons usually require additional mental and cognitive effort to Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN reach a conclusion about actual value. For example, When there is 10 % off on coupon, there is need for some sort of calculation (Coupon percentage-off X product price = Savings). Requiring additional cognitive efforts on the consumers’ part, especially when the regular price is absent, creates considerable ambiguity (Yin & Dubinsky, 2004). In a recent study by Xia, Kinney and Monroe (2010), variables such as non-monetary sacrifice (e.g., effort) are shown to be an important factor in consumers’ perception of price promotion fairness. Restrictions on sales promotions such as “some restrictions apply”, “for selected items only” and “offer expires on (date) are commonly used in most sales promotion offers. A number of explanations have been forwarded why restrictions are used and they include: (1) expiration dates are used on coupons to limit their financial liability (Inman and McAlister, 1994; Krishna and Zhang, 1999), (2) expiration dates could be used to shift the promotional offer to a loss frame which will generate more action on the part of the consumers (Inman and McAlister, 1994; Spears, 2001), (3) time limits are used to attract consumers to the brand, while quantity limits are needed to reduce stockpiling (Inman et al., 1997), and (4) a vague restriction such as while stocks last, does not have an impact on consumers’ perceived savings (Tan and Chua, 2004). However, the above studies only examined the effects of different restrictions on consumers’ perceptions of savings. They did not identify factors affecting the perception of consumers in redeeming coupons. Therefore, this study suggests that consumers’ perception of fairness and transparency for a coupon promotion may influence their perception and usage of coupon promotion. This research seeks to contribute to the literature on couponing in four major ways. It extends previous research by adding two additional constructs, transparency and fairness, and investigating their effects on coupon redemption; It also provides marketing managers with an effective tool to design their coupons better through increased capability for predicting consumer response to a coupon campaign which can be quite cost effective for businesses. To the best of our knowledge, this study is the first research to examine redemption intentions and redemption behaviour regarding coupon usage. Finally, the study also has implications for policy makers who have a moral responsibility to provide consumers with accurate regular pricing information and transparency on coupons. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN Research on coupon use Coupons are the most studied type of promotion tool and coupon usage dates back to the nineteenth century (Babakus et al., 1988). There wasn’t much research related to their usage until mid 1960s and early 1970s (Bonnici, Campbell, Fredenberger, & Hunnicutt, 1997). When Webster (1965) looked at consumer differences in price sensitivity, he was able to use regression analysis to identify a profile of the deal-prone consumer. He concluded that the deal-prone consumer is usually a brand switcher, female, middle-aged, and may work or be in the home (Fortin, 2000). Later, Blattberg et al (1978) used the household inventory model and cross tabulation to profile the deal-prone as female, not working outside the home but owning a car and home. Their study also concluded that income when adjusted for household resources did not have a significant effect whether the consumer was deal prone. Price discrimination theory of coupon use (Narasimhan, 1984) concludes that coupon use is higher for householders with a higher level of education, a middle class income, and no children under 18. The price discrimination theory seeks to classify between price sensitive shoppers and non-price sensitive shoppers (Chiang, 1996; Narasimhan, 1984). It typically means the more price sensitive shoppers may use coupons more frequently to reduce prices. There is a wealth of coupon research about coupon use for cost and utility or benefit perspective (Bawa & Shoemaker, 1987; Narasimhan, 1984). The basic idea is here it costs consumers (non-monetary sacrifices such as time and effort) to redeem coupons and obviously the cost of coupons redemption should outweighed by the saving provided by coupons. There is lack of research on the idea of non monetary sacrifices on the part of consumers especially with coupons that carry a short expiry date and a low amount. In such cases, consumers may think it is not worth their efforts to redeem and even worse when a coupon is not granted just because it is expired, it may also create the feelings of unfairness on the part of consumers. A positive correlation between coupon usage and large number of purchases was found by Neslin, Henderson, and Quelch (1985), who suggest that consumers with higher previous purchasing of discounted brands are more responsive to coupon promotion than those with lower previous purchasing of Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN discounted brands. Price concerns have also been shown to come into play in that the higher the value of a coupon, the more likely its redemption is (Bawa and Shoemaker, 1987). Using the term “market maven”, to designate a special type of consumer, Price et al, (1988) introduced a specific measurement scale to classify those consumers who like to research many types of products, shopping venues and markets. Market mavens often go another step to provide other consumers with useful market information—including coupons, of which they are significant users (Fortin, 2000). A related group, “smart shoppers”, are seen to be ego-expressive in nature, including their use of coupons (Schindler, 1989). As consumers interested in getting a good deal, they are influenced by motivating factors directly linked to feelings of positive self-concept and self-efficacy. Smart shoppers tend to initiate usage: they can often be characterized, for example, as the joyful person standing in line in a supermarket, holding a coupon that no one else has (Fortin, 2000). Redemption behaviour has been found to be influenced by a variety of factors. Frequent users of coupons are more likely to redeem a coupon that is about to expire than at the beginning, and redemption rates gradually increase before the expiry date (Inman and McAlister, 1994). Two additional constructs coupon proneness and value consciousness have been shown to explain a full 28% of variance in selfreported coupon behaviour (Lichtenstein, Netemeyer, & Burton ,1990). Coupon proneness, coupon characteristics, and demographics as measured in the Logit model, of coupon redemption predicts redemption intentions for close to 90% of consumers (Bawa, Srinivasan, & Srivastava, 1997). Differing reactions to varying features of coupons affects redemption rates as well (Ramaswamy and Srinivasan 1998). In a study by Swaminathan & Bawa (2005), category specific measures of propensity achieved an 89 % effect for coupon redemption intentions. Using coupons specifically for price discounts can; however, have negative social implications—creation of an impression of being cheap. Therefore, coupon redemption can involve a social incentive to avoid coupons on the one hand, for example creating an image of being “cheap”, but economic incentives can outweigh that constraint on the other (Ashworth, Darke, & Schaller 2005). Consumers may also avoid coupon use for fear of looking cheap (Dhar & Hoch, 1996). A recent study by Brumbaugh & Rosa (2009) found that embarrassment and confidence can Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN impact the atmosphere of in store interactions with sales people and coupon redemption. The authors were able to conclude, using a diverse population for their study, that consumers felt uneasy and hold wrong thoughts regarding cashiers because they were using a coupon and as a consequence affected their confidence and felt embarrassed. This ultimately affected their coupon usage. The growing body of literature on coupons and other promotional deals can be classified broadly into two streams of research. The first involves aggregate modeling of the effects of coupon or deal characteristics on redemption rates (e.g., Henderson 1985) and related outcomes such as purchase acceleration and brand switching (e.g., Dodson, Tybout, and Sternthal 1978). The second stream seeks to explain factors that influence consumers to use coupons and to identify the characteristics of consumers who are “deal prone” (e.g., Bawa and Shoemaker, 1987a; Levedahl, 1988; Narasimhan 1984; Teel, Williams, and Bearden 1980). Most studies used regression analysis with a single measurement of coupon usage, while other studies used self-reported measures of past coupon usage. These studies lack precision and don’t really capture areas that can better explain coupon usage (Fortin, 2000). Some studies did use multiple indicators for coupon usage like quantity used/week, quantity dollar purchased, dollar value and dollar value as a percent of purchase (Mittal, 1994; Price et al., 1988). Additionally, many couponing studies did enhance our understanding of couponing behaviour: the most convincing theoretical application, for example, comes from the theory of reasoned action (Bagozzie, Baumgartner, and Yi (1992); Shimp & Kavas, 1984). Shimp and Kavas (1984) applied the theory of reasoned action for traditional coupon usage. They concluded that the theory of reasoned action is helpful in specifying the requirements for coupon usage for grocery shopping. Three requirements--intentions, attitudes and subjective norms - accounted for up to 48% of its variance, depending on the model examined. Bagozzie et al. (1992) extended the work started by Shimp and Kavas (1984) by evaluating the impact of one more variable in the theory of reasoned action, state versus action orientation. It reflects a person’s readiness to make a decision and implement it, and is measured with a 20-item scale. The goal of their study was to assess the moderating effect of that construct along with a measure of past Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN behavior in the theoretical model. Their finding concluded that previous coupon usage was not captured by either attitudes or subjective norms. The current research pool shows a wealth of published papers on coupon usage and theory in the past 30 years. Of the two streams of coupon redemption behaviour identified by (Mittal, 1994), one involves aggregate modeling of the effects of coupon or deal characteristics on redemption rates and related outcomes such as purchase acceleration and brand switching. The second stream seeks to explain factors that influence consumers to use coupons and to identify the characteristics of consumers that are also “deal prone.” Overall, it is clear that knowledge of the factors or attributes affecting coupon redemption based on fairness and tranparency are needed to assist marketing managers in designing effective coupon promotions, but that knowledge to this point is limited. For example, coupon usage or intention to use is quite well understood, but fairness and transparency are not studied at all in the context of coupon promotions. This study addresses the perceptions of fairness and transparency in the context of coupon attributes such as vague/clear restrictions on coupon promotions, dollar value coupons vs. percentage-off coupons, presence or absence of the regular price on a coupon, and examines the results for coupon redemption behaviour in the above specific circumstances. The concept of fairness According to Oxford dictionary, to be fair is to obey the rules and standards. In reality the concept of fairness is quite complex and perhaps it is for this reason that scholars not only from marketing field but also from other disciplines have been interested in the meaning and application of fairness. Scholars from social psychology and organizational behaviour studied the concept of fairness. Researchers define fairness beyond its definition to provide a broader interpretation like outcome (Adams, 1965), process or procedures (Thibaut & Walker, 1975) and interactions that include information and interpersonal (Bies & Moag, 1986). Fairness can also mean “acceptable” and “just” (Maxwell, 2008). In economics, it is believed that presence of fair minded individuals may have significant economic effects (Kahneman et al., Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN 1986; Camerer & Thaler, 1995; Bewley, 1999; Fehr & Gacher, 2000). That is why economic transactions are not just driven by economic motives and it is very important to know when individuals perceive differences in prices as fair. This has led to several important models of fairness. These models have one common element and that is some individuals by default favour fairness and in addition to their liking for material gains. The most impressive element of these models is that they are able to predict a large number of contradictory facts accurately (Rabin, 1993; Levine, 1998; Dufwenberg & Kirchsteiger, 2004; Falk & Fischbacher, 2006; Fehr & Schmidt 1999; Bolton & Ockenfels, 2000; Charness & Rabin, 2002). Aside from economic and psychological importance of fairness concept, fairness is a key concept in marketing as well. Any transaction between a buyer and a seller includes two basic things: 1) a product is sold; 2) a price is paid. To be able to establish a happy relationship, a buyer must always perceive that the price is a fair one. Research show that business cost should be in line with industry practices and this can affect perceive price fairness of a firm in terms of its reputation and price tag also has an effect on shoppers’ perceptions of fairness and their eagerness to purchase (Campbell 1999, Bolton et al, 2003, Xia et al, 2004; Maxwell 2005). Price promotion typically provides consumers with savings and depending on the characteristic of a price promotion, consumers may develop their own fairness judgement towards the price promotion tactics and it can impact the perception of the price promotion (Kukar-Kinney, Xia, & Monroe, 2007). When consumers receive a product on price promotion, the offer may provide them with a lower price. On other hand, consumer may have to make non-monetary sacrifices to acquire the deal, for example looking and searching for a lower price, or clipping a coupon. In situation like this, obviously consumers expect to get a lower price and get rewarded for their efforts to obtain the deal. However, there are no guarantees that they may receive a lower price (e.g.; a coupon has been expired and not valid anymore). Previous studies have examined the sellers’ non-monetary efforts as input for justifying a price (Huppertz, Arenson, & Evan 1978). Kahneman et al 1986, suggest that unfairness is, "an opportunity for gain that cannot be exploited". In this research, we argue that the opportunity to gain can be a coupon (discount % or rebate $). Anything that prevents (restricts) someone from exploiting the opportunity is unfair. If there is a cost to meeting a restriction, the consumer balances the cost against the Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN gain and decides whether to use the coupon or not. If there is no way to meet the restriction (i.e. only available to Torontonians with valid tourist visas), then an economist would say this is unfair, because the opportunity to gain cannot be exploited. Too many restrictions simply means people won't use the coupon because it is too hard (costly) to redeem profitably (exploiting the opportunity for gain). Many restrictions are also time consuming to read and understand, hence there is a cost to figuring these out that may exceed the benefit the coupon offers. Transparency means all the information that the consumer needs to determine if the coupon is worth the effort is provided. Not transparent means some information is not stated. For example "regular price", where as the stated price $4.99 would be transparent. Within price fairness, there are a number of different research streams. Here, we begin with the role of effort in obtaining a price promotion and its relationship with the concept of fairness. Information Transparency In marketing literature, information transparency means the degree of visibility and accessibility of information (Zhu, 2002). The notion of information transparency comes from the finance sector, particularly in the area of stocks and banking regulations (Miao & Mattila, 2007, & Zhu, 2002). It is a relatively new concept in marketing literature. Information transparency has been shown to have five dimensions: access, comprehensiveness, relevance, quality, and reliability (Vishwanath and Kaufmann, 2001). For example, Hofstede (2002) integrates information transparency as having qualities of relevance, accuracy, factuality, quantity, reliability, and timeliness. Research shows that most of the definitions for information transparency are context specific. Degree of availability, accessibility, and visibility of information also enter into qualities required for transparency and it is further related to the related the element of understanding the information (Zhu, 2002). Another study by Remsperger and Worm (1999) pointed out that information richness and information transparency are not the same concepts and that having a lot of information does not lead to maximum transparency. Transparency can assist consumers in perceiving hotel pricing to be more fair, reasonable, acceptable, and honest when they see the rate for each night’s stay compared to the average rate per night Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN of other hotels (Rohlfs and Kimes, 2007). In recent research by Noon and Mattila (2009) similar results were found, consumers showed preference for staying in a hotel where the rates for each of two nights varied by lowering the second night instead of being charged the same rate for both nights. It shows that consumers like to conceptualize rate transparency by the amount of information about rates provided on travel websites. Maio and Mattila (2007) had also found that consumers are willing to pay more when they are exposed to actual online pricing that lists hotels in ascending rate order, making it easier for them to compare prices. Recently, it was found that for transparency to have a positive impact, pricing with savings should be completely transparent (Tanford, Erdem, & Balogu, 2011). It has a negative effect when savings are hidden, causing the consumers to be more likely to select the opaque package. They also suggest that transparency has a more favourable impact when the price is not the same as for an opaque package, whereas transparency has a less favourable impact when the price is the same. Previous research shows that most information transparency studies examine the impact of transparency in the context of price in the hospitality industry. There is a lack of research to examine the effect of information transparency in coupon promotions. Conceptual model and research hypotheses Before presentation of the proposed research hypotheses, a brief discussion of the conceptual model for the research is in order. To address the gap in the coupon literature in relation to fairness and transparency and their effect on consumers’ intention to use a coupon, a model of their interactions is proposed. Figure 1 below shows the relationship lie between coupon design, fairness and transparency and consumer action to redeem a coupon. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN Figure 1. Conceptual Model of fairness and transparency based on coupon design Since the main objective of this study is to examine the perception of fairness and transparency in design of coupon promotions and their effect on coupon usage, and below are the proposed hypotheses are that are test in this research. H1: Providing regular price information on a coupon is likely to positively increase consumers’ perception of fairness. H1a: Providing regular price information on a coupon is likely to positively increase consumers’ perception of transparency. H2: A high value coupon is likely to positively increase consumers’ perception of fairness. H2a: A high value coupon is likely to positively increase consumers’ perception of transparency. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN H3: Framing face value in dollar-value on a coupon is likely to positively increase consumers’ perception of fairness. H3a: Framing face value in dollar-value on a coupon is likely to positively increase consumers’ perception of transparency. H4: Providing a longer expiry date on a coupon is likely to positively increase consumers’ perception of fairness. H4a: Providing a longer expiry date on a coupon is likely to positively increase consumers’ perception of transparency. H5: Providing clear restriction on a coupon is likely to positively increase consumers’ perception of fairness. H5a: Providing clear restriction on a coupon is likely to positively increase consumers’ perception of transparency. H6: Fairness is likely to be positively related to intention to use coupon. H7: Transparency is likely to be positively related to intention to use coupon. Method A discrete choice experiment (DCE) is a quantitative technique that has the capability to predict almost all aspects of a real market as accurately as possible (Louviere and Woodworth, 1983). In a discrete choice experiment (DCE), respondents are presented with samples of hypothetical alternatives (choice sets). Each alternative or choice set is described by a number of attributes and individuals are asked to choose one alternative. It provides researchers with the flexibility to uncover how respondents’ rate chosen attributes of a coupon, product, or service by asking them to choose one choice over different hypothetical scenarios or alternatives. Researchers use DCE to determine the importance of the attributes and how an individual may prefer one attribute over another (Drummond et al. 2005). For this study, participants were asked to choose a coupon option of their preference from different combinations of Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN regular price, expiry date, location and quantity restrictions, saving in terms of percentage and dollar amount value based on fairness and transparency and which coupon to use or redeem. This study was designed in the context of donuts and coffee promotion and conducted in the biggest mall in Guelph, Ontario, the Stone Road Mall. Data on participations’ redemption intention was collected using a discrete choice experiment (DCE). The intention was to select products that most of the consumers can relate to and as a result coffee and donuts were chosen. Another benefit of using these products is that they are non gender specific which provide us the ability to generalize the findings to similar product categories. Participants were asked to choose a coupon from three different options based on which option they thought was fair and transparent, and they were also asked which choice they will actually use for their purchase. In the Coffee and Donut Coupon Perceptions Experiment, six attributes were chosen because of their importance and relevance to coupon design. For example, the inclusion of regular price is an important attribute to any sales promotion, and particularly for coupons, because this is one way to actually to know the real savings provided by a coupon. Also, savings in a dollar amount compared to a percentage is important for consumers because savings are not only important in terms of the monetary value of a coupon but the framing in dollars compared to percentage has huge implications for consumers. It is usually easier to calculate and understand the savings from using a coupon in dollar amounts than in percentages. As indicated earlier in the literature review section, expiry date is important in coupon redemption because consumers are concerned with loss of expired coupons. Therefore, there is an increase in coupon redemption toward the end of expiry date. Location was chosen as one of the attributes because of Tim Horton’s different outlets around the city and it was important to know if this affected consumers’ effort for using a coupon in a specific location. Besides, it is also a common practice for businesses to locate their coupon redemption to a specific store or area. Restrictions for product quantity and face value were included because of their common usage on coupon designs and this was decided based on the content analysis from a survey of coupon characteristics in common use. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN In the Coffee and Donut Coupon Perceptions Experiment, for the attribute Restrictions, four levels were finalized: minimum purchase of one drink, some restrictions apply, this coupon can only be used for donut, and while quantities last. The rest of the attributes were kept at two levels and this was done for ease of cognition. With regards to these remaining attributes, for Framing of Coupon, the two levels were dollar amount ($) and percentage (%), for Face Value, the levels were high and low, for Regular Prices the two level available and not available, for Expiry Date, the levels were 1 day and 1 week, for Location, the levels were to redeem at Tim Horton’s Stone Road Mall location and any other location in the city of Guelph. In the first part of the survey, participants were asked questions such as the type of coupons that they were familiar with and what kind of coupons they have used in real shopping scenario. Are they aware of coupons like for baby products, health and beauty, grocery coupons? This was done to make the experience more realistic and enjoyable for them. In the actual coupon scenarios, participants would see three choices including a no-choice coupon and they had to choose which option was fair (reasonable and equitable) and which option was transparent (understandable and clear), and which option they would buy for their coffee. When participants were finished taking the computer based survey, and then they were compensated with a five dollar mall gift certificate for their participation. There were two main restrictions for Coffee and Donut Coupon Perceptions Experiment, a) participants had to be at least 18 years or older and b) they must have used a coupon in the last six months. Results A total of 200 surveys were administered to participants at the Stone Road Mall, largest malls in the city of Guelph, Ontario. The discrete choice experiment (DCE) and the DCE scenarios were programmed in Microsoft Power Point for data collection and fortunately all 200 surveys collected were determined to be usable for data analysis. The socio demographic data included gender, age, the highest level of education achieved, employment status, nature of work, and house hold income level. After analysis of the data for socio Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN demographic parameters using SPSS software, it was found that 37.5% of the survey participants were male (and the remaining 62.5% were female). Table 1 shows the results for the discrete choice model for fairness. It contains 9600 observations; based on the response of 200 individuals performing 16 choice tasks and each task had 3 options. The p values indicate that face value amount, location restriction, donut only (clear restriction), and expiry date are significantly important in coupon redemption. When participants took discrete choice survey, the above attributes were significant for perception of fairness in terms of redeeming coupons. Table1. Results of the Discrete Choice (Multinomial Logit) Model for Fairness Attributes Estimate SE T-value Regular Price present 0.07814 0.0574 1.361329 Face value framing ($) -0.28713 0.1678 -1.71116 Face value amount (0, 0.4,$ 1) 0.504047 0.1757 2.868796 Face value framing (%) -0.37678 0.1477 -2.55096 Face value amount (0, 15%,35%) 0.013086 0.003973 3.293813 Location restriction -0.16557 0.0276 -5.99881 Some restrictions 0.062097 0.0449 1.383 Donut only -0.12095 0.0497 -2.43363 Quantity restrictions 0.045493 0.037 1.229546 Expiry date 0.092075 0.028 3.288391 Considered Transparent 0.736792 0.0398 18.51236 Considered buying 0.746307 0.0404 18.47295 *P-value significant at 95% confidence level P-value 0.17494431 0.08861305 0.00456278* 0.01149248* 0.00116889* 0.00000001* 0.16820997 0.01582804* 0.2203139 0.00119044* 0* 0* Furthermore table 2 shows results for p values and importance of attributes in terms of transparency and their effectiveness in coupon redemption. A comparison of results for table 1 and table 2 across different attributes can bring us to important conclusions. For example, table 1 shows that presence of regular price is not so important when it comes to fairness. However, it has a lot of importance in terms of transparency and this is interesting results because the absence of regular price on a coupon will not help a consumer to understand the actual saving on a coupon. The results from table 1 and 2 support all of the hypotheses that attributes like regular price, face value amount, locations restrictions, donut only (clear restrictions) have significant influence on perception of fairness and transparency and ultimately on coupon usage. Another important result from this experiment was that face value framing both in terms Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN of fairness and transparency are not significant (See table 1 & table 2) for this experiment. Since this experiment was conducted in the context of coffee and donut and both of these products are low priced, so marketers should use a percentage-off coupon. Table2. Results of the Discrete Choice (Multinomial Logit) Model for Transparency Attributes Estimate SE T-value Regular Price present 0.12912 0.0537 2.404467 Face value framing ($) -0.19942 0.1648 -1.21009 Face value amount (0, 0.4,$ 1) 0.406154 0.1715 2.368246 Face value framing (%) -0.21625 0.1421 -1.52179 Face value amount (0, 15%,35%) 0.003201 0.003878 0.825305 Location restriction -0.05683 0.027 -2.10484 Some restrictions -0.25608 0.0456 -5.61577 Donut only 0.172623 0.047 3.672836 Quantity restrictions -0.01724 0.0362 -0.47624 Expiry date 0.042623 0.0279 1.527723 Considered fair 0.737804 0.0398 18.53778 Considered buying 0.659998 0.0411 16.05834 *P-value significant at 95% confidence level P-value 0.01710815* 0.22770708 0.01882627* 0.12966373 0.41018457 0.03655749* 0.00000006* 0.00030788* 0.63445168 0.12816202 0* 0* Results in table 3 show that regular price information on a coupon is important for consumer intention to buy a product (P <0.0009), Face value framing (%) is significant for intention to buy at (P <0.0008), and face value amount in terms of % is also signigicant. Location restrictions, clear restrictions like donut only, quantity restriction, expiry date are all signigicant with p values of 0.0001, 0, 0.000009, and 0.00000001. The constructs fairness and transparency are important for coupon redemption as well (see table 3). Table3. Results of the Discrete Choice (Multinomial Logit) Model for Intention to Buy Attributes Regular Price present Face value framing ($) Face value amount (0, 0.4,$ 1) Face value framing (%) Face value amount (0, 15%,35%) Location restriction Some restrictions Donut only Estimate 0.200287 -0.06927 0.328622 -0.62256 0.022762 -0.10616 0.067858 -0.45628 SE 0.0595 0.1753 0.178 0.1549 0.004124 0.0275 0.0451 0.0525 T-value 3.366166 -0.39513 1.84619 -4.01908 5.519471 -3.8604 1.504619 -8.69112 P-value 0.00091393* 0.69319013 0.06634247 0.00008274* 0.00000001* 0.00015282* 0.13400193 0* Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN Quantity restrictions 0.169111 0.0371 4.55824 Expiry date 0.154901 0.0282 5.492933 Considered fair 0.745869 0.0404 18.46211 Considered Transparent 0.658688 0.041 16.06556 *P-value significant at 95% confidence level 0.00000897* 0.00000012* 0* 0* Discussion During difficult financial times, it is natural that consumers would seek ways to improve their financial situation. Obviously, one way to do that is by using more coupons because there are many basic items for which coupons are available. Using more coupons would certainly help the buying power of most consumers and eventually improving their livelihood. However, surprisingly enough, coupon redemption is very low (<1%) and there is a large segment of society that do not use coupons. This research was looking for answers for seeming an illogical behaviour of not using coupons especially in a time that many consumers want to save money. Therefore, this research looked at the design of a coupon in a number of common coupon attributes such as dollar value Vs percentage savings, inclusion of regular price information on coupons, shorter and longer expiry dates, vague and clear restrictions in coupon design and examined the role of fairness and transparency in relation to coupon usage. In a recent survey by (NHC, 2013), 11.3% of consumers reported that they were using fewer coupons and the cause was “offer expiration” before they had a chance to use the coupons. 9.5% of the consumer indicated that they are using fewer coupons because the savings are not significant. 7% reported that they were asked to buy too much in order to get the savings. One of the main and important reasons for lack of coupon usage may be attributed to the fact that marketers do not design attractive enough coupons to induce usage. One reason for providing not attractive offers via coupons may see that marketers are “gun shy” and afraid that increased coupon usage will increase their redemption expenses. From marketing perspectives, these concerns are short-sighted especially considering losing a segment of shoppers to other brands or private brands that offer less expensive products. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN The findings from this research could help marketers to reach out to consumers by designing more transparent and fair coupons in terms of providing more value (higher savings/benefits), more easy to understand savings (clear restrictions & inclusion of regular price information on a coupon), and with convenient and ample time (e.g., two weeks expiry date). This research has three key implications for academics and marketing practitioners and they certainly deserve highlighting here. 1) this research shed lights on the importance of fairness and transparency issues in designing coupons, 2) this is the first study in couponing to conduct intention and behavior for coupon usage, 3) this research showed that regular price and vague restriction are related to perception of transparency in coupon redemption; and also longer expiry date, higher value, dollar amount are important in terms of fairness for coupon usage. Coupons are an important factor for businesses to evaluate for effectiveness in terms of selling new products and repeat purchase. As coupons are becoming more important for businesses and consumers, the effectiveness of coupons promotion are also critical for many businesses (Bawa, 1996). This research has shown that the design of a coupon is important for a coupon promotion success and there are important implications from knowledge of how coupons are perceived in terms of the two proposed constructs of fairness and transparency. This study was conducted to determine both redemption intensions and redemption behaviour. Although the studies were highly correlated, the actual coupon redemption was lower than the intension redemption. This can be expected because consumers might misplace the coupon or forget to use coupon they have selected. As previous research has shown other factors also may mediate the relationship between intention and actual behaviour (Bagozzi, Baumgartner and Yi 1992). The results of this research confirmed that inclusion of regular price on a coupon, savings in terms of dollar amount compared to percentage, higher amount of savings and longer expiry dates, and finally coupons with clear restrictions compared to vague and confusing statements do influence redemption decisions. In the following section is explanation of specific factors which affect consumers’ perception of fairness and factors which have an impact in terms of transparency. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN Theoretical and managerial implications Previous research on coupon redemption has looked at coupon usage from two different perspectives. In the first stream of research, marketing scholars have investigated factors that may motivate consumers to use coupons and outlined the characteristics of consumers who are “coupon prone” (Bawa and Shoe maker 1987a; Leveduhl 1988; Narashimhan 1984; Teel, Williams, and Bearden 1980). These studies have helped us to learn a great deal about coupon usage behaviour and most of these looked at coupon usage based on the number of coupons used without considering the type of coupon available to consumers. Obviously, people who like to use coupons act not only depend on their desire to redeem coupons but also on the type of coupons they like. For example, some consumer may prefer to use coupons with higher face value and longer expiry date and others may prefer to see coupon savings indicated in dollar amount as compared to percentage of price. The second stream of coupon research looked at coupon usage based on the characteristics of the coupon promotion (Bawa and Shoemaker 1987b; Reitbstein and Traver 1982; Ward and Davis 1978). These studies helped us to learn about factor such as face value as being important to coupon usage. The aggregate nature of these studies has not considered the individual characteristics of coupon proneness. The above discussion suggests there was a need for a study to show how the individual characteristics on a coupon would affect coupon redemption. Therefore, this research has made important contribution in terms of the theory to the current body of literature on coupon effectiveness in several ways. First and for most, this research looked at several individual characteristics of coupons such as display of regular price on a coupon, expiry date and face value, face value in dollar amount compared to percentage, and coupons with clear restrictions compared to vague ones and their relation to coupon usage. The above characteristics were manipulated in terms of fairness and transparency and this study showed that fairness and transparency are important factors in determining coupon redemption. Results from both studies showed that people clearly prefer coupons that are easy to understand and also worth their efforts to redeem them. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN This research has valuable managerial implications in regard to how best design coupons in order to increase coupon usage. These managerial recommendations are described below: Previous research shows that the perceived effort to redeem has an impact on consumers’ fairness perceptions of a promotion (Xia et al, 2010). The research from this study suggests that marketers should provide the regular price information the savings framed in dollar value lack context so it is unclear what the actual coupon value is. The findings from this study confirmed that marketers are encouraged to use saving in dollar value on a coupon rather than percentage off because with the saving being more explicit, consumers do not need to use of the same cognitive efforts to understand the exact savings from a coupon. It is from the finding this study that we know that consumers prefer inclusion of explicit information such as saving in dollar value and presence of the regular price information on a coupon is perceived as more transparent and fair. Research suggests that violation of the feeling of entitlement is regarded as the most fundamental feature of injustice (Lerner 1991; Mikula, 1993). Xia et al. (2010) concluded that when consumers are denied information on the promoted price, the perceived level of effort may have a negative effect on inferred retailer motives and of fairness of the promotion. Findings from two studies reported here provide important managerial implications. Retailers have traditionally used expiry dates in relations to restrictions in coupons to limit financial liability and to generate prompt action on the part of consumers (Inman & McAlister, 1994; Krishna & Zhang, 1999; Spears, 2001). However, with the important insight to coupon promotion in terms of transparency and fairness provided by the current research, it is understood that when consumers are denied a coupon promotion because of a restriction such as short expiry date or vague restriction perceived wasted effort will have a negative impact on inferred motives of the retailers in relation to transparency and fairness of coupon promotion. Research has shown that restriction is a powerful tool to use, but “all restrictions are not created equal” (Inman et al., 1997). A study by Tan and Chua (2004) showed that the effects of one type of restriction, non specific or vague scarcity restriction such as “while stocks last” has an impact on Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN consumers’ perceived informational value. We would argue that marketers should provide consumers with clear restrictions and avoid using unclear restrictions such as (some restrictions apply) because when the promoted coupon is denied, consumers’ expectations of receiving the savings are not met, thereby violating their feeling of entitlement. Additionally, if unclear restrictions cause consumers to be denied anticipated saving, they may feel their invested effort to use the coupon are now wasted. This may increase the feeling of unfairness on the parts of consumers and reduce the possibility that they will be enticed by future coupons with unclear restrictions. The findings from this study have some important applications for marketing managers which they can use to help them to design more effective promotions campaign. Also, marketing managers can more accurately predict a coupon promotion usage rate and this will help in two ways; 1) the direct cost of a promotion can be calculate in advance, 2) this could also help avoid wasting money on unused coupons and the money can be allocated to alternative sales promotion campaigns. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN References Adams, J.S. (1965). Inequity in social exchange, in Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 2, Berkowitz, L. ed. New York: Academic Press, 267-299. Anderson, E. T., & Simester, D. I. (1998). The role of sale signs. Marketing Science, , 139-155. Ashworth, L., Darke, P.R., & Schaller, M. (2005). No one wants to look cheap: Trade-offs between social disincentives and the economic and psychological incentives to redeem coupons. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15, p.295-306. Bagozzi, R.P., Baumgartner, H., & Yi, Y. (1992). State versus action orientation and the theory of reasoned action: An application to coupon usage. Journal of Consumer Research, 18, p.505-518. Bawa, K. (1996). Influences on consumer response to direct mail coupons: An integrative review. Psychology and Marketing, 13(2), 129-156. Bawa, K., & Shoemaker, R. (1987). The coupon prone consumer: some findings based on purchase behavior across product classes. Journal of Marketing, 51, p.99-110. Bawa, K., Srinivasan, S. S., & Srivastava, R. K. (1997). Coupon attractiveness and coupon proneness: A framework for modeling coupon redemption. Journal of Marketing Research, , 517-525. Bawa, K., Srinivasan, S., & Srivastava, R. (1997). Coupon attractiveness and coupon proneness: A framework for modeling coupon redemption. Journal of Marketing Research, 34, p.517-525. Blattberg, R., Buesing, T., Peacock, P., & Sen, S. (1978). Identifying the deal prone segment. Journal of Marketing Research, 15, p.369-377. Bolton, L. E., Warlop, L., & Alba, J. W. (2003). Consumer perceptions of price (un) fairness. Journal of Consumer Research, 29(4), 474-491. Campbell, M. C. (1999). Perceptions of price unfairness: Antecedents and consequences. Journal of Marketing Research, 36 (2), 187-199. Chen, S.S., & Monroe, K.B. (1998). The effects of framing price promotion messages on consumers' perceptions and purchase intentions. Journal of Retailing, 74(3), 353-372. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN Collie, T. T., Bradley, G., & Sparks, B. A. (2002). Fair process revisited: Differential effects of interactional and procedural justice in the presence of social comparison information. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38(6), 545-555. Dodson, J.A., Tybout, A.M., & Sternthal, B. (1978). Impact of deals and deal retraction on brand switching. Journal of Marketing Research, 15 (1), 72-81. Dutta, S., & Biswas, A. (2005). Effects of low price guarantees on consumer post-purchase search intention: The moderating roles of value consciousness and penalty level. Journal of Retailing, 81(4), 283-291. Finkel, N. J. (2001). Not fair!: The typology of commonsense unfairness. American Psychological Association. Fishbein, M. & Ajzen, I. (1975). Belief, attitude, intention, and behavior: An introduction to theory and research. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. Fortin, D.R. (2000). Clipping coupons in cyberspace: A proposed model of behavior for deal-prone consumers. Psychology & Marketing, Vol. 17(6) p.515-534. Grewal, D., & Marmorstein, H. (1994). Market price variation, perceived price variation, and consumers' price search decisions for durable goods. Journal of Consumer Research, , 453-460. Hall J., Viney R., Haas M., Louviere J. (2004). Using stated preference discrete choice modeling to evaluate health care programs, Journal of Business Research, 57, 1026-1032. Heath, T. B., Chatterjee, S., & France, K. R. (1995). Mental accounting and changes in price: The frame dependence of reference dependence. Journal of Consumer Research, , 90-97. Henderson, C.M. (1985), Modeling the Coupon Redemption Decision, in Advances in Consumer Research, Vol. 12, Elizabeth Hirschman and Morris Holbrook, ed. Provo, UT: Association for Consumer Research, 138-43. Hofstede, G. J. (2003). Transparency in netchains. Information Technology for a Better Agri-Food Sector, Environment and Rural Living.Debrecen University, Debrecen, Hungary, , 17-29. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN Inman, J., & McAlister, L. (1994). Do coupon expiration dates affect consumer behavior? Journal of Marketing Research, 31, p.423-428. Inman, J.J., Peter, A.C., & Raghubir, P. (1997). Framing the deal: The role of restrictions in accentuating deal value. Journal of Consumer Research, 24 (1), 68-79. Inmar (2010) “Coupon Trend Reports) available online at: http://www.santella.com/Trends.htm Krishna, A., & Zhang, Z. J. (1999). Short-or long-duration coupons: The effect of the expiration date on the profitability of coupon promotions. Management Science, 45 (8), 1041-1056. Krishna, A., Briesch, R., Lehmann, D. R., & Yuan, H. (2002). A meta-analysis of the impact of price presentation on perceived savings. Journal of Retailing, 78(2), 101-118. Kukar-Kinney, M., & Walters, R. G. (2003). Consumer perceptions of refund depth and competitive scope in price-matching guarantees: Effects on store patronage. Journal of Retailing, 79(3), 153-160. Lerner, M.J. (1991). Integrating societal and psychological rules of entitlement, in Social Justice in Human Relations, 2: Societal and psychological consequences of justice and injustice, Riel, V. and Herman, S., eds. New York: Plenum Press, 13-32. Levedahl, J. W. (1988). Coupon redeemers: Are they better shoppers? Journal of Consumer Affairs, 22(2), 264-283. Lichtenstein, D.R., Netemeyer, R.G., & Burton, S. (1990). Distinguishing coupon proneness from value consciousness: An acquisition-transaction utility theory perspective. Journal of Marketing, 54 (3), 54-67. Louviere J.L., Hensher D.A., Swait J.D. (2003). Stated Choice Methods - Analysis and Applications. 2nd edition. Cambridge University Press: Cambride. Miao, L., & Mattila, A. S. (2007). How and how much to reveal? the effects of price transparency on consumers' price perceptions. Journal of Hospitality & Tourism Research, 31(4), 530. Mikula, G. (1993). On the experience of injustice, in European Review of Social Psychology, 4, Wolfgang, S. & Miles, H. eds. Chichester, UK: Wiley, 223-244. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN Mittal, B. (1994) An integrated framework for relating diverse consumer characteristics to supermarket coupon redemption. Journal of Marketing Research, 31, 533-544. Mowen, J. C., & Grove, S. J. (1983). Search behavior, price paid, and the comparison other: An equity theory analysis of post purchase satisfaction. International Fare in Consumer Satisfaction and Complaining Behavior, , 57-63. Narasimhan, C. (1984). A price discrimination theory of coupons. Marketing Science, 3, p.128-147. Narasimhan, C. (1984). A price discrimination theory of coupons. Marketing Science, 3, p.128-147. Neslin, S.A., Henderson, C., & Quelch, J. (1985). Consumer promotions and the acceleration of product purchases. Marketing Science, 4, p.147-165. Noone, B. M., & Mattila, A. S. (2009). Hotel revenue management and the internet: The effect of price presentation strategies on customers' willingness to book. International Journal of Hospitality Management, 28(2), 272-279. Oliver, R. L., & Swan, J. E. (1989). Consumer perceptions of interpersonal equity and satisfaction in transactions: A field survey approach. The Journal of Marketing, , 21-35. Price, L., Feick, L., & Guskey-Federouch, A. (1988). Couponing behaviors of the market maven: profile of a super-couponer. In M.J. Houston (ed.), Advances in Consumer Research (Vol. 15, p.354359). Provo, UT: Association for Consumer Research. Quandt R.E. (1968). Estimation of Modal Splits. Transportation Research, 2, 41-50. Ramaswamy, V., & Srinivasan, S. (1998). Coupon characteristics and redemption intentions: a segmentlevel analysis. Psychology & Marketing, 15, p.59-80. Remsperger, H., & Worms, A. (2000). Transparency in monetary policy. Deutsche Bundesbank Monthly Report, 15-29. Rivers, N., Jaccard, M. (2005). Combining Top-Down and Bottom-Up Approaches To Energy-Economy Modeling Using Discrete Choice Methods. The Energy Journal, 26 (1), 83-106. Roe B., Boyle K.J., Teisl M.F. (1996). Using Conjoint Analysis to Derive Estimates of Compensating Variation. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 31, 145-159. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN Rohlfs, K. V., & Kimes, S. E. (2007). Customers' perceptions of best available hotel rates. Cornell Hotel and Restaurant Administration Quarterly, 48(2), 151. Sheppard, B. H., Hartwick, J., & Warshaw, P. R. (1988). The theory of reasoned action: A meta-analysis of past research with recommendations for modifications and future research. Journal of Consumer Research, , 325-343. Shimp, T., & Kavas, A. (1984). The theory of reasoned action applied to coupon usage. Journal of Consumer Research, 11, p.795-809. Shindler, R. (1989). The excitement of getting a bargain: some hypotheses concerning the origins and effects of smart-shopper feelings. In T. Srull (ed.), Advances in Consumer Research (vol. 16, p.447-453). Provo, UT: Association for Consumer Research. Spears, N. (2001). Time pressure and information in sales promotion strategy: Conceptual framework and content analysis. Journal of Advertising, , 67-76. Srivastava, J., & Lurie, N. H. (2004). Price-matching guarantees as signals of low store prices: Survey and experimental evidence. Journal of Retailing, 80(2), 117-128. Swaminathan, S., & Bawa, K. (2005). Category-specific coupon proneness: The impact of individual characteristics and category-specific variables. Journal of Retailing, 81, p.205-214. Tan, S. J., & Chua, S. H. (2004). “While stocks last!” impact of framing on consumers' perception of sales promotions. Journal of Consumer Marketing, 21(5), 343-355. Tanford, S., Erdem, M., & Baloglu, S. (2011). Price transparency of bundled vacation packages. Journal of Hospitality & Tourism Research, 35(2), 213. Teel, J. E., R. H. Williams, and W. O. Bearden (1980), "Correlates of Consumer Susceptibility to Coupons in New Grocery Product Introductions," Journal of Advertising, 9 3, 31-46. Theil H. 1970. On the Estimation of Relationships Involving Qualitative Variables. American Journal Sociology, 76, 103-154. Thibaut, J.W., & Walker, L. (1975). Procedural Justice: A Psychological Analysis. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum Associates. Running Head: THE EFFECT OF FAIRNESS AND TRANSPARENCY IN COUPON DESIGN Train K.E. (2003). Discrete Choice Methods with Simulation. Cambridge University Press: Cambride. Van den Bos, K. Vermunt, R., & Wilke, H.A.M. (1997). Procedural and distributive justice: What is fair depends more on what comes first than on what comes next. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72 (January), 95-104. Verma R., Iqbal Z., Plaschka G. (2004). Understanding Customer Choices in E-Financial Services. California Management Review, 46 (4), 43- 67. Vishwanath, T., & Kaufmann, D. (2001). Toward transparency: New approaches and their application to financial markets. The World Bank Research Observer, 16(1), 41-57. Walther, B. R. (2004). Discussion of information transparency and coordination failure: Theory and experiment. Journal of Accounting Research, 42(2), 197-205. Wang, X. (1998). The impact of coupon characteristics on redemption probability, Masters Thesis, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN. Webster, F. (1965). The “deal prone” consumer. Journal of Marketing Research, 2, p. 86-89. Xia, L., Monroe, K. B., & Cox, J. L. (2004). The price is unfair! A conceptual framework of price fairness perceptions. Journal of Marketing, 68 (4), 1-15. Xia,L., Kinney, M., & Monroe, K.B. (2010). Effects of consumers’ efforts on price and promotion fairness perceptions. Journal of Retailing, 86 (1), 1-10. Yin, W., & Dubinsky, A. J. (2004). Framing effects of coupon face value on coupon redemption: A literature review with propositions. Journal of Marketing Management, 20, 7(8), 877-896. Zhu, K. (2002). Information transparency in electronic marketplaces: Why data transparency may hinder the adoption of B2B exchanges. Electronic Markets, 12(2), 92-99. Running Head: HOW SALES PROMOTIONS INDUCE CONSUMER TO BUY ON IMPULSE: THE ROLE OF IMPULSIVITY TRAIT How Sales Promotions Induce Consumers to Buy on Impulse: The Role of Impulsivity Trait Mahshid Omid, Université Laval, Canada Frank Pons, Université Laval, Canada Extended Abstract These days, impulse buying is widespread within the consumer population and across various product categories (Rook, 1987) as over 50 percent of mall shoppers buy items on impulse and as much as 70 percent of all grocery items are purchased impulsively (Coley & Burgess, 2003). Impulse buying provides significant additional revenue for manufacturers and retailers such that it is suggested that fostering impulse buying is one of the main determinants of today’s company sales revenue (Hausman, 2000). However, in order to derive benefit of impulse buying phenomenon marketing managers need to understand how to attract and retain a significant share of impulsive purchases. To this end, they should recognize the factors that encourage impulse buying and the proper way to handle them. In order to contribute to this understanding, this article proposes a conceptual model (Figure 1) that integrates all aspects of why and how sales promotions induce impulse buying, with the aim to specify the relationships among the type of the sales promotion (monetary vs. non-monetary), consumer impulsivity trait, the affective and cognitive psychological reactions, and the impulse buying behavior. We distinguish between monetary and non-monetary promotions as they are supposed to trigger different responses in consumers (Chandon, Wansink, & Laurent, 2000). Also, we investigate the moderating role of impulsivity trait as impulsive and non-impulsive consumers are supposed to not behave identically to situational stimuli (Beatty & Ferrell, 1998). As follows, we briefly discuss the conceptual framework and research hypotheses of this study. In future experimental studies we will test this model and its hypotheses. Running Head: HOW SALES PROMOTIONS INDUCE CONSUMER TO BUY ON IMPULSE: THE ROLE OF IMPULSIVITY TRAIT Figure 1: The Conceptual Model Ramanathan and Menon (2006) noted that the external stimuli that activate hedonic goals tend to intensify consumer desire for the stimuli and favor impulsive behaviors. According to Chandon et al. (2000), monetary and non-monetary promotions have respectively utilitarian and hedonic nature. Thus, we hypothesize that, compared to monetary sales promotions, non-monetary promotions generate higher impulse buying. Furthermore, since consumers regard the purchase of promoted products as a benefit on whole (Adelaar, Chang, Lancendorfer, Lee, & Morimoto, 2003), the exposure to sales promotions elicits positive affective reactions (Heilman, Nakamoto, & Rao, 2002; Naylor, Raghunathan, & Ramanathan, 2006) and incites a positive desire in consumer mind (Millner, 2002). As a nonmonetary promotion is considered as a particular kind of gift-giving situation (Bodur & Grohmann, 2005), consumers do not feel obliged to think of reasons for their choices (Khan, Dhar, & Wertenbroch, 2005). It is why Palazon and Delgado-Ballester (2013) found that when a hedonic premium is preferred, affective reactions exert a direct impact on purchase intentions of the promotional offer without mediation of cognition. Thus, we hypothesize that when encountering a nonmonetary sales promotion, consumers use their affective reactions as a heuristic to evaluate the purchase decision and engage in an impulsive purchase. In other words, in the presence of non-monetary promotions, the impact of affective reactions on impulsive choice would be significantly higher than the impact of cognitive reactions. Moreover, according to Jalan (2006), when both personality traits and external cues work together, a strong positive force is generated which gives rise to a such impulsive urge that the individual cannot Running Head: HOW SALES PROMOTIONS INDUCE CONSUMER TO BUY ON IMPULSE: THE ROLE OF IMPULSIVITY TRAIT resist buying on impulse. Encountering a non-monetary promotion by an impulsive consumer can produce such situation. Thus, we hypothesize that in the presence of non-monetary promotions, compared to non-impulsive consumers, impulsive consumers (a) experience higher promotion affect and (b) engage in more impulsive purchases. However, since non-impulsive consumers tend to be concerned with “smart buying” (Youn & Faber, 2000), it is not likely that the mere experience of impulsive urge to buy, generated by the exposure to monetary promotions, drives them to engage in impulse buying. Grewal, Marmorstein, and Sharma (1996) suggested that non-impulsive consumers interpret monetary promotion stimuli in terms of previously acquired knowledge and the result of this holistic analytical assessment determines if they buy the promoted product on impulse or not . Based on the result of the holistic assessment, if the promotion size is low, it is not of value and so there is no need to do further cognitive processing (Grewal et al., 1996) and thus an avoidance action tendency is primed. As non-impulsive people are successful selfregulators with a relatively low commitment to hedonic goals (Fishbach, Friedman, & Kruglanski, 2003), this avoidance action tendency primed by cognitions should attenuate the approach action tendency driven by positive affect and lead to the ignorance of low monetary promotion. Therefore, we posit that non-impulsive consumers ignore low monetary promotions and thus for these consumers encountering low monetary promotions is not likely to result is impulse buying. On the other hand, if the promotion size is acceptably high, consumers feel little uncertainty about the perceived value of the promotion, feel no need to do further cognitive processing (Grewal et al., 1996), and so an approach tendency is primed. Although this approach tendency may conflict with the goal to stay in control and restrain impulses (Ramanathan & Menon, 2006), we posit that in the exposure of high monetary promotions non-impulsive consumers do not have the willingness to restrain their impulses; they choose to yield to their temptations in order to enjoy the economic benefits of their immediate decisions and to make use of great bargains (Keinan, Kivetz, & Netzer, 2008; Kivetz & Keinan, 2006). In this case, yielding to impulses would constitute a deliberate act of self-indulgence (Tice, Bratslavsky, & Baumeister, 2001). Thus, we Running Head: HOW SALES PROMOTIONS INDUCE CONSUMER TO BUY ON IMPULSE: THE ROLE OF IMPULSIVITY TRAIT hypothesize that for non-impulsive consumers, in the presence of monetary promotions, (a) the impact of cognitive reactions on impulsive choice is significantly higher than the impact of affective reactions and (b) as the promotion level increases from low to high, impulse buying behavior increases as well. On the other hand, impulsive people have a strong preference for exciting and new experiences (Whiteside & Lynam, 2001) so that doing a purchase decision they focus on non-instrumental and affectladen benefits of products (e.g., aesthetic, novelty, fantasy, and fun) (Liao, Shen, & Chu, 2009). Since monetary promotions provide weak hedonic benefits (Chandon et al., 2000), we hypothesize that, compared to non-impulsive consumers, impulsive consumers are not much interested in monetary promotions and in encountering these promotion do not experience much positive affect. Further, since impulsive people shop at an emotional and arousal-driven pace (Liao et al., 2009), we hypothesize that in the exposure to monetary promotions they experience less cognitive reactions than do non-impulsive consumers. Running Head: HOW SALES PROMOTIONS INDUCE CONSUMER TO BUY ON IMPULSE: THE ROLE OF IMPULSIVITY TRAIT References: Adelaar, Thomas, Chang, Susan, Lancendorfer, Karen M, Lee, Byoungkwan, & Morimoto, Mariko. (2003). Effects of media formats on emotions and impulse buying intent. Journal of Information Technology, 18(4), 247-266. Beatty, Sharon E, & Ferrell, M Elizabeth (1998). Impulse buying: modeling its precursors. Journal of Retailing, 74(2), 169-191. Bodur, H. Onur, & Grohmann, Bianca. (2005). Consumer responses to gift receipt in business-toconsumer contexts. Psychology & Marketing, 22(5), 441-456. Chandon, Pierre, Wansink, Brian, & Laurent, Gilles. (2000). A benefit congruency framework of sales promotion effectiveness. The Journal of marketing, 65-81. Coley, Amanda, & Burgess, Brigitte. (2003). Gender differences in cognitive and affective impulse buying. Journal of Fashion Marketing and Management, 7(3), 282-295. Fishbach, Ayelet, Friedman, Ronald S, & Kruglanski, Arie W. (2003). Leading us not into temptation: Momentary allurements elicit overriding goal activation. Journal of personality and social psychology, 84(2), 296. Grewal, Dhruv, Marmorstein, Howard, & Sharma, Arun. (1996). Communicating price information through semantic cues: the moderating effects of situation and discount size. journal of Consumer Research, 148-155. Hausman, Angela. (2000). A multi-method investigation of consumer motivations in impulse buying behavior. Journal of consumer marketing, 17(5), 403-426. Heilman, Carrie M, Nakamoto, Kent, & Rao, Ambar G. (2002). Pleasant surprises: Consumer response to unexpected in-store coupons. Journal of Marketing Research, 242-252. Jalan, Nikhil. (2006). Impulse buying, personality traits, in-store atmospherics, and their interaction: United Kingdom: University of Nottingham. Keinan, Anat, Kivetz, Ran, & Netzer, Oded. (2008). Functional alibi: Harvard Business School Working Paper. Running Head: HOW SALES PROMOTIONS INDUCE CONSUMER TO BUY ON IMPULSE: THE ROLE OF IMPULSIVITY TRAIT Khan, Uzma, Dhar, Ravi, & Wertenbroch, Klaus. (2005). A behavioral decision theory perspective on hedonic and utilitarian choice. Inside consumption: Frontiers of research on consumer motives, goals, and desires, 144-165. Kivetz, Ran, & Keinan, Anat. (2006). Repenting Hyperopia: An Analysis of Self‐Control Regrets. Journal of Consumer Research, 33(2), 273-282. Liao, Shu-Ling, Shen, Yung-Cheng, & Chu, Chia-Hsien. (2009). The effects of sales promotion strategy, product appeal and consumer traits on reminder impulse buying behaviour. International Journal of Consumer Studies, 33(3), 274-284. Millner, Ian. (2002). Burying the Myth of Impulse Buying. Brand Strategy, 38. Naylor, Rebecca Walker, Raghunathan, Rajagopal, & Ramanathan, Suresh. (2006). Promotions spontaneously induce a positive evaluative response. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16(3), 295-305. Palazon, Mariola, & Delgado-Ballester, Elena. (2013). HEDONIC OR UTILITARIAN PREMIUMS: DOES IT MATTER? European Journal of Marketing, 47(8), 7-7. Ramanathan, Suresh, & Menon, Geeta. (2006). Time-varying effects of chronic hedonic goals on impulsive behavior. Journal of Marketing Research, 628-641. Rook, Dennis W. (1987). The buying impulse. The Journal of Consumer Research, 14(2), 189-199. Tice, Dianne M, Bratslavsky, Ellen, & Baumeister, Roy F. (2001). Emotional distress regulation takes precedence over impulse control: if you feel bad, do it! Journal of personality and social psychology, 80(1), 53. Whiteside, Stephen P, & Lynam, Donald R. (2001). The five factor model and impulsivity: Using a structural model of personality to understand impulsivity. Personality and individual differences, 30(4), 669-689. Youn, Seounmi, & Faber, Ronald J. (2000). Impulse buying: its relation to personality traits and cues. Advances in consumer research, 27, 179-185. Running Head: CENTRALITÉ ET ÉTHIQUE DE LA MARQUE Centralité et éthique de la marque Soumaya Cheikhrouhou, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Deny Belisle, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Margaux Bruniere, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Résumé Cette étude expérimentale démontre que 1) l’option centrale dans un étalage est perçue comme plus éthique que celles présentées aux extrémités et que 2) la perception de la popularité de la marque a un impact positif sur ses comportements pro-sociaux perçus. Ces résultats ont des implications théoriques et managériales en marchandisage et en éthique de la marque. Mots clés: Marchandisage, marque, popularité, éthique. Running Head: CENTRALITÉ ET ÉTHIQUE DE LA MARQUE Centralité et éthique de la marque L’exposition des produits en magasin est déterminante pour orienter les choix des consommateurs sur le lieu de vente. En effet, en 2012, 76% des décisions d’achat des consommateurs nord-américains ont été prises sur le lieu de vente (POPAI, 2012). Les recherches académiques passées ont démontré qu’en se basant exclusivement sur la localisation de la marque dans l’étalage, les consommateurs estiment la qualité, le prix et la popularité de celle-ci (Valenzuela & Raghubir, 2009). Toutefois, les inférences reliées à l’éthique de la marque basées sur sa localisation sur le linéaire et sur le format de présentation des produits dans l’étalage demeurent inexplorées. Or, il s’agit d’une problématique-clé vu que l’éthique est un sujet qui connaît un intérêt croissant à la fois chez les chercheurs en marketing et chez les consommateurs, constituant de plus en plus un outil de différenciation pour les marques (White, McDonnell, & Ellard, 2012). L’objectif de cet article est donc d’étudier le lien existant entre la popularité de la marque et la perception de son niveau éthique et d’évaluer l’impact de la centralité au niveau de l’étalage sur la perception du niveau éthique de la marque des produits par le consommateur. Revue de la Littérature Un produit localisé au centre d’un planogramme apparaît comme le plus populaire de sa catégorie de produit du point de vue du consommateur (Valenzuela & Raghubir, 2009, 2010 ; Valenzuela, Raghubir, & Mitakakis, 2013). Ainsi, il serait perçu comme le leader du marché de cette catégorie (Kamins, Alpert, & Perner, 2003). Or, dans la littérature portant sur l’éthique, plusieurs chercheurs affirment que le pouvoir a des effets positifs sur le comportement éthique. En effet, certains auteurs estiment que le pouvoir suscite un comportement empathique plutôt qu’un comportement abusif (ex. Cartwright, 1965). Les personnes puissantes sont perçues comme étant libres de leurs actions du fait de leur influence (Overbeck, Tiedens, & Brion, 2006). Ce libre arbitre dont elle bénéficie leur permet de suivre des principes éthiques en toute autonomie (Cartwright, 1965). Cette liberté d’entreprendre des actions altruistes sans y être contraint est perçue comme un élément très positif en termes d’éthique. Si cette perception du niveau d’éthique des puissants dans un contexte interpersonnel est transférée au Running Head: CENTRALITÉ ET ÉTHIQUE DE LA MARQUE contexte de marques, cela signifierait qu’une plus grande popularité des marques aboutirait à une plus grande perception au niveau éthique. Le pouvoir attribué à une marque du fait de sa popularité devrait donc influencer positivement la perception du consommateur à l’égard de ses comportements prosociaux, soit son éthique, sa responsabilité sociale et son respect de l’environnement. En effet, l’éthique est souvent associée au respect de l’environnement à travers des actions de développement durable (Luchs et al., 2010) et à la notion de responsabilité sociale des entreprises (ex. Becker-Olsen, Cudmore, & Hill, 2006). La première hypothèse est ainsi formulée : H1 : La perception de la popularité de la marque a un impact positif sur la perception des comportements pro-sociaux associés à la marque, soit a) son éthique, b) sa responsabilité sociale et c) son respect de l’environnement. Vu que le lien entre la centralité et la popularité perçue d’une marque a été démontré dans les recherches de Valenzuela et Raghubir (2009, 2010) et Valenzuela, Raghubir et Mitakakis (2013) et que la popularité perçue devrait aboutir à une plus grande perception de comportements pro-sociaux effectués par l’entreprise (H1), les hypothèses suivantes sont énoncées: H2 : Les consommateurs perçoivent l’option placée au centre comme étant plus éthique que les marques présentées aux extrémités d’un ensemble d’alternatives ordonnées simultanément d’une manière horizontale. H3 : Les consommateurs perçoivent l’option placée au centre comme étant plus éthique que les marques présentées aux extrémités d’un ensemble d’alternatives ordonnées simultanément d’une manière verticale. Méthodologie Après le prétest et la validation par un expert, la collecte des données a été effectuée via un questionnaire électronique auto-administré d’environ 15 minutes auprès de 197 répondants adultes faisant partie d’un panel de consommateurs représentatif de la population canadienne anglaise. Dix stimuli ont été développés dans le cadre de cette recherche. Cinq d’entre eux ont été présentés d’une façon Running Head: CENTRALITÉ ET ÉTHIQUE DE LA MARQUE horizontale et les cinq autres d’une manière verticale. Les répondants n’ont vu qu’un seul stimulus et ils ont été exposés aléatoirement à un ordre différent de présentation des produits au sein du stimulus. Pour créer les stimuli, cinq marques de lessive sud-coréennes inconnues des répondants, dont les images ont été collectées sur internet, ont été utilisées. Les mesures utilisées dans le questionnaire provenaient des écrits de Valenzuela & Raghubir (2010), Gildea (2001), Luchs et al. (2010), Kamins, Alpert, & Perner (2003) et de Valenzuela, Raghubir, & Mitakakis (2011). Un scénario a également été développé et présenté en premier lieu dans le questionnaire pour mettre les répondants dans un contexte où ils doivent choisir un détergent éthique dans un supermarché dans un pays étranger. Résultats Une série de régressions simples menées pour chacune des marques présentées dans l’étalage a permis de tester l’hypothèse 1. Vu que l’ordre de présentation des marques a été randomisé, il s’agit d’une analyse effectuée pour chacune des positions dans l’étalage allant de la position A à la position E. Il ressort que pour l’ensemble des marques présentées et pour les deux formats de présentation des produits, vertical et horizontal, la popularité perçue de la marque a un impact significatif et positif sur 1) la perception de son niveau d’éthique (p< 0,01 pour chacune des dix régressions), la perception de sa responsabilité sociale (p< 0,01 pour chacune des dix régressions) et la perception de son respect de l’environnement (p< 0,01 pour chacune des dix régressions). L’hypothèse H1 est donc confirmée. Pour tester l’hypothèse 2, une première analyse binomiale (Malhotra, 2010, p.528) a été effectuée afin de comparer la probabilité des répondants de choisir soit la marque A (extrême gauche), soit la marque C (centre) lorsque les cinq marques sont présentées simultanément d’une manière horizontale. Ainsi, 65% des répondants ont choisi la marque C comme étant la marque la plus éthique tandis que 35% d’entre eux ont choisi la marque A (p=0,04). Une deuxième analyse binomiale a été faite pour tester la probabilité des répondants de choisir soit la marque C (centre) soit la marque E (extrême droite). Dans ce contexte, 74% des répondants ont choisi la marque C comme étant la plus éthique tandis que 26% d’entre Running Head: CENTRALITÉ ET ÉTHIQUE DE LA MARQUE eux ont opté pour la marque E (p<0,01). Ainsi, l’hypothèse 2 est confirmée. Pour vérifier l’hypothèse 3, la même procédure adoptée pour H2 a été utilisée. Il est ressorti que 69% des répondants ont choisi la marque C située au centre comme la marque la plus éthique tandis que 31% d’entre eux ont opté pour la marque A présentée au plus haut du planogramme (p=0,02). Puis, une autre analyse binomiale a été réalisée pour tester la probabilité des répondants de choisir soit la marque C soit la marque E située au plus bas du planogramme. Dans ce contexte, 64% des répondants ont choisi la marque C comme étant la marque la plus éthique tandis que 36% d’entre eux ont opté pour la marque E (p=0,07). L’hypothèse 3 est donc également confirmée. Discussion Cette recherche démontre empiriquement 1) le lien existant entre la popularité perçue d’une marque et la perception reliée à ses comportements pro-sociaux et 2) que les consommateurs perçoivent l’option placée au centre comme étant plus éthique que celles présentées aux extrémités d’un ensemble d’alternatives ordonnées simultanément d’une manière horizontale et également verticale. Les résultats de la présente étude corroborent les résultats de Raghubir et Valenzuela (2006, 2008) ainsi que ceux de Valenzuela et Raghubir (2009, 2010) en confirmant l’existence d’inférences de la part des consommateurs en fonction de la présentation et la localisation des produits dans l’étalage. D’un point de vue théorique, cette recherche contribue significativement à la littérature dans le domaine du marchandisage. Comme ressorti dans la revue de la littérature, aucun cadre de référence n’existait dans les recherches passées pour les marques qui souhaitent véhiculer une image positive concernant leur responsabilité sociale à travers leur localisation sur les étagères. Or, l’éthique est un élément de différenciation des marques qui est de plus en plus utilisé par les entreprises et investigué dans la littérature en marketing (Freestone & McGoldrick, 2008 ; Trudel & Cotte, 2009 ; White, MacDonnell, & Ellard, 2012). Ce point constitue le principal apport théorique de la présente recherche. Running Head: CENTRALITÉ ET ÉTHIQUE DE LA MARQUE D’un point de vue managérial, cette recherche a permis de déterminer l’emplacement adéquat sur les étagères d’un planogramme afin qu’une marque souhaitant occuper un positionnement éthique soit perçu comme tel par les consommateurs. Le marchandisage ressort encore comme un outil de différenciation essentiel pour les marques qui va au-delà de l’aspect perceptuel et sensoriel de l’exposition des marques situées au centre, puisqu’en réalité, il englobe un aspect inférentiel où il est possible de déduire la perception de l’éthique de la marque grâce à sa localisation sur une étagère. Running Head: CENTRALITÉ ET ÉTHIQUE DE LA MARQUE Références Becker-Olsen, K. L., Cudmore, B. A., & Hill, R. P. (2006). The impact of perceived corporate social responsibility on consumer behavior, Journal of Business Research, 59(1), 46–53. Cartwright, D. (1965). Influence, leadership, control, in MARCH (J. G.) (Ed.), Handbook of Organizations, Rand Mc Nally & Company, Chicago: Rand-McNally. Freestone, O. M, & McGoldrick P. J. (2008). Motivations of the ethical consumer. Journal of Business Ethics, 79(4), 445-467. Gildea, R. L. (1994). Consumer survey confirms corporate social action affects buying decisions. Public Relations Quarterly, 39(4), 20–21. Kamins, M. A., Alpert, F. H. & Perner, L. (2003), Consumers' perception and misperception of market leadership and market pioneership, Journal of Marketing Management, 19, 807-834. Luchs, M., Naylor, R. W., Irwin, J. R., & Raghunathan, R. (2010). The sustainability liability: Potential negative effects of ethicality on product preference. Journal of Marketing, 74(septembre), 18-31. Overbeck, J. R., Tiedens, L. Z., & Brion, S. (2006). The powerful want to, the powerless have to : Perceived constraint moderates causal attributions. European Journal of Social Psychology, 36, 479-496. POPAI (2012), Consumer Buying Habits Study, Washington DC: Point Of Purchase Advertising Institute. Raghubir, P., & Valenzuela, A. (2006). Center-of-inattention: Position biases in decision-making. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 99(1), 66-80. Raghubir, P., & Valenzuela, A. (2008). Center of orientation: Effect of vertical and horizontal shelf space product position, Working paper, Baruch College, City University of New York. Running Head: CENTRALITÉ ET ÉTHIQUE DE LA MARQUE Trudel, R., & Cotte, J. (2009). Does it pay to be good?. MIT Sloan Mangement Review, 50 (2), 61-68. Valenzuela, A., & Raghubir, P. (2009). Position-based schemas : The center-stage effect. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 19(avril), 185-196. Valenzuela, A., & Raghubir, P. (2010). Are consumers aware of top-bottom but not of left-right inferences? Implications for shelf space positions. Working Paper, Marketing Department, Baruch College, City University of New York, NY. Valenzuela, A., Raghubir, P., & Mitakakis, K. (2013). Shelf space schemas: Myth or reality?. Journal of Business Research, 66, 881-888. White, K., MacDonnell, R., & Ellard, J.H. (2012). Belief in a just world: Consumer intentions and behaviors toward ethical products. Journal of Marketing, 76(janvier), 103-118. Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT The Differential Effects of Traditional and Touchscreen Interfaces on Involvement Ying Zhu, Faculty of Management, University of British Columbia-Okanagan, Canada Jeffrey Meyer, College of Business, Bowling Green State University, USA Extended Abstract While touchscreen technology has existed for 30 years in devices such as ATMs, self-service kiosks, and point-of-sale terminals, the explosive launch of the touchscreen smartphones in 2007 and subsequent introduction of touchscreen tablets has reshaped our lives. However, the rapid adoption of touchscreen technology by consumers has not been accompanied by research in this area. This research seeks to fill the gap by providing theoretical predictions and empirical evidence on the differential involvement towards advertising due to the tactile effects of traditional and touchscreen interfaces. Touch as one of the five senses is of great importance in a consumer’s shopping process. Consumers acquire information through touching and use the information to form product evaluations (Peck & Childers, 2003; Grohmann, Spangenberg, & Sprott, 2007). However, different from traditional touch research, we examine the touch effect on two different interfaces, namely, traditional (e.g., desktop computer) and touchscreen (e.g., mobile phone, tablet computer). When consumers use touchscreen devices to perform purchase related tasks, the main focus is neither on sensory feeling acquired nor on information collected about a product’s material. Instead, touch becomes part of the process that has little relevance to physically touching the product. 213 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Thus, we focus on assessing the different involvement levels between traditional and touchscreen interfaces caused by integrating “touch” as part of the pre-purchase information process. When using a touchscreen, instead of using the mouse to click on the icons and links on the computer screen, consumers use their fingers to tap the button and slide among products. The integrated and corresponding movements allowed and required by the touchscreen interface may arouse more or different sensations than those brought by the traditional interface. Our research is interested in consumer involvement towards an advertisement displayed on traditional versus touchscreen interfaces. We argue that the product involvement toward an advertisement will differ depending on the interaction between the nature of the product (hedonic versus utilitarian) and the user interface (traditional versus touchscreen). Support for this argument comes from literature on cognitive consistency (or “fit”) (Novak and Hoffman, 2009; Milberg et al., 2010). Classic cognitive consistency theory suggests that inconsistent cognitions result in an inner tension (Heider, 1958; McGuire, 1966). Using a traditional interface, such as a desktop computer, individuals are already in a “utilitarian” mode. Thus, when faced with an ad for a utilitarian product, no inconsistency exists. However, if an individual is using a traditional interface and is presented with an ad for a hedonic product, an inconsistency exists between the individual’s “utilitarian” mode and the hedonic product. Thus, to reduce this inconsistency, the individual will attempt to get into a more “hedonic” mode in order to digest the ad, which requires more effort and more involvement. Similarly, when an individual is using a touchscreen interface, they are already in a “hedonic” mode, and we expect similar effects based on the nature of the product. Thus, our first hypothesis posits that an interaction between the interface and the nature of the product occurs such that personal involvement towards an ad is higher for a hedonic (utilitarian) product viewed on a traditional (touchscreen) interface. Emotions and feelings elicited by advertisements and products is an often studied topic in marketing and advertising. The elaboration-related mechanism theory (Bakalash & Riemer, 2013) says that higher emotional arousal increases information processing. Higher levels of information processing 214 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT result in higher personal involvement towards the message. While we do not expect a difference in involvement between touchscreen and traditional interfaces for ads with high message emotion, we do predict the interface type may have an impact on involvement for low emotion messages. In addition, because males and females handle emotion very differently (Fisher & Dubé, 2005), we expect gender to play a moderating role. Traditional interfaces, such as a desktop computer, are considered more rational, analytical and logical in their use, whereas touchscreen interfaces are more emotional, sensational, and experiential. When a man is faced with a low emotion message on a traditional interface, there is a misfit between the thought required for the message and the expected thought required when using a traditional interface. As before, this inconsistency is resolved with more effort and involvement. For women, a low emotion message requires less intuition and less sensation. However, this is in conflict with the sensational and experiential use of a touchscreen, creating inner tension that is resolved with more effort and involvement for women. Together, our second hypothesis posits that with a traditional (touchscreen) interface, men exhibit no difference in involvement (more involvement) for high versus low emotional messages, while women exhibit more involvement (no difference in involvement) for high versus low emotional messages. Study 1 In study 1, we tested our first hypothesis using a 2 x 2 between-subjects design with interface (traditional desktop vs. touchscreen) and nature of the product (utilitarian vs. hedonic) as manipulated factors. One-hundred undergraduate students were randomly assigned to a traditional desktop interface (n = 43) or to a handheld touchscreen interface (n = 57). Each respondent was then presented an offer and subsequently asked questions about the offer. The dependent variable was the Personal Involvement Inventory for Advertising (PIIA) (Zaichkowky 1994). As expected, the results support our first hypothesis positing an interaction between interface type and product nature (F(1,96) = 4.58, p = .035). Neither main effect was significant. In the traditional 215 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT interface condition, involvement was higher for a hedonic than a utilitarian product (Mhed = 49.8 vs. Mutil = 45.8), whereas in the touchscreen interface condition, personal involvement was higher for a utilitarian product that a hedonic product (Mhed = 47.0 vs. Mutil = 51.0). Study 2 In study 2, we tested our second hypothesis using a 2 x 2 x 2 between-subjects design with interface type (traditional versus touchscreen) and emotion (low versus high) as manipulated factors and gender as a measured factor. One hundred ninety undergraduate students (50% female; 50% male) were randomly assigned to the four conditions based on interface and emotion level of the message. The dependent variable was PIIA as in study 1. The overall model was significant (F(7,189) = 4.44, p < .001). As expected, the three-way interaction between interface type, message emotion, and gender was significant (F(1,189) = 10.81, p = .001). The main effect of emotion was significant (F(1,189) = 15.77, p < .001), while the two-way interaction between gender and equipment was marginally significant (F(1,189) = 2.75, p = .099). Overall, these results support our hypothesis that the interaction between the interface type and the emotion level of a message differs by gender General Discussion The current research advances knowledge in the area of sensory marketing, especially tactile literature. Traditional touch research focuses on the evaluation function of touch through using fingers to assess the surface of products (Peck & Shu, 2009). In the context of a touchscreen interface, however, the function of touch is not to evaluate the material of the product per se. Instead, the touching performed by the fingers actually replaces traditional, extra tools (e.g., the mouse or physical keyboard) that are normally used to complete the necessary pre-purchase (e.g., information search) and purchase tasks. By more directly integrating part of the body (e.g., fingers) in the shopping process, consumer involvement in 216 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT the task differs. This research addresses the gap in tactile research by hypothesizing and testing the different tactile effects between traditional and touchscreen interfaces on the consumer’s pre-purchase stage, specifically, on processing advertisement information and the level of personal involvement towards the advertisement. Drawing on cognitive consistency theory, we observe that the tactile effect of a traditional interface has a better “fit” with a utilitarian product, while a touchscreen interface has a better “fit” with a hedonic product. In both cases, the level of involvement is low. However, when a lack of “fit” exists, the level of involvement is high. In addition, we found the level of involvement towards a low emotional message displayed on different interfaces varies across gender. Our findings offer several broad managerial insights. Given companies increasingly using multichannel marketing, advertisements are now distributed not only through website and email on traditional interfaces, but also pushed to consumers’ mobile devices. Based on our results, consumers are more involved in processing the advertising of hedonic products when working on a desktop computer and more motivated to process the information of utilitarian product on a touchscreen device. Thus, managers need to have a solid understanding of both the nature of their product and what type of device the message is most likely to be viewed on. Similarly, when a marketing program is targeting a certain gender, managers must consider the different tactile effects of traditional and touchscreen interfaces depending on the emotional appeal of the message. 217 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT References Bakalash, T., & Riemer, H. (2013). Exploring Ad-Elicited Emotional Arousal and Memory for the Ad Using fMRI. Journal of Advertising, 42(4), 275-291. Fisher, R. J., & Dubé, L. (2005). Gender differences in responses to emotional advertising: A social desirability perspective. Journal of Consumer Research, 31(4), 850-858. Grohmann, B., Spangenberg, E. R., & Sprott, D. E. (2007). The influence of tactile input on the evaluation of retail product offerings. Journal of Retailing, 83(2), 237-245. Heider, F. (1958). The Psychology of Interpersonal Relations. New York: Wiley. McGuire, W. J. ( 1966). The current status of cognitive consistency theories. In S.Feldman ( Ed.), Cognitive consistency (pp. 1– 46). New York: Academic Press. Milberg, Sandra J., Sinn, F., & Goodstein, Ronald C. (2010). Consumer Reactions to Brand Extensions in a Competitive Context: Does Fit Still Matter? Journal of Consumer Research, 37(3), 543-553. Novak, Thomas P. & Donna L. Hoffman (2009). The Fit of Thinking Style and Situation: New Measures of Situation‐Specific Experiential and Rational Cognition. Journal of Consumer Research 36(1): 56-72. Peck, J., & Childers T.L. (2003). Individual differences in haptic information processing: The need for touch scale. Journal of Consumer Research, 30(3), 430-442. Peck, J., & Shu, S. B. (2009). The effect of mere touch on perceived ownership. Journal of Consumer Research, 36(3), 434-447. Zaichkowsky, J. L. (1994). The personal involvement inventory: reduction, revision, and application to advertising. Journal of Advertising, 23(4), 59-70. 218 Running Head: IMPACT OF VALUE ADDED BY THE FRONTLINE EMPLOYEES ON CUSTOMER LOYALTY Impact of Value Added by the Frontline Employees on Customer Loyalty Said Echchakoui, Université du Québec en Abitibi-Témiscamingue, Canada Abstract Drawing on the Stimulus-Organism-Response (S-O-R) model, this paper investigating the mediated role of value added by frontline employees. A quantitative study and a multilevel modeling approach were used. The empirical results showed that the three added value dimensions partially mediated the relationship between frontline employee credibility and customer loyalty. Keywords: Service encounter; frontline employee; employee-customer interaction; value added by the frontline employee; customer loyalty. Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Customer loyalty has been widely accepted as an important issue for many marketing managers. It has also been the subject of many researchers (Jacoby and Chestnut, 1978; Dick and Basu, 1994; Zeithaml et al., 1996; Oliver, 1999; Palmatier et al., 2007). Attracting and retaining loyal customers can lead to many firm advantages, such as greater revenues (Reichheld, 1996), larger sales and increased customer share (Reichheld and Teal 1996; Zeithaml et al., 1996), and superior financial performance (Palmatier et al., 2007). Given the importance of customer value in the marketing literature, several researchers (e.g., Palmatier et al., 2007) have studied the value perceived by the customer as a predictor of customer loyalty. These studies found a significant relationship between these concepts. Their studies have operationalized value received by a customer as a firm value communicated by the frontline employee. In parallel with an increased focus on communicated value, some researchers have started to investigate the role of the frontline employee in the value creation process, especially in the sales force literature. The primary argument underlying this interest is that the sales force not only communicates a firm’s value, but can also create it (Rackham and De Vincentis, 1999). This critical role of the frontline employee in value creation has recently been noted by Blocker et al. (2012) in terms of relationship marketing. Despite a rich body of literature concerning the frontline role employees play in shaping customers’ service evaluations (Bitner, Booms, and Tetreault 1990; Hartline and Ferrell 1996; Price, Arnould, and Tierney 1995) and customer loyalty (e.g., Wieseke et al., 2012), the researches of the impacts of value added by this employee’s type on customer behavior are limited. More specifically, to the best of our knowledge, empirical investigations of the value added by the frontline employees on customer loyalty in service encounters are absent. Based on the Stimulus-Organism-Response (S-O-R) framework developed by Mehrabian and Russell (1974), the present study aims to reduce this gap. Specifically, this research intends to contribute to service research by investigating the mediator's role of the value added by the frontline employee in the relationship between employee attributes and customer loyalty in the service context. This research intends to make four main contributions to the literature. First, it links frontline employee assets with the 220 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT S-O-R theory. Second, it empirically examines the importance of the value added by the frontline employee to his role as a generator of value for both the buyer and the seller, as predicted by several researchers (e.g., Blocker et al., 2012; Haas et al., 2012). Third, in considering different types of value, this study explores how value added by the frontline employee drives customer loyalty. Finally, as encouraged by Palmatier et al. (2007), the results from this research will help to explain the role of frontline employee attributes as the determinant of customer-perceived value and customer behaviour. The reminder of the paper proceeds as follows. In the literature review section, we first introduce our theoretical framework and explicate value added by frontline employee, employee attributes and customer loyalty as our focal constructs. We then develop hypotheses regarding the mediating effects of value added employee in the relationship between employee attributes and customer loyalty. Next, we present methodological aspects of the empirical and results. Finally, we discuss the practical implications of the results, including research perspectives for service research. Theoretical framework and mains concepts Value added by the frontline employees Of the numerous definitions of perceived value, the definition introduced by of Zeithmal (1998) is one of the most widely accepted. She defined value as a trade-off between benefits and sacrifices associated with a supplier’s offering, as perceived by the consumer (Zeithmal, 1988; Ravald and Grönroos, 1996; Woodruff, 1997; McDougall and Levesque, 2000). Hence, in this study, perceived value added by the frontline employee can be designed as a result of the customer’s evaluation of the expected benefits added by the frontline employee plus and the perceived risk reduced by the frontline employee. In the literature, most scholars (e.g., Babin et al., 1994; Park, 2004) conceptualize perceived benefits according to two dimensions – utilitarian/functional value and hedonic/non-functional value. Grönroos (1997) calls these dimensions cognitive and emotional value. Cognitive refers to utilitarian value, and emotional to hedonic value. Utilitarian value is described as efficient and economic-seeking (Overby and Lee, 2006), while hedonic value is associated with pleasure-seeking (Holbrook and Hirschman, 1982; 221 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Higgins, 1997, 2001; Chernev, 2004). In the service context, the utilitarian value added by a frontline employee can be described as the degree to which a frontline employee allows his customers to be efficient and make economic deals. The hedonic value added by a frontline employee can refer to the pleasure felt by the customer during his interactions with the frontline employee. Perceived sacrifice includes all of the customer’s costs when making a deal with the frontline employee, such as monetary price and non-monetary price (e.g. time spent, risk, convenience and physical effort). Customer loyalty In the literature, customer loyalty does not have a universally accepted definition. Grisaffe (2001) stated that it was a little agreement on what customer loyalty research and how to measure it. In this study, we were drawing on Oliver’s (1997) brand loyalty, which is widely accepted in the literature service. According to Oliver (1997), brand loyalty refers to the customer’s predisposition to be loyal to a brand, which is demonstrated by his intention to buy this brand as a primary choice. Our choice was motived by two raisons. First, this definition has been used by several researchers (e.g., Reynolds and Arnold, 2000; Yoo, et al., 2000) in the service setting. Second, in this study we focus on customer loyalty to a frontline employee which can be defined like customer loyalty to a brand. Therefore, consistent with Oliver (1997), we define customer loyalty to a frontline employee as to the customer’s predisposition to be loyal to a frontline employee, which is demonstrated by his intention to buy from this frontline employee as a primary choice. Frontline employee attributes Frontline employee attributes can be defined as features of the frontline employee that may significantly influence customer behavior. In the literature, many frontline employees’ attributes, or combinations of attributes, have been identified by researchers in relation to identifying the characteristics of successful frontline employee, or the determinants of his performance. For example, Lamont and Lundstrom (1977) linked frontline employee traits (e.g., empathy, dominance) to managerial ratings of frontline employee performance. Bush et al. (1990) developed a 22-item behavioral scale to evaluate in- 222 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT store salespeople. The attributes identified to to date have mainly been evaluated by sales managers or salespeople (self-evaluation); however, few scholars in the sales force literature have focused on attributes as evaluated by customers. Liu and Leach (2001) asked customers to evaluate the perceived credibility (expertise and trustworthiness) of a salesperson; likewise, Darian et al. (2001) used the concept of “perceived frontline employee service attributes” (e.g., knowledge) in the context of retailing. This study retains frontline employee credibility perceived by customers as the primary component of frontline employee attributes. This choice is motived by two main reasons. First, in the area of communicators, or spokespersons, credibility has been the focus of a significant amount of research (e.g., Ohanian, 1990, 1991; Lafferty et al., 2002; Clow et al., 2006; Avinash, 2010), and frontline employees can be considered firms’ communicators or spokespersons. Second, source credibility has been found to be an important antecedent to consumer attitude (Liu and Leach, 2001; Lafferty and Goldsmith, 1999; Lafferty et al., 2002). Theoretical framework In order to investigate how a frontline employee’s value added influence customer loyalty, this study applied the S-O-R framework developed by Mehrabian and Russell (1974). The framework describes mechanisms for how environmental elements influence behaviors (see Figure 1). The basic concept of the S-O-R framework is that when a person (e.g., a consumer) is exposed to a stimulus (S), he develops internal states or an organism response (O), which in turn dictates his behavioral responses (Mehrabian and Russell, 1974). Specifically, this model posits that the relationship between stimulus and behavioural response is mediated by the organism (Figure 1). 223 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Figure 1. Conceptual model research based on S-O-R model To our knowledge, the S-O-R model has extensively used to explore consumer responses to different marketing objects, but not applied for the frontline employee context. The model has been applied to retail and product marketing research (e.g., Donovan and Rossiter, 1982; Baker et al., 2002; Eroglu et al., 2003) in order to explain how marketing cues (e.g., store atmospheres, product attributes) affect consumer behaviors. In the following paragraphs, we discuss each dimension of S-O-R from the perspective of the frontline employee-customer relationship. Stimulus has been conceptualized as something that incites action (Bagozzi, 1980). In a retailing context, numerous store environment stimuli have been highlighted in the literature, such as music, employees, product or brand cues, and other shoppers. Some researchers have proposed certain dimensions of store environment cues. For example, Baker (1987) classified environmental components 224 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT into ambient factors, design factors, and social factors. In the context of the customer-employee interaction, we focus on social cues or human factors, and we retain frontline employee attributes as a social cue. Many reasons can be cited to support our choice. First, as specified by Bitner (1992), social cue focus on the people (e.g., frontline employee) that are in the customer environment. Second, many researchers (e.g., Semeijn et al., 2003; Jang and Namkung, 2009) have identified product attributes and the role of these as a stimulus in consumers’ responses. Thus, like product attributes, frontline employee attributes can be used as a stimulus in the S-O-R model. Finally, the importance of frontline employee attributes in customer evaluation has been noted in several studies within the sales force literature. For example, Churchill et al. (1997) described a salesperson’s presentation skills as an important source of his success. Organism entails the “internal processes and structures intervening between stimuli external to the person and the final actions, reactions, or responses emitted” (Bagozzi, 1986, p. 46). In this study, we retain value added by frontline employees as a dimension of organism. Two reasons justified this choice. First, in marketing, the role of customer value on consumer behavior has been highlighted by many scholars (Reichheld, 1994; Holbrook, 1996; Woodruff, 1997). Second, within S-O-R-based research, some components of value have been studied as dimensions of the organism, such as price (Baker et al., 2002), service quality (e.g., Bellizzi et al., 1983), and perceived risk (e.g., Forsythe and Shi, 2003). Response is associated with psychological reactions, such as attitudes and behaviors, and reflects the final reaction toward a stimulus (Bagozzi, 1986). Scholars have suggested different dimensions of individual response, such as work performance (Mehrabian and Russell, 1974), number of items purchased (Sherman and Smith, 1986), amount of money spent in the store (Donovan and Rossiter, 1982; Sherman and Smith, 1986; Turley and Milliman, 2000), satisfaction (Turley and Milliman, 2000), desire to affiliate with sales personnel (Éthier, 2002), and consumer patronage intentions (Baker et al., 2002). In the context of service context, we consider consumer loyalty as a consumer response because it is an important issue for many marketing managers. 225 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Conceptual model and hypotheses In the literature, many components of utilitarian value have been cited, such as product and service quality (Woodruff, 1997; Sanchez et al., 2006), economic value (Anderson, 1993), and relational value (Wilson et al., 1995; Ulaga, 2003). In this study, we retain economic value for two reasons. First, it has been considered by several scholars (e.g., Mathwick et al., 2001) as a main component of an experiential value scale. Second, it refers to trade-offs between quality and cost, which represent an important attribute of customer choice. Liu’s (2006) defined economic value as the buyer’s assessment of all vendor benefits and costs, relative to alternative suppliers. Consistent with Liu (2006), we define the economic value added to a customer by a frontline employee as the customer’s perception that the frontline employee offers a solution that increases his or her benefits or reduces his or her costs, compared with the competitor’s frontline employee. We retain also enjoyable interaction as the hedonic component for two reasons. First, enjoyment has been considered as a main component of an experiential value scale (e.g., Mathwick et al., 2001). Second, Gremler and Gwinner (2000) emphasized enjoyable interaction as an important aspect of rapport, which is prominent in service interactions. Specifically, based on the literature and in-depth interviews with consumers and service providers, Gremler and Gwinner (2000) stated that an enjoyable interaction is an important facet of rapport. They defined this concept as “an affect-laden, cognitive evaluation of one’s exchange with a contact employee” (Gremler and Gwinner, 2000, p. 91). Similarly, we define the enjoyment interaction value added by the frontline employee as an affect-laden experience that is perceived by the customer in his or her relationship with the frontline employee. This affect-laden experience appears as an emotionally charged state (e.g., joy, happiness, fun, amusement). Several researchers have considered the risk as a unique sacrifice. For example, Palmatier et al. (2007) argued that managers need to effectively manage the benefit–risk trade-off. Likewise, Forsythe et al. (2006) interpreted perceived value as perceived benefit versus perceived risk. So, in this study, we only retain perceived risk as a component of customer perceived sacrifice. For Horton (1976), perceived risk is the consumer’s expectation of loss. Consistent with this latter definition, we designate the risk 226 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT reduced by the frontline employee as the customer’s expectation that dealing with the frontline employee will reduce his losses. The source-credibility model proposed by Hovland et al. in 1953 concluded that two factors – expertise and trustworthiness – underscore the concept of source credibility. This model has been strongly supported by several researchers (e.g., Ohanian, 1990). A third dimension, attractiveness, has been proposed as another important component of source credibility by other scholars (e.g., Ohanian, 1990). For the present research, attractiveness was not used in hypothesized dimensions of frontline employee attributes. The main reason for this is that attractiveness is mostly associated with physical attributes, and several researchers (e.g., Holahan and Stephan, 1981) have posited that it does not always enhance attitude and purchase intention. Hovland et al. (1953) defined expertise as “the extent to which a communicator is perceived to be a source of valid assertions” (p. 21). Trustworthiness refers to the consumer’s confidence in the source for giving information in an honest and objective manner (Ohanian, 1991). Credibility effect on customer’s perceived value added by a frontline employee Research examining the relationship between frontline employee perception and value added by a frontline employee is very limited. Liu and Leach (2001) found the more highly an industrial customer perceives the salesperson’s level of expertise, the more he perceives received value. Specifically, Liu and Leach (2001) argued that expertise is the primary mechanism by which a frontline employee adds value to the customer. Teas and Agarwal (2000) showed that perceived quality is positively related to value. Naylor and Frank (2000) stated that sales force responsiveness has a positive impact on consumers’ perceptions of value, particularly in terms of time benefits. Further, in the management literature, researchers (e.g., Youndt and Snell, 2004) have suggested that a positive perception of an employee (e.g., a frontline employee) has a positive impact on the customer’s perception of firm benefits. For example, if the customer perceives a frontline employee as a product expert, and someone who understands his needs 227 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT well, he probably perceives the frontline employee as the most appropriate person to recommend him the most economical product. Thus, given these studies, we posit the following hypotheses: H1. Frontline employee credibility has a positive effect on the customer’s perception of economic value. H11. Frontline employee expertise has a positive effect on the customer’s perception of economic value. H12. Frontline employee trustworthiness has a positive effect on the customer’s perception of economic value. According to Mallalieu and Nakamoto (2008), a high-quality interaction between an employee and a customer can induce in the customer an emotional state characterized by joy, excitement, optimism and hope. Based on Mehrabian and Russell’s (1974) model, Bell (1999) demonstrated that a positive image creates a higher level of pleasurable feeling in customers and reflects their enjoyment of spending time in a shopping venue. Specifically, the customer’s perception of frontline employee attributes (service knowledge, attitude and friendliness) in the retail context positively influences his or her store’s affect (Bell, 1999). Likewise, Bitner (1992) argued that the retailer’s image can generate emotions in consumers. In addition, based on the S-O-R model, Sherman et al. (1997) showed that social factors (e.g., employee perception) stimulate higher levels of pleasurable feelings in customers. From these researches, we postulate that: H2. Frontline employee credibility has a positive effect on the customer’s perception of enjoyable interaction. H21. Frontline employee expertise has a positive effect on the customer’s perception of enjoyable interaction. H22. Frontline employee trustworthiness has a positive effect on the customer’s perception of enjoyable interaction. To our knowledge, no study to date has examined the relationship between frontline employee attributes and the customer’s risk perception. In brand management, both theory and empirical evidence support the fact that a brand can reduce consumers’ risk perceptions (e.g., Montgomery, 1975). For example, Montgomery (1975) argued that brand image is negatively associated with the risk of 228 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT performance perceived by a consumer. Dowling and Staelin (1994) showed that consumers may feel more confident with a well-known brand than with a generic product class. Finally, Berthon et al. (1999) argued that a brand reduces the consumers’ perceived risks. Thus, given these studies, we posit that if a customer perceives a frontline employee as credible, he will be more confident in the frontline employee’s offer or solution, and so his perceived risk will be reduced. As a result, this study hypothesizes that: H3. Frontline employee credibility has a positive effect on the customer’s perception of risk. H31. Frontline employee expertise has a positive effect on the customer’s perception of risk. H32. Frontline employee trustworthiness has a positive effect on the customer’s perception of risk. Value added by frontline employee effect on customer loyalty Previous research has shown that perceived value has a positive impact on customer loyalty. For example, Lai et al. (2009) found that perceived value is an important predictor of customer loyalty. Likewise, Spiteri and Dion (2004) indicated that customer-perceived value is positively associated with loyalty behavior. Rust et al. (1995) stated that perceived customer value was an effective predictor of customer loyalty. Finally, in the sales force context, Palmatier et al. (2007) illustrated that the value received by the customer positively affects salesperson-owned loyalty. Therefore, we posit that: H4. Economic value added by a frontline employee positively affects customer loyalty. A number of studies have indicated that relational- and rapport-building activities positively affect loyalty in business relationships (e.g., Crosby et al., 1990; Morgan and Hunt 1994; Paul et al. 2009). Further, Gremier and Gwinner’s (2000) study reported that enjoyable interaction was one of the two components of rapport building, and that this component affects positively the buyer’s loyalty to the service provider. Thus, we hypothesize that: H5. Enjoyable interaction value added by a frontline employee positively affects customer loyalty. If a frontline employee reduces the risk perceived by his customer, he will also reduce the customer’s sacrifice and in turn increase a customer-perceived value. Thus, based on previous researches 229 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT (e.g., Rust et al., 1995; Spiteri and Dion, 2004; Lai et al., 2009) which shown the perceived value has a positive impact on customer loyalty, we can argue that the lower the customer-perceived risk, the higher customer loyalty will be. In this regard, Mittal and Lee (1989) indicated that brand loyalty is associated with customer risk perception. Therefore, we postulate that: H6. Risk reduced by a frontline employee positively affects customer loyalty. Mediating role of value added by a frontline employee More recently, a study conducted by Newell et al. (2011) revealed that salesperson trustworthiness positively affected buyer perceptions of relationship loyalty. Likewise, Morgan and Hunt (1994) posited that trust is a major determinant of relationship commitment. Additionally, in the brand management literature, Chaudhuri and Holbrook (2001) indicated that brand trust has a positive impact on customer loyalty. Thus, based on the previous literature, we can deduce that frontline employee credibility has a positive impact on customer loyalty. Mehrabian and Russell’s (1974) S-O-R model posits that the organism (O) meditates the relationship between stimulus (S) and response (R). This mediating role of the organism has been confirmed in several studies. For instance, Sherman et al. (1997) demonstrated the mediating role of consumer emotions in the relation between store environment, and consumer purchase behavior. Thus, from the above discussion, we conclude that: H7: Value added by the frontline employee mediates the relationship between frontline employee credibility (expertise and trustworthiness) and customer loyalty. H71: Economic value mediates the relationship between frontline employee credibility and customer loyalty. H72: Enjoyable interaction mediates the relationship between frontline employee credibility and customer loyalty. H73: Risk reduced mediates the relationship between frontline employee and customer loyalty. Methodology Data collection 230 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT To ensure sufficient internal validity, we targeted only one industry. The industry was selected based on two criteria (Palmatier et al., 2007): 1) the importance given to the frontline employee in the business with respect to the brand or product, and 2) the presence of competition. According to Palmatier et al. (2007), in order to properly test hypotheses about the customer–frontline employee relationship, it is important to choose an industry in which the effect of the brand (e.g., brand loyalty) and the effect of advertising are negligible to the frontline employee’s role during the customer’s buying process. Similarly, the presence of competition is an prominent criterion to highlight the attributes that influence customers to choose between the frontline employee’s offers. Several industries meet these two criteria, including the retail industry and the insurance industry (Palmatier et al., 2007). For this research, we chose the banking industry, specifically the financial sector. Our choice of the financial sector was entirely appropriate for two reasons. First, financial institutions (including banks) offer financial products that are roughly similar. Second, financial advisors are frontline employees who sell financial products based primarily on their own efforts. In order to collect the data for the current study, customers of personal-finance advisors for five bank agencies in Canada were surveyed. All the finance advisors of these agencies were selected to participate in the study. For each of the 40 financial advisors, we randomly selected 30 customers. A total of 1320 questionnaires were distributed to the selected customers. Of those, 280 questionnaires were returned by mail. A total of 237 usable questionnaires were obtained after conducting a list-wise deletion, yielding a usable response rate of 18 percent. On average, six responses for each financial advisor, and about 46 percent of the respondents were women. A total of 31 percent of the respondents were between 55 and 64 years old, and 26 percent were between 45 and 54 years old. In addition, 31.5 percent had some university education or had a college degree. About 42 percent of the respondents had a high school education. Furthermore, 93 percent of the respondents had been customers of the banks for a period exceeding 12 years. Measurement development 231 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT To develop the questionnaire, existing scales for all five constructs were examined. The scale items used for this study were measured using five-point Likert-type scales. Frontline employee trustworthiness (four items) and expertise (three items) measures were taken from a scale developed by Ohanian (1990). Economic value was measured using four items adapted from Liu (2006). Enjoyable interaction was measured using six items adapted from Gremler and Gwinner (2000). Risk reduced by a frontline employee was measured using inversed seven items: a one-item (financial risk) adapted scale based on work by Grewald et al. (2006), a two-item (financial risk) adapted scale based on work by Agarwal and Teas (2001), and a four items (performance risk) adapted scale based on work by Kleijnen et al. (2007). Finally, customer loyalty was measured using two items adapted from Yoo et al. (2000). Table 1. Survey items, reliability and validity for measures in the study Constructs Expertise Trustworthiness Economic value Reduced risk Items X: knowledgeable X: qualified X: skilled X: trustworthy X: reliable X: sincere X: honest Provides the best value Provides better value for the money Provides low quality for the price (R) Charges a reasonable price for the services provided As I consider transaction with X, I worry about the product/service will really perform as well as it supposed to (R) The thought of transaction with X causes me to be concerned for how really reliable the product/service will be (R) If I were to make transaction with X, I become concerned that the product/service will not provide the level of benefits I would be expecting (R) The thought of making transaction with X causes me to be concerned for how really dependable the Authors Ohanian (1990). Ohanian (1990). Liu (2006) Kleijnen et al. (2007) .939 .962 .935 .870 .854 .937 .881 .896 .921 t 45.13 57.12 47.54 18.29 16.41 18.48 16.19 39.40 53.47 .854 24.71 .770 13.96 .884 26.38 .895 32.68 .795 20.89 .842 25.31 α CR AVE .94 .96 .89 .91 .94 .78 .88 .92 .74 .93 .95 .72 232 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT product/service will be (R) X tries to increase his profit through hidden or non-transparent costs (R) Considering the potential investment involved, for you to purchase from X would be very risky (R) I think that the purchase from X would lead to financial risk (R) X: Frontline employee. R: inversed. Gewald et al. (2006) and Agarwal et Teas (2001). .788 16.54 .852 23.13 .864 22.36 Table 1. Survey items, reliability and validity for measures in the study Constructs Enjoyable interaction Customer loyalty Items Authors In thinking about my relationship with this person, I enjoy interacting with this X This X creates a feeling of “warmth” in our relationship This X relates well to me In thinking about my relationship, I have a harmonious relationship with X This X had a good sense of humor I am comfortable interacting with this X I consider myself loyal to X. It makes sense to buy from X instead of any X’s offer, even if they are the same. Gremler and Gwinner, (2000) Yoo, et al. (2000). t .874 18.61 .924 24.54 .879 26.13 .909 20.71 .856 18.86 .881 38.01 .735 14.91 .863 27.70 α CR AVE .93 .95 .78 .91 .94 .85 FIT: 2: 656.73; 2/df: 2.31; p: .00. IFI: .934; CFI: .934; TLI: .924; RMSEA: .075. X: Frontline employee. Results Measurement validation As recommended by Anderson and Gerbing (1988), we developed a measurement model before estimating the structural paths to test the hypothesized relationships between the constructs. Unidimensionality was assessed prior to examining reliability and validity (Hair et al., 1995); to this end, all independent and dependent variables were analyzed using varimax rotation, taking three criteria into 233 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT consideration: 1) all items with a lower community under .5 would be eliminated; 2) the factors extracted were those with a value higher than 1; and 3) the Cronbach’s alpha values exceeded the minimum acceptable values, at .7. The results illustrate that all the constructs are unidimensional, including risk reduced by a frontline employee. Specifically, our factorial analysis showed that financial risk and performance risk were grouped into one factor. As Table 1 reports, all items showed significant loading with the corresponding constructs, wherein the lowest was .74 (> .5), and the lowest t-value was 13.96 (> 1.96). The confirmatory factor analysis conducted using the AMOS 19.0 program showed the following statistics regarding the model fit index of the tested model: chi-square value (χ2 = 656.73, χ2/df = 2.31, pvalue = .00), Tucker-Lewis index (TLI = .924), comparative fit index (CFI = .934) and root mean square error of approximation (RMSEA = .075). Values of .90 and above are recommended for CFI and TLI, and values of .08 are recommended for RMSEA (Browne and Cudeck, 1993; Hu and Bentler, 1995). Therefore, the results of the confirmatory analysis indicated an acceptable fit of the measuring model. Fornell and Larcker’s (1981) procedures were followed to evaluate convergent and discriminant validity. Convergent validity is established if the average variance extracted (AVE) for each factor accounts for .50 or more of the total variance. As shown in Table 1, the AVE for the factors was as follows: .89 for frontline employee expertise, .78 frontline employee trustworthiness, .74 for economic value, .72 for perceived risk, .78 for enjoyable interaction and .85 for loyalty. Overall, convergent validity was confirmed for each dimension. Moreover, Anderson and Gerbing (1988) noted that convergent validity is demonstrated by statistically significant path coefficients. In this study, all coefficients were significant at the p < .05 level. The study then assessed the discriminant validity of the key constructs using the procedures recommended by Fornell and Larker (1981). This consisted of checking whether the square roots of the AVE values were consistently greater than all corresponding correlations, as shown in Table 2. As reported in Table 2, the analysis showed that each construct shared more variance with its corresponding 234 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT measures than with other constructs in the model. Therefore, all constructs revealed acceptable discriminant validity. Table 2. Correlation and discriminant validity Mean SD 1 2 3 4 5 6 4.52 .69 (.94) Expertise 4.60 .63 .743** (.88) Trustworthiness 3.99 .92 .647** .638** (.86) Economic value Enjoyable interaction 3.21 .88 .587** .622** .649** (.85) 4.19 .92 .474** .497** .569** .452** (.88) Reduced risk 4.27 .86 .639** .619** .759** .624** .467** (.92) Customer loyalty Diagonal entries show the square roots of average variance extracted, others represent correlation coefficients. **. Correlation is significant at the .01 level; *. Correlation is significant at the .05 level. Structural model Hierarchical linear model (HLM) was used to estimate main and mediating effects. HLM models are generally recommended when working with grouped data (Krull and MacKinnon, 1999; Nash et al.,2004). Conducting a single-level analysis in this context is inappropriate because it is likely to result in downwardly biased standard errors and increase the probability of making a Type I error (Krull and MacKinnon, 2001). In addition, ignoring the effects of clustering violates the assumption of uncorrelated or independent error. Hierarchical linear model (HLM) is a statistical technique focusing on the nature of nested sets (Bryk and Raudenbush, 1992). This model can simultaneously examine effects of both individual and group level variables on an individual-level outcome. HLM uses Maximum Likelihood Estimates (MLE) to run regression models for each group by estimating its own intercept and its own slope (Raudenbush and Bryk, 2002). Therefore, HLM takes into consideration variation not only in the intercept but also in the slope estimates for each group. Prior to conducting the HLM analyses associated with the primary research questions of this study, the HLM null model without explanatory variables was established to calculate the intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC) for each dependent variable. In a two-level model, this coefficient is typically estimated by dividing the level 2 variance component by the sum of the level 1 and level 2 variance components 235 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT (i.e., ICC = τ2 /(σ2+ τ2)) . The level 2 (group-level) variance component (τ2) represents the between-group variability, and the level 1 (residual) variance component (σ 2) represents the within-group variability. Unconditional random intercept models with the analytic sample were estimated, to obtain two different ICC estimates. In addition to ICC, we were estimated the LR ratio test statistic which informs us if the random slopes improved the fit. For this analysis, we used a multilevel path model, using Stata 13. The result for this analysis presented in Table 3. This table showed the estimated ICC were 9.1% for customer loyalty and 8.3% for risk reduced by a frontline employee. The LR test for these two ICC was significant showing different “individual customer loyalty and perceived risk reduced” in each group customersfrontline employee. In contrast, Table 3 showed that ICC for economic value and enjoyable interaction (ICC = .8% and ICC = 0 %) was very small and not significant. So, these indicators revealed that the variances between customers-frontline employee groups were not different from zero for two dependent variables economic value and enjoyable interaction. Table 3. HLM null models analysis results for dependents variables Customer loyalty Economic value Risk reduced Enjoyable interaction b: standard error Variance (intercept) .060 (.037)b .006 (.027) .061 (.045) 2.91e-11 (1.88e-10) Variance (residual) .598 (.040) .740 (.075) .672 (.070) 1.082 (.102) ICC LR test vs. linear regression Sig. 2 9.1% 4.91 .013 .8% .05 .412 8.3% 3.07 .039 0% .00 1.000 According to Zyzanski et al. (2004), the small ICC levels of 5% are high enough to warrant multilevel methods. So, HLM was adopted for testing main was used to estimate main and mediating effects because two of dependent variables (customer loyalty and risk reduced) have their ICC greater than 5% (9.1% and 8.3%). Main effects of Credibility on customer’s perceived value added by a frontline employee 236 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Hypothesis 1 posits that frontline employee perceived credibility positively affects customer’s perceived economic value added by a frontline employee. Specifically, hypotheses H11 and H12 state that the economic value added by the frontline employee to his customer will be positively influenced by his perceived expertise and trustworthiness. The results reported in Table 4 showed that these hypotheses were supported. Specifically, Table 4 indicates that frontline employee expertise is positively related to economic value (γ10 = .455; t = 4.74, p < .001), and frontline employee trustworthiness has a positive impact on economic value γ20 = .540; t = 5.21, p < .001). Thus, as expected, our results support H11 and H12. Therefore, hypothesis H1 was supported. The results reported in Table 4 showed that both frontline employee expertise and trustworthiness have a positive effect on the enjoyable interaction perceived by the customer (γ 20= .489; t = 4.15, p < .05; γ20= .682; t = 5.36, p < .001). Thus, as expected, our results support H 21 and H22, which in turn support hypothesis H2. Table 4. Main affects tests with HLM analysis Economic value Fixed effects Intercept γ00 Expertise Trustworthiness Economic value Enjoyable interaction Risk reduced γ10 γ20 γ30 γ40 Enjoyable Risk reduced interaction γ SE γ SE γ SE -.216 (.362) .015 (.423) -.635 (.418) Between-customers predictors .455** (.096) .489** (.118) .245* (.118) .540** (.104) .682 (.127) .444** (.123) γ50 Intercept u0j 1.74e-21 Within frontline rij .415 employee variance Notes: **. p < .001, * p < .05. Random effects 2.61e-24 .625 Customer loyalty γ -.392 SE (.401) .705** .544** (.057) (.061) .410** (.057) .026 .029 .524 .209 237 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT We posited in hypotheses H31 and H32 that the customer-perceived risk reduced by the frontline employee will be influenced positively by both frontline employee expertise and trustworthiness. The results illustrated in Table 4 also supported these hypotheses. Specifically, the impact of frontline employee expertise on perceived risk was significant (γ30 = .245; t = 2.08, p < .05), and the effect of frontline employee trustworthiness on perceived risk was greatly significant (γ30 = .444; t = 3.59, p < .001). Thus, both H31 and H32 are supported. Main effects of value added by a frontline employee on customer loyalty Hypotheses H4 to H6 posited that each of the three dimensions of the value added by the frontline employee affect customer loyalty. The results reported in Table 4 showed that economic value was positively related to customer loyalty (γ30= .705; t = 12.17, p < .001), Enjoyable interaction has a positive impact on customer loyalty (γ40 = .544; t = 8.87, p < .001), and risk reduced by a frontline employee has a positive effect on customer loyalty (γ50 = .410; t = 7.16, p < .05). Thus, as expected, our results support H4, H5 and H6. Therefore, the value added by the frontline employee significantly affects customer loyalty. Mediating effect This study tested the mediation of each dimension of value added by a frontline employee through HLM analysis with the slopes allowed to vary randomly between frontline employees. Especially, we have used Zhang et al.’s (2009) multilevel relationships procedure. As recommended by these authors, we first centered all the predictors at the customer level. In our study the antecedent, the mediator, and the outcome are all measured at a lower level of analysis. So, each mediator model analysis (see Figure 2) corresponds to the 1-1-1 model cited by Zhang et al. (2009). Table 5 presented the reformulation for the Baron and Kenny’s (1986) procedures in multilevel settings for this model. Following Zhang et al. (2009) and others (e.g., Kenny et al., 2003; Preacher et al., 2010) we estimated the direct effect (i.e., c'), the random indirect (i.e., a*b) and the total (i.e., c = a*b + c') for customer i interacting with frontline 238 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT employee j) (see Fig. 2). The model parameters were estimated for all three mediators via the «gsem» and «nlcom» commands estimators implemented in Stata 13. Figure 2. 1-1-1 test mediation model example (Expertise Risk reduced Customer loyalty) Note: 1-1-1 Model refers to the model where X, M, and Y were all measured at level 1; ID: frontline employee group level (level 2). j = frontline employee. i = customer. Table 5. Baron and Kenny’s (1986)test mediation procedures reformulated in multilevel settings (Krull and MacKinnon, 2001; Mathieu and Taylor 2007; Zhang et al., 2009). OLS Multilevel Individual Level Group Level Equation 1 Individual Level ́ Equation 2 Equation 3 ́ ́ Group Level Individual Level Group Level ́ ́ 239 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT The model results, displayed in Table 6, showed a significant direct effect of expertise on customer loyalty (c' = .319, t = 4.86, p < .01), a significant effect of expertise on customer loyalty via economic value added by a frontline employee (a*b = .245, t = 4.60, p < .01), and a significant total effect of expertise on customer loyalty (c = .799, t = 12.70, p < .01). Therefore, given the previous finding about the significant impact of economic value on customer loyalty, this result indicated that the statistical impact of expertise on customer loyalty was partially mediated by economic value added by a frontline employee. Table 6 indicated also economic value mediated partially the relationship between trustworthiness and customer loyalty (c' = .311, t = 4.36, p < .01; a*b = .526, t = 8.58, p < .01; c = .837, t = 12.10, p < .01). So, hypothesis H71 which posited that economic value mediated the relationship between frontline employee credibility and customer loyalty was partially supported. Table 6. Direct, direct and total effect c’ Expertise Economic value Customer loyalty Expertise Enjoyable interaction Customer loyalty Expertise Risk reduced Customer loyalty Direct effect 95% conf. t Interval Indirect effect 95% conf. a*b t Interval c Total effect 95% conf. t Interval .319** 4.86 .458 .647 .245** 4.60 .141 .349 .799** 12.70 .676 .922 .521** 7.31 .381 .660 .277** 5.71 .182 .372 .797** 12.61 .673 .921 .676** 9.74 .540 .812 .122** 3.36 .051 .194 .799** 12.65 .675 .922 .171 .451 .526** 8.58 .406 647 .837** 12.10 .702 .973 .354 .675 .322** 5.61 .209 .434 .836** 12.01 .700 .973 .552 .859 .133** 3.14 .049 .216 .838** 12.02 .702 .975 Trustworthiness .311** 4.36 Economic value Customer loyalty Trustworthiness Enjoyable interaction .515** 6.29 Customer loyalty Trustworthiness .705** 9.01 Risk reduced Customer loyalty Notes: **. p < .001. 240 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Hypothesis H72 postulated that enjoyable interaction mediates the relationship between frontline employee credibility (expertise and trustworthiness) and customer loyalty. Results (see Table 6) revealed that this hypothesis was also partially supported. Indeed, the effect of frontline employee’s perceived expertise on customer loyalty was partially mediated by enjoyment interaction (c' = .521, t = 7.31, p < .01; a*b = .277, t = 5.71, p < .01; c = .797, t = 12.61, p < .01). In addition, this latter partially mediated the relationship between trustworthiness and customer loyalty (c' = .515, t = 6.29, p < .01; a*b = .322, t = 5.61, p < .01; c = .836, t = 12.01, p < .01). Finally, Table 6 showed that the last dimension of value added by a frontline employee also mediated partially the relationship between employee credibility and customer loyalty. Results (see Table 6) indicated that expertise effect on customer loyalty was partially mediated by risk reduced by a frontline employee (c' = .676, t = 9.74, p < .01; a*b = .122, t = 3.36, p < .01; c = .799, t = 12.65, p < .01). As well, this latter partially mediated the relationship between trustworthiness and customer loyalty (c' = .705, t = 9.01, p < .01; a*b = .133, t = 3.14, p < .01; c = .838, t = 12.02, p < .01). So, H 73 hypothesis was partially supported. In sum, our finding revealed that value added by the frontline employee mediated partially the relationship between frontline employee credibility and customer loyalty. Therefore, H 7 was partially supported. Discussion Consistent with brand management, one of our main purposes in this study was to show that the frontline employees cannot only communicate product or brand value, but can also add value to the firm and for the customer. This view is consistent with that of Rackham and De Vincentis (1999), who argued that salespeople not only communicated value, but must also create it. The results of our data from the five Canadian financial banks have supported this proposition. This study provides also a useful knowledge for understanding the source of value added by frontline employees, and how this value may influence customer loyalty. The results provide empirical evidence to demonstrate that frontline employee 241 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT credibility is a powerful factor that directly influences consumers’ perceptions of value added by the frontline employee, and that this value in turn affects customer loyalty. This research identified a significant, strong impact of frontline employee credibility on the value added by the frontline employee (Figure 1). This finding is consistent with findings in brand management research (e.g., Aaker, 1991; Aaker, 1997), which have found that brand image or brand personality has a positive impact on the customer’s perception of value. Our results are also in line with those of Baumgarth and Lars (2011), who found that a frontline employee does not just explain product features or negotiate prices, but also shapes brand perceptions. In addition to the two types of extrinsic value (economic value and risk reduction) that fit with a frontline employee working in the financial sector, we have retained the enjoyment interaction concept in our model to show that, like a brand, a frontline employee can also add hedonic value. Our results strongly support this hypothesis, which is consistent with the views of Brian Dubin (cited in Matthew, 2006), who postulates that any person (e.g., a frontline employee) possessing intangible assets can be considered a brand. Our findings are also in line with Gremler and Gwinner (2000), who argued that enjoyable interaction is an important dimension of the rapport between employees and customers. Finally, this result also extends Blocker et al.’s (2012) propositions, which highlight the role of the frontline employee in the value creation process, in the sense that this study describes the type of value that is generated by the frontline employee. The findings suggest that frontline employee can enhance customers’ perceptions of value by effectively managing their perceived credibility. This result is in harmony with Liu and Leach (2001), who identified that frontline employee expertise and trustworthiness are important variables that influence the relationship between a buyer and a frontline employee. This study extends Liu and Leach’s (2001) research by providing evidence that expertise and trustworthiness are only two components of frontline employee attributes. Thus, based on S-O-R, we predict that other attributes can enhance customerperceived value and customer loyalty to the frontline employee. Contrary to our expectations, our data show that all value added dimensions do not fully mediate the relationship between frontline employee 242 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT redibility and customer loyalty. One possible explanation for this is that others variables have to add to our models specially others value added dimensions and frontline employee attributes. Implications Based on these findings, a number of theoretical and managerial implications can be drawn. From a theoretical perspective, this research integrates and extends several ideas. First, the nature of the findings for a service industry validated Palmatier et al.’s (2007) results in a business-to-business context which highlighted the importance of customer value for customer loyalty to a frontline employee (i.e., salesperson). The results also support the general importance of the frontline employee credibly in relationship marketing, as indicated by Liu and Leach (2001). Additionally, this study has empirically shown the importance of the value added by the frontline employee in relationship marketing. Therefore, it confirms the suggestions of several scholars (e.g., Rackham and De Vincentis, 1999; Blocker et al., 2012; Haas et al., 2012) that the frontline employee cannot only communicated the firm value, but can add value to customers. Second, our findings confirm that the S-O-R model can be applied to the frontline employee contribution to the service setting. This framework may help researchers to develop empirical studies linking stimuli related to the frontline's employees (e.g., reputation) to organism responses related to the frontline employee or the customer (e.g., frontline employee orientation, customer-perceived value), and to customer or frontline employee – or even firm – responses (e.g., customer satisfaction, frontline employee performance, firm financial performance). From a managerial perspective, this research advocates that managers in service setting should begin to recognize frontline employees as value creators. This is important because in today’s dynamic environment, organizations in the service industry face heightened challenges from increased competition and slowed market growth. Given these conditions, frontline employees have to provide more value for their customers in order to gain their loyalty. Based on our study findings, we have several suggestions for these managers. First, it is important to consider that frontline employees not only communicate the firm’s value to customers, but can also add utilitarian and hedonic value to the customers themselves. To 243 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT maximize this added value, a manager can suggest to a frontline employee to improve their perceived credibility (expertise, trustworthiness). To evaluate this credibility, this manager can conduct an annual survey by randomly selecting customers for each frontline employee. The feedback from this survey can be used to direct and evaluate the frontline employees. It can also be used for program-specific training and for frontline employees’ compensation. Our results also show that, even in financial context, sales managers have to advise their frontline employees to focusing on enjoyment interaction in order to increase customer loyalty. Limitations and future research directions Although the results provide general support for the proposed theoretical framework, several limitations of the research must be considered. First, our data were derived only from frontline employees in the financial banking sector. Thus, to enhance the external validity, future research efforts can consider frontline employees in other business settings. It would also be very interesting to validate whether enjoyable interaction is positively associated with customer loyalty in other sectors. Second, in this study, frontline employee attributes were measured using frontline employee credibility, which was taken to consist of only two dimensions. As a result, frontline employee credibility as used in this study does not reflect all of the frontline employees’ attributes. To provide more global items, future research could use additional dimensions of frontline employee credibility, such as attractiveness, and more frontline employee attributes, such as empathy and listening skills. In addition, given the number of dimensions used in defining the value added by frontline employees in our model, replication with larger dimensions (e.g., relational value) is a critical area for future research. Further empirical examination could also include the other type of customer loyalty (e.g., loyalty to the selling firm). Another interesting avenue of research would be to explore the link between a frontline employee’s added value and the brand value. 244 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Reference Aaker, D. A. (1991). Managing brand equity: capitalizing on the value of a brand name. The Free Press, New York, NY. Aaker, J. L. (1997). Dimensions of brand personality. Journal of Marketing Research, 34(3), 347-356. Agarwal, S., & Teas, K. R. (2001). Perceived value: mediating role of perceived risk, Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice, 9, 1-14. Anderson, J., & Gerbing, D. (1988). Structural equation modeling in practice: A review and recommended two step approach.Psychological Bulletin, 103, 411-423. Applbaum, R. L., & Anatol, K. W.E. (1972). The factor structure of source credibility as a function of the speaking situation. Speech Monographs, 39(3), 2162-22. Avinash, M. (2010). How is marketer's credibility construed with the sales-marketing interface? Journal of Business Research, 63(1), 13-19. Babin, B. J., Darden, W. R., & Griffin, M. (1994).Work and/or fun: measuring hedonic and utilitarianshopping value. Journal of ConsumerResearch,20), 473-481. Bagozzi, R. P. (1980). Advances in factor analysis and structural equation models. Journal of Marketing Research, 17(1), 133-147. Bagozzi, R. P. (1984). A prospectus for theory construction in marketing. Journal of Marketing, 48(1), 11-26. Bagozzi, R. R. (1986). Principles of marketing management. Chicago: Science Research Associates, Inc. Baker, J. (1987). The role of environment in marketing services: The consumer perspective. In The services challenge: Integration for competitive advantage (pp. 79-84). Chicago, IL: American Marketing Association. Baker, J., Parasuraman, D., Grewal, D., & Voss, G. B. (2002). The influence of multiple store environment cues on perceived merchandise value and patronage intentions. Journal of Marketing, 66(2), 120-41. Baron, R. M., & Kenny, D. (1986). The moderator-mediator variable distinction in socialpsychological research: Conceptual, strategic, and statistical considerations. Journalof Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 1173-1182. 245 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Baumgarth, C., & Binckebanck, L. (2011). Sales force impact on B-to-B brand equity: Conceptual framework and empirical test.Journal of Product and Brand Management, 26(6), 487-498. Bell, S. (1999). Image and consumer attraction to intraurban retail areas: An environmental psychology approach. Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services, 6(2), 67-78. Bellizzi, J. A., Crowley, A. E., & Hasty, R. W. (1983). The effects of color in store design. Journal of Retailing, 59, 21-45. Berlo, D. K., Lemert, J. B, & Mertz, R.J. (1969). Dimensions for evaluating the acceptability of message sources. The Public Opinion Quarterly, 33, 563-576 Berthon, P., Hulbert, J. M. & Pitt, L. F. (1999). Brand management prognostications.Sloan Management Review, 40(2), 53-65. Bitner, M. J. (1992). Servicescapes: the impact of physical surroundings on customers and employees. Journal of Marketing, 56, 57-71. Blocker, C. P., Cannon, J. P., Panagopoulos, N. G., & Sager, J. K. (2012). The role of the sales force in value creation and appropriation: New directions for research.Journal of Personal Selling and Sales Management, 32(1), 15-28. Browne, M. W., & Cudeck, R. (1993). Alternative ways of assessing model fit. In: Bollen, K. A. & Long, J. S. (Eds.) Testing Structural Equation Models. Hills, CA: Sage 136–162. Bryk, A. S., & Raudenbush, S. W. (1992). Hierarchical linear models: Applications and data analysis methods. Newbury Park: Sage Publications. Busch, P., & Wilson, D. T. (1976). An Experimental Analysis of a Salesman's Expert and Referent Bases of Social Power in the Buyer-Seller Dyad. Journal of Marketing Research, 13, 3-11. Bush, R. P., Bush, A. J., Ortinau, D. J., & Hair, J. F., Jr. (1990). Developing a behavior-based scale to assess retail salesperson performance. Journal of Retailing, 66, 119-136. Chaudhuri, A., & Holbrook, M. B (2001). The chain of effects from brand trust and brand affect to brand performance: The role of brand loyalty. Journal of Marketing, 65, 81-93. Chernev, A. (2004). Extremeness aversion and attribute-balance effects in choice. Journal of Consumer Research, 31, 249-63. Churchill, G., Ford, N., & Walker, O. (1997). Sales force management. Richard D. Irwin, Chicago, IL. 246 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Clow, K. E., James, K. E., Kranenburg, K. E., & Berry, CT. (2006). The Relationship of the visual element of an advertisement to service quality expectations and source credibility. Journal of Services Marketing, 20(6), 404-411. Crosby, L. A., Evans, K. R., & Cowles, D. (1990). Relationship quality in services selling: an interpersonal influence perspective. Journal of Marketing, 54, 68-81. Darian, J. C., Tucci, L. A., & Wiman, A. R. (2001). Perceived salesperson service attributes and retail patronage intentions. International Journal of Retail and Distribution Management, 29(5), 205213. Dick, A. S., & Basu, K. (1994). Customer loyalty: toward an integrated conceptual framework. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 22(2), 99-113. Doney, P, M., & Cannon, J. P.(1997). An examination of the nature of trust in buyer–seller relationships. Journal of Marketing, 61, 35–51. Donovan, R. J., & Rossiter, J. R. (1982). Store atmosphere:An environ- mentalpsychology approach. Journal of Retailing, 58, 34-57. Dowling, G. R., & Staelin, R. (1994). A model of perceived risk and intended risk-handling activity.Journal of Consumer Research, 21, 119-134. Efron, B. (1987). Better bootstrap confidence intervals. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 82, 171–185. Eroglu, S. A., Machleit, K. A., & Davis, L. M. (2003). Empirical testing of a model of online store atmospherics and shopper responses. Psychology & Marketing, 20, 139-50. Éthier, J. (2002). The perceived role and impact of web interface design on emotions in the context of online shopping: a research model. Administrative Sciences Association of Canada (ASAC), Winnipeg, Manitoba. Fornell, C. & Larcker, D. (1981). Evaluating structural equation models with unobservable variables with measurement error.Journal of Marketing Research, 18, 39-50. Forsythe, S. M., & Shi, B. (2003).Consumer patronage and risk perceptions in internet shopping. Journal of Business Research, 56(11), 867-875. 247 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Forsythe, S, Liu, C., Shannon, D., & Gardner, L. C. (2006). Development of a scale to measure the perceived benefits and risks of online shopping. Journal of Interactive Marketing, 20(2), 55-75. Gewald, H., Wüllenweber, K., & Weitzel, T. (2006). The influence of perceived risks on banking managers' intention to outsource business processes - a study of the German banking and finance industry. Journal of Electronic Commerce Research, 7(2), 78-96. Gremler, D., & Gwinner, K (2000). Customer-employee rapport in service relationships. Journal of Service Research. 3(1), 88-104. Grönroos, C. (1997). Value driven relational marketing: from products to resources and competencies. Journal of Marketing Management, 13, 407-419. Haas, A., Ivan, S., & Daniela, C. (2012). Creating value in business relationships: The role of sales. Journal of Industrial Marketing Management. 41(1). 94-105. Hair, J. F., Jr., Anderson, R. E., Tatham, R. L., & Black, W. C. (1995). Multivariate data analysis with readings (4th ed.).Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, Inc. Hartline, M. & Jones, K. (1996). Employee performance cues in a hotel service environment: influence on perceived service quality, value and word-of-mouth intentions.Journal of Business Research, 35, 207-215. Higgins, E. T. (1997). Beyond pleasure and pain. American Psychologist, 52(12), 1280–1300. Higgins, E. T. (2001). Promotion and prevention experiences: Relating emotions to nonemotional motivational states. (J. P. Forgas, Ed.) Handbook of affect and social cognition, 186-211. Holahan, C. K., & Stephan, C. W. (1981). When beauty isn’t talent: the influence of physical attractiveness, attitudes toward women, and competence on impression formation, Sex Roles, 7(8), 867-876. Holbrook, M. B., & Hirschman, E. C. (1982). The experiential aspects of consumption: consumer fantasies, feelings, and fun. Journal of Consumer Research, 9, 132-40. Holbrook, M. B. (1996). Customer value: a framework for analysis and research. Advances in Consumer Research, 23, 138-142. Horton, R. L. (1976). The structure of perceived risk. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 4, 694-706. 248 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Hovland, C. I., Janis, I. K., & Kelley, H. H. (1953). Communication and persuasion. New Haven, CT: Yale University Hu, L., & Bentler, P. M. (1995). Evaluating Model Fit. in Structural Equation Modeling, Rick H. Hoyle, ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 76-99. Jacoby, J., & Chestnut, R. W. (1978). Brand loyalty measurement and management.Canada:ARonaldPressPublication–JohnWiley& Sons, Inc. Jang, S., & Namkung, Y. (2009). Perceived quality, emotions, and behavioral intentions: Application of an extended Mehrabian-Russell model to restaurants. Journal of Business Research, 62, 451460. Kleijnen, M., De Ruyter, K. & Wetzels, M. (2007). An assessment of value creation in mobile service delivery and the moderating role of time consciousness.Journal of Retailing, 83(1), 33-46. Kenny, D. A., Korchmaros, J. D., &Bolger, N. (2003). Lower level mediationinmultilevelmodels. Psychological Methods, 8, 115-128. Krull, J.L., & MacKinnon, D.P. (1999). Multilevel mediation modeling in group-based intervention studies. Evaluation Review, 23, 418-444. Krull, J. L., & MacKinnon, D. P. (2001). Multilevel modeling of individual and group level mediated effects. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 36, 249–277. Lafferty, B., Goldsmith, R. E., & Newell, S. J. (2002). The dual credibility model: the influence of corporate andendorser credibility on attitudes andpurchase intentions. Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice, 10(3), 1–12. Lai, F., Griffin, M., & Babin, B. (2009). How quality, value, image, and satisfaction create loyalty at a Chinese telecom. Journal of Business Research, 6(10), 980-986. Lamont, L. M., & Lundstrom, W. J. (1977). Identifying successful salespeople by personality and personal characteristics. Journal of Marketing Research, 517-529. Liu, A. H. (2006). Customer value and switching costs in business services: Developing exit barriers through strategic value management.The Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing, 21(1), 30-37. 249 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Liu, A. H. & Leach, M. P. (2001). Developing loyal customers with a value-adding sales force: Examining customer satisfaction and the perceived credibility of consultative salespeople.The Journal of Personal Selling and Sales Management, 21(2), 147-146. MacKenzie, S. B., & Lutz, R. J. (1989). An Empirical examination of the structural antecedents of attitude toward the ad in an advertising pretesting content. Journal of Marketing, 53, 48-65. MacKinnon, D.P., Lockwood, C.M., & Williams, J. (2004). Confidence limits for the indirect effect: Distribution of the product and resampling methods. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 39, 99128. Mallalieu, L. & Nakamoto, K. (2008). Understanding the role of consumer motivation and salesperson behavior in inducing positive cognitive and emotional responses during a sales encounter. The Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice, 16(3), 183- 198. Mathwick, C., Naresh, M., & Rigdon, E. (2001). Experiential value: Conceptualization, measurement and application in the catalog and internet shopping. Journal of Retailing, 77(1), 39-56. Matthew, T. (2006). Human brands: Investigating antecedents to consumers' strong attachments to celebrities.Journal of Marketing, 70(3), 104-119 McDougall, G. H. G., & Levesque, T.(2000). Customer satisfaction with services: putting perceived value into the equation. The Journal of Services Marketing, 14(5), 392-410. McKinney, L. N. (2004). Creating a satisfying internet shopping experience via atmospheric variables. International Journal of Consumer Studies, 28(3), 268-283. Mehrabian, A., & Russell, J. A. (1974).An Approach to environmental psychology. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. Mittal, B., & Lee, M. (1989). A causal model of consumer involvement.Journal of Economic Psychology, 10(3), 363-389. Montgomery, D. B. (1975). New product distribution: An analysis of supermarket buyer decision.Journal of Marketing Research, 12(3), 255-264. Morgan, R.M., & Hunt, S.D. (1994). The commitment-trust theory of relationship marketing. Journal of Marketing 58(3), 20-38. 250 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Nash, J. K., Kupper, L., & Fraser, M. W. (2004). Using multilevel statistical models in social work intervention research. Journal of Social Service Research, 30, 35-54. Naylor, G., & Frank, K. E. (2000). The impact of retail sales force responsiveness on consumers’ perceptions of value.Journal of Services Marketing, 14(4/5), 310-343. Newell, S. J, Belonax, J. J, Jr., McCardle, M. W., & Plank, R. E. (2011). The effect of personal relationship and consultative task behaviors on buyer perceptions of salesperson trust, expertise, and loyalty. Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice, 19(3), 307-316. Ohanian, R. (1990). Construction and validation of a scale to measure celebrity. Journal of Advertising, 19(3), 39-52 Ohanian, R. (1991). The impact of celebrity spokesperson’s perceived image on consumers intention to purchase. Journal of Advertising Research, 31(1), 46-55. Oliver, R. L. (1999) Whence consumer loyalty? Journal of Marketing, 63, 33-44. Overby, J. W., & Lee, E. J. (2006). The effects of utilitarian and hedonic onlineshopping value on consumer preference and intentions. Journal of Business Research, 59(10-11), 1160-1166. Palmatier, R. W., Scheerb, L. K., Houstonc, M. B., Evansd, K. R., & Gopalakrishnab, S. (2007). Use of relationship marketing programs in building customer–salesperson and customer–firm relationships: Differential influences on financial outcomes.International Journal of Research in Marketing, 24(3), 210-223. Park, C. (2004). Efficient or enjoyable?: Consumer values of eating-out and fast food restaurant consumption in Korea. International Journal Hospital Management, 23, 87-94. Paul, M., Hennig-Thurau, T..Gremler, D. D., Gwinner, K. P., & Wiertz, C. (2009). Towarda theoryof repeat purchase drivers for consumer services. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 37 (2), 215–237. Preacher, K.J., & Hayes, A.F. (2004). SPSS and SAS procedures for estimating indirect effects in simple mediation models. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers, 36, 717–731. Preacher, K.J., & Hayes, A.F. (2008).Asymptotic and resampling strategies for assessing and comparing indirect effects in multiple mediator models.Behavior Research Methods, 40, 879-891. 251 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Preacher, K. J., Rucker, D. D., & Hayes, A. F. (2007). Assessing moderated mediation hypotheses: Theory, methods, and prescriptions. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 42, 185-227. Preacher, K. J., Zyphur, M. J., & Zhang, Z. (2010). A general multilevel SEM framework for assessing multilevel mediation. Psychological Methods, 15 (3), 209-233. Rackham, N., & DeVincentis, J. (1999). Rethinking the sales force: Redefining selling to create and capture customer value.New York: McGraw-Hill. Raudenbush, S. W., & Bryk, A. S. (2002). Hierarchical linear models: Applications and data analysis methods (2nd ed.). Newbury Park, CA: Sage. Ravald, A., & Grönroos, C. (1996). The value concept and relationship marketing.European Journal of Marketing, 3(2), 19-30. Reichheld, F. F. (1994). Loyalty and the Renaissance of Marketing. Marketing Management. 2(4), 10-21 Reichheld, F. F. (1996). Learning from customer defections. Harvard Business Review, 74, 56–67. Reynolds, K. E., & Arnold, M. J. (2001). Customer loyalty to the salesperson and the store: Examining relationship customers in an upscale retail context. The Journal of Personal Selling & Sales Management, 20(2), 89-98. Rosenbröijer, C. (2001). Industrial brand management: a distributor's perspective in the UK fine-paper industry. Journal of Product and Brand Management, 10(1), 7-25. Rust, R., Zahorik, A., & Kleiningham, T. (1995) Return on Quality (ROQ): making service quality financially accountable. Journal of Marketing, 59, 58-70. Sanchez, J., Callarisa, L., Rodrıguez, R. M., & Moliner, M. A. (2006). Perceived value of the purchase of a tourism product. Tourism Management, 27, 394–409 Semeijn, J., van Riel, A. C. R., &Ambrosini, B. A. (2004). Consumer evaluations of store brands: effects of store image and product attributes. Journal of Retailing and Consumer Services, 11(4), 247– 258. Sherman, E., & Smith, R. B. (1986). Mood states of shoppers and store image. Promising interactions and possible behaviors effects. Advances in Consumer Research, 14, 251-254. Sherman, E., Mathur, A., & Smith, R. B. (1997). Store environment and consumer purchase behavior: mediating role of consumer emotions. Psychology & Marketing, 14(4), 361-78. 252 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Sheth, J. N., & Parvatiyar, A. (1995). Relationship marketing in consumer markets: antecedents and consequences. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 23(4),255-71. Sirdeshmukh, D., Singh, J., & Sabol, B. (2002). Consumer trust, value, and loyalty in relational exchanges. Journal of Marketing, 66(1), 15-37 Sobel, M. E. (1982). Asymptotic confidence intervals for indirect effects in structural equations models. In S. Leinhart (Ed.), Sociological methodology (pp. 159–186). Washington, DC: American Sociological Association. Spiteri, J. M., & Dion, P. A. (2004). Customer value, overall satisfaction, end-user loyalty, and market performance in detail intensive industries. Industrial Marketing Management, 33 (8), 675-687. Teas, R. K., & Agarwal, S. (2000).The effects of extrinsic product cues on consumers' perceptions of quality, sacrifice, and value. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 28(2), 278-90. Turley, L. W., & Milliman, R. E. (2000). Atmospheric effects on shopping behavior: a review of the experimental evidence. Journal of Business Research, 49(2), 193-211. Ulaga, W. (2003). Capturing value creation in business relationships: A customer perspective. Industrial Marketing Management, 32(8), 677-693. Whittaker, J., & Meade, R. D. (1968). Retention of opinion change as a function of differential source credibility: A cross-cultural study. International Journal of Psychology, 3(2), 103-108. Wilson, D. T., Soni, P. K., & O'Keeffe, M. (1995). Modeling customer retention as a relationship problem. Institute for the Study of Business Markets, University Park, PA. Woodruff, R. B. (1997). Customer value: the next source for competitive advantage. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 25(2), 139-54. Yoo, B., Donthu, N., & Lee, S. (2000). An examination of selected marketing mix elements and brand equity. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 28(2), 195-211. Youndt, M. A., & Snell, S. A. (2004). Human resource configurations, intellectual capital, and organizational performance. Journal of Managerial Issues, 16(3), 337-361. Zhang, Z., Zyphur, M. J., & Preacher, K. J. (2009). Testing multilevel mediationusing hierarchical linearmodels problemsand solutions. Organizational ResearchMethods, 12(4), 695-71 253 Running Head: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF TRADITIONAL AND TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACES ON INVOLVEMENT Zeithaml, V. A. (1988). Consumer perceptions of price, quality and value: a means-end model and synthesis of evidence.Journal of Marketing, 52, 2-22. Zeithaml, V.A., Berry, L. L., & Parasuraman, A. (1996). The behavioral consequences of service quality. Journal of Marketing, 60, 31-46. Zyzanski, S. J., Flocke, S. A., & Dickinson, L. M. (2004). On the nature and analysis of clustered data. Annals of Family Medicine, 2, 199-200. 254 Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY A Game-Theoretic Model for Co-Promotions: Choosing a Complementary Versus an Independent Product Ally Salma Karray, University of Ontario Institute of Technology, Canada Simon-Pierre Sigue, Athabasca University, Canada Abstract We study the optimality of partnerships for co-promotions using a game-theoretic model where prices and promotions are decision variables. Results show that it is optimal to co-promote with independent allies when complementary product prices greatly impact demand. Partnerships with complementary allies are more appealing when individual promotions are effective enough. Keywords: co-promotions; complementary product; joint promotion; game theory; marketing-OR interface. Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY 1 Introduction Increasingly, brand managers pool their marketing resources and capitalize on joint opportunities to achieve their advertising or/and promotion goals. For example, manufacturers of food products targeted at children spent an estimated $200 million in 2009 on promotional alliances (US Federal Trade Commission report 2012). The press relates many examples of such promotions in a variety of industries; e.g., pharmaceutics (Wall Street Journal 2013), movies (Hollywood Reporter 2010) and the beverage industry (Advertising Age 2013). The success of these promotional alliances- also called co-promotions, joint promotions and cross promotions- depends heavily on the choice of partner and, most importantly, the partner’s ability to add value to the primary brand (e.g., Geylani et al. 2008, Lee and Shen 2009, Voss and Gammoh 2004). Consequently, brand managers face a crucial decision in planning joint promotional activities, namely whether to partner with an ally that sells a complementary product or with one that sells an independent product (Samu et al. 1999). Two products are complementary when they are used together or when an increase in demand for one translates into an increase in demand for the other. Examples include razors and blades, toothbrushes and toothpaste, and so on. On the other hand, products are independent when their demands are not directly related. Consumers may purchase either one regardless of whether or not they need the other. For example, when a consumer product teams up with a charitable institution in cause-related marketing activities, there is no functional relationship between the consumer product and the activities of their charitable institution partner (Simmons and Becker-Olsen 2006). While the ultimate goal of most promotional alliances is to grow sales and profits, the conjectures and expectations of managers of primary brands differ significantly depending on whether the products complement each other or are independent. A primary brand alliance with a partner that sells a complementary product first recognizes their functional synergy. Because consumers require the two products to fully satisfy some specified needs, efforts to further expand market penetration or development for either one of the two products are likely to benefit the other product. According to the conventional wisdom, an increase in the price of one of two Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY complementary products negatively impacts the demand for both products, while increased promotional activities have the opposite effect. Horizontal externalities easily arise given that neither of the sellers of the two complementary products bears the full cost of pricing too high or investing too little in marketing activities. In such a context, combining marketing resources in a joint promotional program might be considered an efficiency-enhancing mechanism that helps alleviate some of these horizontal externalities and thereby provide incentive to the promotional partners to commit resources to market penetration or/and development for their mutual benefit. For example, Sinitsyn (2012) found that complementary products that share the same brand name and are produced by the same firm should go on sale at the same time. Alternatively, empirical research on consumer perceptions and attitudes supports the view that brand awareness is high when complementary products form promotional alliances. The rationale is that, because consumers have a ready explanation for the promotional alliance, they have a propensity to positively evaluate the jointly promoted products (Samu et al. 1999). On the other hand, there are no explicit horizontal externalities associated with independent products. Theoretically, marketing activities for individual products have no direct effect on another product’s demand and payoff. However, independent products do partner via various forms of promotional associations to achieve different goals (Varadarajan 1986). Such partnership may be desirable when the primary brand aims to increase consumer exposure by distributing through new channels, capitalize on the distinctive strengths of an ally, promote new uses that are not known to consumers, promote trial use among new customers, broaden the user base through association with products with a huge level of market penetration, or signal a desired level of quality to the market that would be hard to achieve without a strong ally (Rao et al. 1999, Varadarajan 1986). In addition, partnering a primary brand with an independent ally is known to engage consumers in higher cognitive effort and to increase belief accessibility for the primary brand (Samu et al. 1999). This is due to the observation that consumers engage in more mental processing of the brands’ attributes when they don’t find an obvious link between two promotional partners. However, promotional alliances between independent products can have negative effects. These include unbalanced customer response to the joint Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY promotion, which makes it beneficial to only one of the partners; and brand dilution, which occurs when the stature of one brand is lowered in the minds of consumers as a result of an association with another brand (Leen and Shen 2009, Simmons and Becker-Olsen 2006). Despite the associated risks and fundamental theoretical differences, the popularity of promotional alliances between complementary as well as independent products in the marketplace raises two intriguing questions that the current marketing literature does not comprehensively address. Is it always beneficial for a primary brand to engage in a promotional alliance with a complementary or an independent product? Under what conditions should a primary brand prefer an alliance with a complementary product to an alliance with independent product, and vice versa? The answers to these questions should provide scholars and managers with a better understanding of the effects of promotional alliances on marketing decisions and profits, as well as offer managers a decision-making framework or useful guidelines to improve the effectiveness of their promotional activities. Almost three decades ago, Varadarajan (1986) stressed the need for such normative guidelines to enhance the productivity of promotional alliances, but this call has been overlooked in the analytical marketing literature. This paper uses a formal game theory approach to answer the two questions raised above. We consider an arrangement where three companies are selling three different products in a given market. Two of these products are complements (e.g., toothbrushes and toothpaste) and the third product is independent from the first two (e.g., shampoo). One of the complementary products is the primary brand, and is considering the possibility of undertaking a joint promotional program with either the other complementary product or the independent product. We build three different models to account for the various strategic situations that may occur among the three firms. In the first model, the firms market their products separately and do not enter into a promotional alliance. In the second model, the primary brand undertakes a joint promotional program with the firm selling the complementary product, while in the third model the primary brand’s joint promotional program involves the independent product exclusively. The firms play a Nash game in each of these three scenarios to determine the optimal pricing, individual promotional efforts, and joint promotional efforts (Models 2 and 3) that maximize their respective profits. Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY The remainder of this paper is organized as follows. Section 2 provides an overview of the literature. Section 3 presents our three models. Section 4 derives equilibrium solutions. Section 5 compares the findings for the three models. Section 6 analyzes some specific cases to better understand the impact of some parameters. Section 7 concludes and discusses both the theoretical and managerial implications of the findings. 2 Overview of the Literature Two issues investigated in the promotional alliance and co-branding literature are particularly relevant to the current study. The first issue is whether or not promotional alliances add value to the partners’ offerings and improve the effectiveness of their other marketing activities. There is general agreement that promotional alliances have the potential to help achieve various marketing communications goals, including brand awareness, brand knowledge, and quality signaling (e.g., Rao and Ruekert 1994, Varadarajan 1985). They can also help participating firms reach greater cost efficiency since, in many cases, promotional partners share the burden of their joint promotional activities (Son et al. 2006). The effectiveness of joint promotions are also believed to be higher compared to partners' individual promotional activities due to larger promotional budgets, collective marketing efforts of participating firms, favorable consumer response, image enhancement through associations, and increased leverage with trade partners such as channel intermediaries (Varadarajan 1985, 1986). Using an analytical model, Son et al. (2006) demonstrated that the use of co-promotions can increase the participating brand profits in mature markets. In such a context, the main role of copromotions is to help brand managers better design their value propositions by price discriminating between price-sensitive and price-insensitive segments. In a channel context, Karray (2011) studied the profitability of joint promotions by competing retailers. The main results indicate that promotional alliances are profit-improving for retailers and manufacturers regardless of the channel structure. On the other hand, the literature acknowledges the existence of potential risks that may prevent promotional alliances from achieving their set goals and so produce less desirable outcomes. Examples of such risks Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY are: sudden withdrawal by one of the participating brands, litigation, dilution of brand image, and negative spillover effects (Varadarajan 1985). The second issue arising in related literature is the identification of factors that affect the effectiveness and outcomes of joint promotional programs. This literature is essentially behavioral and identifies the degree of complementarity between featured brands as a key foundation of the effectiveness of promotional alliances (Samu et al. 1999). This finding is consistent with other studies from the broader field of co-branding, which support the view that brand and product fit are two predictors of consumer attitudes towards brand alliances (see Helmig et al. (2008) for a review). Product fit refers to consumers’ perception of the compatibility between two product categories and is generally analyzed at the functional level. Brand fit is generally a quality-based assessment and refers to consumers’ perception of brand image cohesiveness and associative consistency between the brands of the marketing alliance (Bluemelhuber et al. 2007, Simonin and Ruth 1998). Other relevant factors that affect consumer evaluations of co-branding and promotional alliances are the degree of awareness and familiarity of the brand allies, and their individual images (Bluemelhuber et al. 2007, Fang and Mishra 2002, Voss and Tansuhaj 1999). A regular finding in this research is that a well-known reputable ally enhances consumers' evaluations of an unknown primary brand (Gammoh et al. 2006, Voss and Gammoh 2004). As a result, it is expected that newly introduced brands should benefit from promotional associations with well-established and reputable allies. However, the benefit of such promotional associations for the well-established brands may be less obvious since they can lead to brand dilution (Varadarajan 1985). Our research builds on the current knowledge base, which is, with the exception of the papers by Son et al. (2006) and Karray (2011), essentially derived from descriptive and empirical consumer behavior works and adopts a formal prescriptive approach. To the best of our knowledge, this research is the first to study some of the strategic issues brand managers face in planning joint promotional activities with other partners. In particular, we investigate how factors known to influence consumers' evaluation of promotional alliances impact the firms' decisions and profits. This strategic perspective of promotional Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY alliances offers a new alternative explanation for the use of joint promotions between complementary products based on the necessity to lessen free riding by providing promotional partners enough incentives to increase their individual promotional activities. Our research also identifies the formal conditions under which a primary brand could select either a complementary or an independent product ally, and offers some insightful results that have relevant theoretical and managerial implications. Finally, in a supply chain context, the literature on cooperative advertising also discusses similar strategic issues in joint promotional activities (Li et al. 2002, Sigué and Chintagunta 2009, He et al. 2009, Huang et al. 2012, Karray 2013, Zhang et al. 2013). In this literature, however, a channel member (e.g., manufacturer) provides a promotional support to another (e.g., retailer) who then decides on how much to invest in promotional activities. Even though the two firms are different entities, the support is generally provided to share the expenses associated with the promotion of the first channel member’s product. Alternatively, the current research investigates horizontal joint promotional initiatives where, two firms pool together their resources to promote two different products. The focus is not on channel interactions. 3 Models Consider a market in which three firms sell three noncompetitive products. Each firm acts as a monopoly in its product category, but two of these products are complements. We call Firm 1 and Firm 2 the sellers of the complementary products, while Firm 3 sells a product that is independent from the others. The primary firm, hereafter Firm 1, considers the possibility of partnering either with Firm 2 or Firm 3 for a promotional campaign. We contemplate that whether or not it involves price components, the main goals of such a promotional campaign are to build brand awareness and knowledge, and stimulate consumer purchase. The following three models account for three different scenarios. 3.1 Model 1: No Joint Promotion In this status quo model, the three firms undertake their marketing activities without any formal collaboration among them. Particularly, each Firm i sets its retail price pi and level of individual promotional effort ai , i { 1,2,3 } . For simplicity, we assume linear demand functions for the three Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY products and quadratic promotional costs ( ai2 ), which are very common in the marketing literature (e.g., Chu and Desai 1995, Sigué 2008, Karray 2011). We normalize the unit costs of production for the three products to zero. The demand and profit functions are summarized in Table 1. Table 1: Model 1 Specifications Demand Profits F q1 g1 p1 p 2 a1 a 2 1 q1 p1 a12 F q 2 g 2 p 2 p1 a 2 a1 2 q2 p2 a22 F q3 g 3 p3 a3 3 q3 p3 a32 irm 1 irm 2 irm 3 The parameters g i , , , and are all positive and respectively denote the baseline demand for Firm i, the price effect of the complementary product (which also measures the degree of price complementary between Firms 1 and 2), the effectiveness of a firm's individual promotional effort on its own demand, and the effectiveness of the complementary product promotional activity on a firm's demand. We have normalized to 1 the effect of a firm’s own price on its demand. To simplify our model specifications, we assume that the firms’ actions lead to symmetric effects, that is, the parameters associated with similar decision variables are identical in either firm's demand. Another important assumption is: 0 1 which captures the requirement that the price effect of the complementary product should not be higher than a firm's own price. The extreme scenario, in which 1 could occur if the two products are perfect complements, meaning that any change in either price will have the same effect on the demands of the two complementary products. In the same vein, a firm's individual promotional effect should be at least equal to the promotional effect of the complementary product (i.e., 0 ). Promotional efforts specifically targeted at a firm's own customers, and Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY designed with their needs in mind, should be more effective than activities undertaken by other companies regardless of whether or not the products are complements. However, in the case of perfectly complementary products, any increase in the demand for either product should generate the same increase in the demand for the other product. The importance of and depends on several exogenous factors, including, for example, the type of products, the type and quality of the promotional programs, and the target audiences. By definition, the demand for Firm 3 offering an independent product is not affected by the decision variables of the other two firms. 3.2 Model 2: Joint Promotion by Complementary Products In contrast to Model 1 described above, we now consider the scenario where Firm 1 partners with Firm 2 to undertake a joint promotional program, overlooking Firm 3 which continues to act alone. Each Firm i sets its retail price pi and level of individual promotional effort ai , i {1, 2, 3} as in Model 1. In addition, Firms 1 and 2 determine their respective promotional effort contributions ( b1 and b2 ) to the joint promotional program. In this formulation, the partnering firms agree to a level of joint promotional effort and pay independently for their individual contributions to the joint promotion (Karray 2011). The assumptions in Model 1 remain unchanged and the costs of these joint promotional activities are also quadratic ( bi2 ). The demand and profit functions of the three firms in this scenario are summarized in Table 2. The parameter is positive and represents the effectiveness of the joint promotional program on the demand of the two partnering firms. Again for simplicity, we assume that the joint promotional program has the same impact on the two promotional partners’ levels of demand. This assumption may seem restrictive as it does not allow for the study of cases where asymmetric effects are known to occur. For example, as discussed previously, it is believed that a joint promotional association between a newly introduced product and a well-established product is more likely to further benefit the former than the latter. However, this is not the focus of this research. Instead, this paper investigates whether or not it is worthwhile for Firm 1 to partner with either of the two other firms. Finally, note that the joint Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY promotional activity between the two complementary products has no effect on Firms 3’s level of demand. Table 2: Model 2 Specifications Demand Profits F irm 1 q1 g1 p1 p 2 a1 a 2 (b1 b2 ) 1 q1 p1 a12 b12 q 2 g 2 p 2 p1 a 2 a1 (b1 b2 ) 2 q2 p2 a22 b22 F irm 2 F q3 g 3 p3 a3 3 q3 p3 a32 irm 3 3.3 Model 3: Joint Promotion by Independent Products Firm 1 now partners with Firm 3 to undertake a joint promotional program, while Firm 2 continues to act alone. Each Firm i sets its retail price pi and level of individual promotional effort ai , i {1, 2, 3} as in the previous models. In addition, Firms 1 and 3 set their respective contributions to the joint promotional program ( b1 and b3 ). Again, the costs of the joint promotional activities are also quadratic ( bi2 ). The demand and profit functions of the three firms in this scenario are summarized in Table 3. The parameter is positive and represents the impact of the joint promotional program between Firms 1 and 3 on the demand of Firm 2. Because Firms 1 and 2 sell complementary products, any promotional activity that benefits Firm 1 will impact Firm 2’s level of demand. Again, we assume that the effect of the joint promotional program ( ) between Firms 1 and 3 on their respective demands is identical and is also identical to the joint promotional advertising between Firms 1 and 2. However, we Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY consider the effect of the promotional partnership between Firms 1 and 3 on Firm 2's demand to be lower or equal to the effect of a joint promotional arrangement where Firm 2 is itself involved, 0 . Again, the rationale is that a firm’s own involvement in a promotional activity should provide a better return than indirect promotional activities undertaken by other firms for their own benefit. Table 3: Model 3 Specifications Demand Profits F q1 g1 p1 p2 a1 a2 (b1 b3 ) irm 1 2 q2 p2 a22 F q2 g 2 p2 p1 a2 a1 (b1 b3 ) irm 2 F q3 g 3 p3 a3 (b1 b3 ) 3 q3 p3 a32 b32 irm 3 4 1 q1 p1 a12 b12 Equilibrium Solutions We now derive Nash equilibrium for each of the three games. The firms simultaneously determine their decision variables, including their respective contributions to the joint promotional program. The Nash equilibrium concept is chosen because, although the firms commit to a joint promotional program, they remain separate entities which strive to maximize their respective profits. In other words, promotional partners do not look for a solution that maximizes their joint profits as in a standard cooperative game. Each of them keeps full control over its other marketing variables such as pricing and individual marketing efforts. The three firms choose simultaneously their pricing and promotional efforts strategies. In Model 1, Firms decide simultaneously of their prices ( p1 , p 2 , p3 ) and individual promotions ( a1 , Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY a 2 , a 3 ) to maximize their profits. The Nash equilibrium solution is found by solving the system of equations in the first-order conditions given by i p i i a i 0 for i 1, 2, 3. In Model 2, the three firms decide simultaneously of their prices and individual promotions. Firms 1 and 2 also decide simultaneously of their joint promotion efforts ( b1 , b2 ). The Nash equilibrium solution is found by solving the system of equations in the first-order conditions given by 1 b1 2 b2 i pi i a i 0 for i 1, 2, 3. In Model 3, the three firms decide simultaneously of their prices and individual promotions. Firms 1 and 3 also decide simultaneously of their joint promotion efforts ( b1 , b3 ). The Nash equilibrium solution is found by solving the system of equations in the first-order conditions given by 1 b1 3 b3 i pi i ai 0 for i 1, 2, 3 . The solution to these equations for each Model gives the results in Table 4. To secure interior solutions, the following conditions must be satisfied for each game: ai 0 , bi 0 , pi 0 , qi 0 , i 0 , i {1, 2, 3} . Firm 3 solves a simple optimization problem in Models 1 and 2. As expected, its price, individual promotion, and profit in these two scenarios only depend on the baseline demand for its product and the effectiveness of its individual promotion. In particular, Firm 3's decision variables and payoff increase as the baseline demand for its product and its individual promotion increase. Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY Table 4: Equilibrium Solutions Model 1 Model 3 1 / 2 1 / 3 1 / 1 1 / 2 1 / 3 2 1 / 1 21 / 2 21 / 3 2 1 / 1 21 / 2 21 / 3 F irm 1 Model 2 b1 a1 p1 q1 1 (4 2 )21 / 12 (4 2 2 )12 / 32 2 / 2 F irm 2 (4 2 2 )12 / 22 b2 2 / 1 2 / 2 2 / 3 2 2 / 1 2 2 / 2 22 / 3 2 2 / 1 2 2 / 2 22 / 3 a2 p2 q2 2 (4 2 )22 / 12 (4 2 2 ) 22 / 22 (4 2 )22 / 32 Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY 3 / 3 F irm 3 b3 g3 /(4 2 ) 3 / 3 2 g3 /(4 2 ) 23 / 3 2 g3 /(4 2 ) 23 / 3 g3 /(4 2 ) a3 2 g3 /(4 2 ) p3 2 g3 /(4 2 ) q3 g32 /(4 2 ) g32 /(4 2 ) 3 (4 2 2 )32 / 32 with; 2 g 4 g , 1 2 g 2 4 2 g1 , 2 2 1 2 4 g 2 g , 4 4 2 g 4 4 g g 4 2 g , 2 2 4 4 g , 1 2 2 4 g1 2 2 g 2 , 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 3 1 (2 4 )(2 4 ), 2 2 2 2 2 4 (2 4 2 2 2 ), 3 2 2 4 1 2 4 4 2 2 . As we can see in Table 4, the decisions and payoffs of Firms 1 and 2 depend on all the parameters involved, making it difficult to isolate the impact of any single model parameter. However, note that for Firms 1 and 2 to make positive profits in Models 1 and 2, the following conditions should hold, Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY respectively: 2 and 2 2 4. The first condition also applies to Firm 2's profit and the second condition to Firms 1 and 3's profits in Model 3. Observe from these necessary conditions that joint promotional activities between Firms 1 and 2 (Model 2) and between Firms 1 and 3 (Model 3) are more likely to be profitable for the partners when the effectiveness of individual promotions takes relatively smaller values in Models 2 and 3 compared to Model 1, where the maximum value for is set to 2. 5 Comparing Equilibrium Solutions Let i , j xk be the difference between the equilibrium solution in Model i and Model j for the equilibrium strategy or payoff x of firm k , where i, j, k 1, 2, 3 and i j . We compare the decisions and payoffs among the three models below. All proofs are available from authors upon request. 5.1 Joint Promotion between Complementary Products vs. Status quo Proposition 1. Compared to the status quo, the involvement of two complementary products in a joint promotional program increases their respective level of demand, and leads to higher prices and investments in individual promotional activities. Proof. Straightforward comparisons of equilibrium solutions for Model 1 and 2 in Table 4. Proposition 1 supports the view that joint promotional programs between complementary products attenuate horizontal externalities that create free riding among them. The rationale is that by engaging in a promotional alliance, manufacturers expand their level of demand and improve their margins, which allows them to further invest in their individual marketing efforts. These individual marketing efforts are otherwise subjected to erosion by free riding. Proposition 2. A joint promotional program between Firms 1 and 2 is sustainable only if the two conditions below are verified: 2,1 1 2,1 2 4 2 4 2 12 12 2 4 22 21 0, 12 22 2 2 12 22 2 4 22 22 0. 12 22 Proof. Straightforward evaluation of the results in Table 4. Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY Proposition 2 compares the profits of the two complementary products for Models 1 and 2. Based on the principle of individual rationality, Proposition 2 claims that Firms 1 and 2 should enter into a joint promotional program only if it at least matches the status quo profits of Model 1. The two conditions in Proposition 2 involve all the parameters. In Section 6, the full impact of these parameters on the firms' profits will be further investigated for some specific cases. 5.2 Joint Promotion between Independent Products vs. Status quo Proposition 3. The equilibrium prices, individual promotions, and demands in Models 3 and 1 compare as follows: Firm 1: 3, 1 p1 , 3, 1a1 , 3, 1q1 0 if (i) 2 2 4 0; or (ii) 2 2 4 0 and 2 4 2 0. Firm 2: 3,1 p2 , 3,1a2 , 3,1q2 0 if; (iii) 2 2 4 0; or (iv) 2 2 4 0 and 2 4 2 0. Firm 3: 3,1 p3 , 3,1a3 , 3,1q3 0 if; (v) 2 2 4 0; or (vi) 2 2 4 0 and g 2 g1 0. Proposition 3 supports the view that with a joint promotional program between independent products, the impact on decision variables and demands depends on the model parameters. Particularly, it can depend exclusively on the degree of price ( ) and promotional ( ) complementarity between Firms 1 and 2 and the effectiveness of individual promotions ( ). It can also involve additional parameters, including the effectiveness of the joint promotion on the partners ( ) and on Firm 2 ( ) , and the baseline demand of Firms 1 and 2 ( g1 , g 2 ) . Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY Consider, for instance, a scenario where Firms 1 and 2 are perfectly complementary on price and promotion (i.e., 1 and ). Conditions (i) and (v) are verified and as a result, in Model 3 Firms 1 and 3 should adopt higher prices and individual promotions as well as experience higher demand. In this scenario however, the impact of such an alliance on Firm 2 will additionally depend on and . Conditions (i) and (v) are also verified if the products of Firms 1 and 2 are not complementary (i.e., 0 and 0 ). Interestingly, a promotional alliance between the two independent products may have a negative impact on their respective level of demand, especially when the price and promotional effects of a complementary product in the market are respectively very high and very low, and the partners' individual promotion effects are high. Proposition 4. The conditions under which Firms 1 and 3 would prefer Model 3 to Model 1 are: 3,1 1 (4 2 2 )12 12 (4 2 )21 32 0, 12 32 3,1 3 (4 2 2 )(4 2 )32 g 32 32 0. 32 4 2 Once more, the sustainability of a promotional partnership between independent products (Firms 1 and 3) depends on all parameters involved. Corollary 1. Firm 1 would prefer Model 1 to Model 3 (i.e., 3, 1 1 0) ) under the following conditions: 2 2 4 0 and 2 4 2 0. From Condition (ii) in Proposition 3, one can see that whenever the above condition is realized, Firm 1's price, individual promotion, and demand are lower in Model 3 than in Model 1 ( 3, 1 p1 , 3, 1a1 , 3, 1q1 0 ). These conditions cannot be satisfied if Firm 2’s product is perfectly complementary in both price and individual promotion with Firm 1's product ( 1 and ) or if there were no complement product in the market ( 0 and 0 ). On the other hand, the first condition, 2 2 4 0 , is more likely to be satisfied when and take high values and Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY is very small. In such a context, the second condition, 2 4 2 0 , will be verified when is large and is small. Thus, for Firm1, the presence of a complementary product in the market (Firm 2) may render a partnership with an independent product less beneficial if the individual promotional activities are not very effective, and if the joint promotional activity with the independent product does not stimulate enough demand for the complementary product. 5.3 Choosing a Joint Promotion Partner Proposition 5. Assume that joint promotion outcomes meet the conditions in Propositions 2 and 4. Firm 1 would prefer a partnership with an independent product (Firm 3) to a partnership with a complementary product (Firm 2) under the following condition: 3, 2 1 (4 2 2 )12 22 12 32 0. 32 22 The decision rule in Proposition 5 involves all model parameters. In other words, not only does Firm 1 take into account the size of the baseline demand for the three products, but it must also assess the impact of its own decision variables as well as those of its potential partners on the demand for the three products. 6 Specific cases Some of the findings derived above involve many parameters, making it difficult to isolate their individual impacts. In this section, we study a few simplified cases to better evaluate and understand the impact some model parameters have on Firm 1's partnership choices. 6.1 Identical Joint Promotional Effects We assume that , , g1 g 2 g 3 g and then vary the values of the price effect ( ) of the complementary product. Figure 1 (left and right) and Figure 2 (left and right) show, respectively, the feasible domains for the different models and Firm 1's model preferences in the parameter space for Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY 0.3 and 1 . The choice of these two specific values is arbitrary, but it is worth mentioning that the qualitative interpretation made here does not change with other values of . Figure 1: Feasible domains for the different models. Figure 2: Firm 1's model preferences for identical joint promotional effects. The parameter space in Figure 1 is divided into four different areas. The three models have interior solutions in the big area at the bottom (Area 1), while only Model 1 has an interior equilibrium in the area at the top (Area 2). In the other two small areas in the middle either Models 1 and 2 (Area 3) or Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY Models 1 and 3 (Area 4) have interior solutions. Thus, Firm 1 can only choose between an independent and a complementary partner in Area 1. Observe in Figure 2 that, except in Area 2 where only Model 1 is feasible, Firm 1 adopts either Model 2 or Model 3 in the remaining three areas. More importantly, when given the choice (as in Area 1 where all three models are feasible, depending on the values of the parameters) Firm 1 would prefer either Model 2 or Model 3. The space allocated to Model 3 to the detriment of Model 2 grows as the degree of price complementarity between products 1 and 2 increases. Model 3 becomes more attractive to Firm 1 when an increase in the price of the complementary product (Firm 2) can heavily reduce its demand. A possible explanation for this finding is that Model 3 allows Firm 1 to get higher demand via increased investments in promotion, and limits the damaging effect of a significant increase of the complementary product price in Model 2 which attenuates the full benefit of a joint promotion in such a context. In this configuration, Model 2 is only preferred for relatively high values of , particularly 2 , which allow Firm 1 to overcome the negative effect of an increase of the complementary product’s price on its demand. 6.2 Differentiated Joint Promotional Effects We now assume g1 g 2 g 3 g , and . Compared to the previous scenario, we focus on examples where a joint promotional program has a higher impact on partners’ level of demand than on any other beneficiary firm in the market. Particularly, we set / 4 and 3 / 4 for illustration, but our qualitative findings will hold for any value of and . Figure 3 (high-left and highright) and Figure 3 (low-left and low-right) show, respectively, the firms' preferences in the parameter space for / 4, 0.3 and 1 and for 3 / 4 , 0.3 and 1. Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY Figure 3: Firm 1's model preferences for differentiated joint promotional effects. We first characterize the feasible domain for each of the three models. Qualitatively, the findings are similar to those displayed in Figure 1. Again, except in Area 2 where only Model 1 is feasible, Firm 1 adopts either Model 2 or Model 3 in the remaining areas. Firm 1 can only choose between an independent and a complementary partner in Area 1, which is at the bottom of Figure 1. For each set value of with respect to , we find in Figure 3 (high-left and high-right) and Figure 3 (low-left and low-right) that Model 3 is more attractive than Model 2 for higher values of . Model 2 is preferred for relatively high values of ( 2 ). Contrasting Figure 3 (high-left and high-right) and Figure 3 (low-left and lowright) indicates that the feasible domain where either Model 2 or Model 3 could be chosen contracts as Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY becomes very small compared to , but this does not qualitatively change Firm 1's partnership choice preference. 6.3 Different Baseline Demands We now run numerical simulations for different values of g1 , g 2 and g 3 . We first assume identical joint promotional effects ( ) and evaluate 3, 1 1 , 3,1 3 , 2,1 1 , 2 ,1 2 and 3,2 1 for numerical values of , between 0.01 and 2, between 0.01 and 1 by a pace of 0.01, and g1 / g 2 x, g1 / g 3 y with x, y between 0 and 2 with a pace of 0.2. The analysis is performed given the conditions of interior equilibrium solutions for the three models. A similar analysis is also done for differentiated joint promotional effects for the case where / 4. Figure 4 displays the preference of Firm 1 in the parameter space. Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY Figure 4: Firm 1's model preferences for different baseline demands. We find, as in the previous two cases, that when the interior equilibrium conditions are satisfied for the three models, Firm 1 prefers either Model 2 or Model 3 to Model 1. Model 1 is only adopted when the two other models do not have interior solutions. In addition, Figure 4 shows that Firm 1 prefers a promotional partnership with the firm with the largest baseline demand in most areas of the feasible parameter space, regardless of whether its product is complementary or independent and whether its baseline demand is smaller or larger than that of the other two firms. Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY 7 Conclusion We investigate the optimal choice of a promotional ally. Our game-theoretic model involves three companies selling non-competitive products. Two products are complements and the third product is independent from the first two. We studied the conditions under which a primary product (Firm 1) finds it optimal to partner either with a complementary (Firm 2) or an independent product (Firm 3) to maximize profits. We built and analyzed three different models. In the status quo model (Model 1), the three firms do not enter into a promotional alliance and market their products separately. In the other two models, the primary product firm partners for a joint promotion with the complementary (Model 2) and independent product (Model 3) respectively. We characterized the conditions necessary to obtain an interior equilibrium solution for each model. Surprisingly, we found that Firm 1 profits by entering into a promotional alliance with either a complementary product or an independent product only if the impacts of its individual and joint promotional activities are rather small. Also, the effectiveness of individual promotion should remain relatively small to allow Firm 1 to make a profit when a joint promotion is not undertaken. Further, the findings indicate that Firm 1 chooses to avoid the joint promotion, co-promote with the complementary product, or co-promote with the independent product for two reasons. The first is the lack of other feasible alternatives (this is often the case of Model 1), and the second is the gain of a better profit when other alternatives are available. Selecting one of the three models on the basis of profit is not straightforward as it involves all model parameters. The analysis of specific cases provides some interesting results. For instance, when the two models are feasible, Firm 1 always prefers Model 3 to Model 1 if there is no other complementary product in the market or there is a perfectly complementary product. Otherwise, Model 1 may be preferred to Model 3, especially when a promotional alliance with the independent product reduces Firm 1’s level of demand. In some configurations, Firm 1's preference for Model 3 to the detriment of Model 2 grows as the degree of price complementarity between the products of Firms 1 and 2 increases, while Model 2 is Firm 1's preferred choice for higher values of Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY effectiveness of individual promotion ( ). Finally, we found that, in most areas in the feasible parameter space, Firm 1 prefers a promotional partnership with the firm that has the largest consumer base regardless of whether its product is complementary or independent. The findings of this research extend the existing literature and offer a strategic perspective of promotional alliances between different types of products. The behavioral literature has long identified the degree of product complementarity as a key factor of the success of promotional alliances. We were able to formally confirm our early expectation that, beyond positive consumer attitudes toward such alliances (e.g., Samu et al. 1999), a joint promotion between complementary products alleviates horizontal externalities in promotion and offers incentives to partners to further invest in individual activities that increase the demand for their products and allow them to charge higher prices. In addition, we also showed that the presence of a complementary product in the market may make a promotional alliance with an independent product less attractive. This is an aspect that has been overlooked until now. As a result, managers who plan to partner with an independent product must carefully scrutinize how any complementary product in the market may react to such an enterprise and how this reaction might impact their demand and profits. Finally, we offer a comprehensive decision-making framework that can enhance the profitability of promotional alliances. Particularly, we show that the profitability of promotional alliances is not limited to the degree of functional complementarity between products, but also depends on other critical factors, including the effectiveness of individual promotions, the effectiveness of joint promotion with any partner, and the baseline demand for the products involved. The individual importance of some of these factors for various marketing outcomes is already known. Our framework, however, helps decision makers identify which factors to emphasize in a specific market configuration when the goal is to maximize profits. For instance, it is common knowledge that a promotional alliance with a wellestablished brand has a positive impact on consumer evaluations of the primary brand (Gammoh et al. 2006, Voss and Gammoh 2004). Our research supports the view that, under some specified conditions, Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY these positive consumer evaluations may translate into profit increases regardless of whether the ally’s product is complementary or independent. As a result, the primary product may find it optimal to partner with the product that has a larger consumer base. Our analysis of pricing and promotional interactions between complementary and independent products provides a preliminary understanding of the effects of some market and marketing factors on the making of promotional alliances. This analysis could be extended in several ways to address issues overlooked in this research. For instance, we have assumed that joint promotion activities between independent products benefit the two partners equally. This assumption could be relaxed to deal with more complex setups characterized by a selective response, brand dilution, and negative spillover effects. The presence of any of these effects may limit the appeal of a promotional alliance with an independent product to the benefit of an alliance with a complementary product. Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY References Advertising Age. (2013). PepsiCo, A-B InBev Strengthen Ties with Joint In-Store Marketing Program. Retrieved on Oct. 29, 2013. Available at http://adage.com/article/news/pepsico-a-b-inbevstrengthen-ties-joint-store-marketing-program/239105/. Bluemelhuber, C., L. L. Carter, C. J. Lambe. (2007). Extending the View of Brand Alliance Effects: An Integrative Examination of the Role of Country of Origin. International Marketing Review 24(4), 427-443. Chu, W., P. S. Desai. (1995). Channel Coordination Mechanisms for Customer Satisfaction. Marketing Science 14(4), 343-359. Fang, X., S. Mishra. (2002). The Effect of Brand Alliance Portfolio on the Perceived Quality of an Unknown Brand. Advances in Consumer Research 29, 519-520. Federal Trade Commission. (2012). A Review of Food Marketing to Children and Adolescents. Retrieved on June 4, 2013. Available at http://www.ftc.gov/os/2012/12/121221foodmarketing report.pdf. Gammoh, B. S., K. E. Voss, G. Chakraborty. (2006). Consumer Evaluation of Brand Alliance Signals. Psychology & Marketing 23(6), 465-486. Geylani, T., J. J. Inman, F. Ter Hofstede. (2008). Image Reinforcement or Impairment: The Effects of CoBranding on Attribute Uncertainty. Marketing Science 27(4), 730-744. He, Z., A. Prasad, S.P. Sethi. (2009). Cooperative Advertising and Pricing in a Dynamic Stochastic Supply Chain: Feedback Stackelberg Strategies. Production and Operations Management 18(1), 78-94. Helmig, B., J. A. Hubert, P. Leeflang. (2008). Co-Branding: The State of the Art. Schmalenbach Business Review 60(October), 359-377. Hollywood Reporter 2010. Film marketers ramping up cross-promotions. May 5th. Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY Huang, J., M. Leng, L. Liang. (2012). Recent Developments in Dynamic Advertising Research. European Journal of Operational Research 220, 591-609. Karray, S. (2011). Effectiveness of Retail Joint Promotions under Different Channel Structures. European Journal of Operational Research 210(3), 745-751. Karray, S. (2013). Periodicity of Pricing and Marketing Efforts in a Distribution Channel. European Journal of Operational Research 228(3), 635-647. Lee, S. Y., F. Shen. (2009). Joint Advertising and Brand Congruity: Effects on Memory and Attitudes. Journal of Promotion Management 15, 484-498. Li, S.X., Z. Huang, J. Zhu, P.Y.K. Chau. (2002). Cooperative Advertising, Game Theory and Manufacturer-Retailer Supply Chains. Omega 30, 347-357. Rao, A. R., L. Qu, R. W. Rueckert. (1999). Signaling Unobservable Product Quality Through a Brand Ally. Journal of Marketing Research 36(2), 258-268. Rao, R. A., R. W. Ruekert. (1994). Brand Alliances as Signals of Product Quality. Sloan Management Review 36(1), 87-97. Samu, S., H. S. Krishnan, R. E. Smith. (1999). Using Advertising Alliances for New Product Introduction: Interactions Between Product Complementarity and Promotion Strategies. Journal of Marketing 63(January), 57-74. Sigué, S.P. (2008). Consumer and Retailer Promotions: Who is Better Off? Journal of Retailing 84(4), 449-460. Sigué, S.P., P. Chintagunta. (2009). Advertising Strategies in a Franchise System. European Journal of Operational Research 198(2), 655-665. Simmons, C. J., K. L. Becker-Olsen. (2006). Achieving Marketing Objectives through Social Sponsorships. Journal of Marketing 70(October), 154-169. Simonin, B. L., J. A. Ruth. (1998). Is a Company Known by the Company it Keeps? Assessing the Spillover Effects of Brand Alliances on Consumer Brand Attitudes. Journal of Marketing Research 3(February), 30-42. Running Head: A GAME-THEORETIC MODEL FOR CO-PROMOTIONS: CHOOSING A COMPLEMENTARY VERSUS AND INDEPENDENT PRODUCT ALLY Sinitsyn, M. (2012). Coordination of Price Promotions in Complementary Categories. Management Science 58(11), 2076-2094. Son, M., M. Hahn, H. Kang. (2006). Why Firms do Co-Promotions in Mature Markets? Journal of Business Research 59, 1035-1042. Varadarajan, P. R. (1985). Joint Sales Promotion: An Emerging Marketing Tool. Business Horizons 28(September/October), 1-7. Varadarajan, P. R. (1986). Horizontal Cooperative Sales Promotion: A Framework for Classification and Additional Perspectives. Journal of Marketing 50(April), 61-73. Voss, K. E., B. S. Gammoh. (2004). Building Brands through Brand Alliances: Does a Second Ally Help? Marketing Letters 15(2/3), 147-159. Voss, K. E., P. Tansuhaj. (1999). A Consumer Perspective on Foreign Market Entry: Building Brands through Brand Alliances. Journal of International Consumer Marketing 11(2), 39-58. Zhang, J., Q. Gou, L. Liang, Z. Huang. (2013). Supply Chain Coordination through Cooperative Advertising with Reference Price Effect. Omega 41, 345-353. Wall Street Journal. (2013). Avanir Pharmaceuticals Announces Diabetes Co-Promotion Agreement with Merck. Accessed on Oct 29, 2013. Available at http://online.wsj.com/article/ PR-CO-20130812908601.html. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Le rôle de la couleur dans le design d’une offre promotionnelle Deny Belisle, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Soumaya Cheikhrouhou, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Kiranjit Singh, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Résumé L’objectif de cette recherche est d’étudier l’impact des couleurs des informations numériques utilisées pour présenter une réduction de prix sur l’attrait perçu de celle-ci. Les résultats de cette recherche ont permis de confirmer que l’attrait d’une promotion est fonction des longueurs d’onde des couleurs utilisées pour présenter les informations numériques. Mots-clés : Prix, promotion des ventes, couleur, perception. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Le rôle de la couleur dans le design d’une offre promotionnelle La littérature démontre que la perception du prix dans un contexte de l’utilisation d’une réduction est rarement objective et qu’elle est altérée en fonction de la manière dont l’offre promotionnelle est présentée. En effet, l’ordre de présentation de la promotion (ex. Bagchi & Davis, 2012), le format de celle-ci (ex. Choi & Coulter, 2012) ou encore la taille des chiffres qui y sont associés (ex. Coulter & Coulter, 2005) sont des facteurs affectant l’évaluation de l’attrait d’une réduction de prix. Bien que ces recherches aient permis de développer l’état des connaissances sur l’impact du format de présentation d’une réduction de prix sur l’évaluation de celle-ci, l’impact potentiel des couleurs dans lesquelles les prix et les promotions sont affichés n’a pas été exploré. Or, la couleur est une variable de plus en plus étudiée en marketing, mais qui reste principalement confinée à l’étude des sites internet (ex. Gorn, Chattopadhyay, Sengupta, & Tripathi, 2004), des supports publicitaires (ex. Sparkman & Austin, 1980) et de l’atmosphère générale d’un magasin (ex. Bellizi, Crowley, & Hasty, 1983). Toutefois, malgré l’importance de ce facteur dans la prise de décision et son utilisation répandue par les détaillants, aucune recherche ne s’est attardée sur l’effet des couleurs dans le domaine des promotions de ventes. Choisir la ou les couleurs à utiliser demeure donc un défi important pour le gestionnaire (Deng, Hui, & Hutchinson, 2010). Il serait donc très pertinent d’un point de vue managérial d’identifier les couleurs qui conduiraient à une meilleure perception des promotions des ventes offertes en magasin ou diffusées dans les divers outils promotionnels. Dans la littérature en psychologie, plusieurs recherches démontrent que certaines couleurs influencent la taille d’un objet via un mécanisme d’illusion d’optique (ex. Bevan et Dukes, 1953 ; Payne, 1958). Ces résultats ont été corroborés en marketing par l’étude de Lajos et Chattopadhyay (2010) dans un contexte de taille perçue du produit. Dans la présente recherche, l’impact de cette illusion couleurtaille sera étudié à travers une expérimentation visant à ressortir l’effet de la couleur des informations numériques utilisées sur l’attrait perçu de la promotion. Plus spécifiquement, l’objectif de cette recherche est d’étudier l’impact de la longueur d’ondes de la couleur des chiffres utilisés dans la présentation de la réduction de prix sur la perception de l’attractivité de cette offre promotionnelle. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Dans un premier temps, la revue de littérature permettra de décrire les résultats académiques portant sur l’illusion couleur-taille afin de la relier à la théorie de la cognition numérique, permettant ainsi de prédire l’impact des couleurs dans un contexte de promotion des ventes. Par la suite, la méthodologie employée dans l’étude sera exposée. Finalement, après avoir énoncé les résultats obtenus, une discussion générale des résultats sera présentée suivis des implications théoriques et managériales. Revue de la Littérature Une promotion est un outil de vente visant à susciter des réponses positives chez le consommateur (Indjehagopian & Macé, 1994) et à accroître les niveaux de ventes chez les gestionnaires (Blattberg, Eppen, & Lieberman, 1981). Logiquement, la perception de l’attractivité de la promotion agit positivement sur les intentions d’achat (ex. Bagchi & Davis, 2012). Ce résultat a été confirmé par une multitude de recherches académiques liées à ce concept (ex. Berkowitz & Walton, 1980 ; Chen, Monroe & Lou, 1998 ; Coulter & Coulter, 2007 ; Janiszewski & Lichtenstein, 1999). En d’autres termes, le choix des produits et les quantités achetées par les consommateurs sont influencés positivement par leur perception de l’attractivité de la promotion (ex. Gupta, 1988; Niedrich, Sharma, & Wedell, 2001). Format de Présentation des Prix et Attractivité de la Promotion Les travaux académiques en marketing ont démontré que la manière dont les promotions sont présentées a un impact très significatif sur les perceptions des consommateurs (ex. Chen, Monroe, & Lou, 1998; Coulter & Coulter, 2005; Coulter & Norberg, 2009). En ce sens, le format de présentation des prix est un élément crucial agissant positivement sur la perception de l’attrait des promotions. À titre d’exemple, il a été démontré que les attributs visuels d’une promotion tels que les chiffres utilisés pour présenter les prix (ex. Coulter et Coulter, 2007), les termes utilisés pour promouvoir l’offre (Della Bitta, Monroe, & McGinnis, 1981) et le format de la réduction de prix (Berkowitz & Walton, 1980) font partie des variables extrinsèques affectant l’attrait perçu de la réduction de prix. Plus particulièrement, plusieurs chercheurs soulignent le rôle important que la théorie de la cognition numérique peut jouer dans l’explication des effets des formats de présentation des prix (ex. Coulter & Coulter, 2005 ; Coulter & Norberg, 2009). Par exemple, Coulter et Coulter (2005) ont Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE démontré que l’attractivité d’une offre promotionnelle dépend de la congruence de la taille des chiffres composant le prix régulier avec la valeur numérique de celui-ci. Pour trouver ce résultat, les auteurs avaient présenté une annonce publicitaire comportant un produit, un prix régulier et un prix réduit. Une partie des participants examinait une annonce avec un prix régulier plus grand que le prix réduit en termes de taille physique des chiffres. Pour l’autre partie des répondants, la taille physique était inversée c’est-àdire que les chiffres du prix réduit étaient plus grands que ceux du prix régulier. Il s’est avéré que la taille physique du prix régulier influence l’évaluation du prix réduit, la valeur perçue et la probabilité d’achat du produit annoncé. Un prix réduit présenté avec une taille physique plus petite que celle du prix régulier était considéré comme étant plus bas qu’un prix réduit avec une taille physique des chiffres plus grande que pour le prix régulier. Coulter et Coulter (2005) précisent que l’évaluation du prix est traitée de manière non-consciente puisqu’il apparaît que le prix régulier est perçu rapidement comme plus grand que le prix réduit si la taille physique du prix régulier est congruente avec sa valeur numérique. La conclusion de cette étude rejoint les résultats de Dehaene (1989) où, en comparant deux nombres, les participants étaient plus rapides à identifier le plus grand en termes numérique si celui-ci était représenté en plus grande taille physique (Dehaene, 1989). À l’inverse, lorsque la valeur numérique la plus élevée était présentée dans une taille physique plus petite que celle du nombre comparé, alors le temps de réaction des répondants était plus long (Dehaene, 1989). Le lien entre la taille physique perçue des chiffres d’une promotion et l’attractivité perçue de celle-ci a donc été démontré dans la littérature portant du la perception des prix et des promotions. Or, cette taille perçue est, à son tour, sujette à des biais perceptuels. En effet, certains facteurs, telle la couleur peuvent altérer la perception de la taille physique, comme ressorti dans la littérature portant sur les couleurs et la cognition, décrite dans la section suivante. Les Couleurs en Psychologie et en Marketing Aujourd’hui, les gestionnaires exploitent les couleurs afin de capter l’attention des consommateurs (ex. Wells, Brandon, & Lee, 1992). Par exemple, les couleurs sont omniprésentes dans les restaurants d’où l’utilisation du bleu pour apaiser les clients et les inciter à la consommation (Kido, 2000). Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE D’ailleurs, il est à noter que dans l’industrie de la grande distribution où la concurrence est féroce (Keaveney, 1995), les couleurs sont très souvent utilisées dans l’affichage des prix. Ainsi, comme démontré dans l’Annexe A représentant des affichages de prix et de promotion dans divers magasins au Québec, en Europe et aux États-Unis, les distributeurs dans diverses industries exploitent très souvent des couleurs comme le jaune, le rouge, le vert et le bleu noir lors de la présentation de leurs promotions. Or, la grande variété des couleurs utilisées par les détaillants et le changement de couleurs d’une période à l’autre suggère leur méconnaissance de l’impact spécifique des couleurs utilisées pour l’affichage des prix. Néanmoins, bien que l’utilisation du rouge dans le prix semble induire chez les consommateurs de fortes perceptions d’économies (Grewal, Monroe, & Krishnan 1998) par rapport à d’autres couleurs, ce domaine de recherche demeure très peu étudié et le rôle des couleurs n’y a pas encore été clarifié. Définition et mesure des couleurs. Les couleurs sont des perceptions que l’œil humain distingue grâce aux longueurs d’ondes émises. La longueur d’onde est une notion physique qui signifie l’intensité de la lumière projetée (Land, 1959). En d’autres termes, la détection visuelle de la couleur d’un objet est une lumière représentée par un ensemble de différentes longueurs d’ondes qui se rassemblent afin de ne former qu’une seule couleur (Boker, 1997). Il convient de rajouter que la couleur perçue par l’œil humain est une longueur d’ondes qui se mesure en nanomètres (aussi écrit sous le nom de nm) 22. Par exemple, les couleurs de l’arc-en-ciel sont composées chacune d’une longueur d’ondes mesurable. Fondamentalement, les longueurs d’ondes perceptibles par l’œil humain font partie du spectre visible électromagnétique (Itten, 1997) et se situent entre 400 et 800 nm. Ainsi, elles peuvent être classées de grande à courte longueurs d’ondes comme suit : rouge, orange, jaune vert, bleu, indigo et violet (ex. Kwallek, Lewis, LinHsiao, & Woodson, 1996) (voir tableau 1). Toutefois, ce spectre de couleurs ne se limite pas seulement à ces sept couleurs parce qu’il est estimé que dix millions de variations de couleurs peuvent être identifiés par un humain (Wyszecki, 2006). Par ailleurs, les longueurs d’ondes provoquent des sensations différentes chez chaque individu (Gross, Blechinger, & Achtner, 2008) quoique certaines réactions 22 Source : Roue des couleurs, page consultée le 8 octobre 2013. http://semsci.u-strasbg.fr/rouedes.htm Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE généralisées peuvent être ressorties. Ainsi, le bleu serait une couleur relaxante et le rouge serait plutôt une couleur excitante (Wexner, 1954). Tableau 1 Des exemples de longueurs d’ondes des couleurs Grande longueur d’ondes Courte longueur d’ondes Rouge (650 nm) Orange (600 nm) Jaune (580 nm) Vert (530 nm) Bleu (470 nm) Violet (420 nm) Pour répondre à l’objectif de cette recherche qui est d’étudier l’effet de la couleur des informations numériques utilisées dans une offre promotionnelle sur la perception de l’attractivité de celle-ci, il s’agira, dans la prochaine section, de décrire les effets de la couleur sur la taille perçue ressortis dans la littérature en psychologie et en comportement du consommateur. L’effet de la couleur sur la perception de la taille. La couleur apparait comme un élément clé dans l’estimation de taille ou du poids de l’objet du point de vue de l’individu. En effet, dans le cadre des études portant sur les couleurs en psychologie cognitive, les chercheurs ont rapporté l’existence de biais au niveau de la perception de la taille des objets et des figures dû aux couleurs (ex. Bevan & Dukes, 1953 ; Cleveland & McGill, 1983 ; Johns & Sumner, 1948 ; Lajos & Chattopadhyay, 2010). Parmi ces études, plusieurs auteurs ont mis en exergue que les longueurs d’ondes des couleurs ont un effet significatif sur la perception des volumes. À cet effet, l’utilisation d’un code de couleurs permettrait d’obtenir des résultats précis (Cahill & Carter, 1976) et la longueur d’ondes représente un nuancier de couleurs qui fut utilisé par certains chercheurs (ex. Johns & Sumner, 1948 ; Taylor & Sumner, 1945 ; Lajos & Chattopadhyay, 2010). Grâce à ce système rigoureux, il fut démontré que les stimuli ayant des couleurs à grande longueur d’ondes (ex. le rouge) paraissaient larges et les couleurs à courte longueur d’ondes (ex. le bleu) paraissaient petites (Pillsbury & Schaefer, 1937). Plus particulièrement, Cleveland et McGill (1983) se sont penchés sur les effets de la couleur en utilisant une cartographie du Nevada dont les régions étaient divisées en plusieurs régions coloriées soit en rouge soit en vert et qui représentaient des aires identiques, Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE les répondants devaient indiquer les régions qui leur paraissaient grandes. La superficie des régions en rouge a été perçue comme significativement plus grande que celle des régions en vert. Cleveland et McGill ont ainsi conclu de la présence d’une illusion couleur-taille. Plus récemment, Gentilucci et ses collègues (2001) ont manipulé deux couleurs, soit le rouge et le vert, dans le but d’évaluer l’illusion couleur-taille. Après avoir observé les mouvements des individus concernant la saisie des parallélépipèdes, ces chercheurs ont trouvé que, pour les stimuli rouges, les participants ouvraient les doigts d’une manière plus large que pour les stimuli verts, ce qui suggère qu’ils les ont visuellement perçus comme plus grands de taille. En marketing, Lajos et Chattopadhyay (2010) ont utilisé les couleurs à grande et courte longueur d’ondes afin de connaître leurs effets sur le volume perçu des produits. À travers plusieurs expérimentations, ils ont, entre autres résultats, trouvé que les emballages rouges paraissaient plus larges que ceux présentés en violet et que ceux colorés en vert étaient perçus plus petits que les emballages jaunes. Ils ont conclu que les couleurs à grande longueur d’ondes, comme le rouge, influaient significativement sur la perception de volume des emballages de manière à ce qu’ils paraissent plus grands en termes de taille que ceux arborant des couleurs à courte longueur d’ondes. Ainsi, d’une manière générale, l’effet significatif des couleurs sur le jugement de taille est mis en valeur dans la littérature (ex. Cleveland & McGill, 1983 ; Gentilucci, Benuzzi, Gangitano, & Grimaldi, 2001, Gundlach & Macoubrey, 1931 ; Wallis, 1935 ; Warden & Flynn, 1926). La présence de certaines couleurs incite les individus à croire que le stimulus est plus grand ou plus petit (Tedford, Bergquis, & Flynn, 1977). Les différents résultats sont résumés dans le tableau 2 et il en ressort que les objets et les figures avec des couleurs à grande longueur d’ondes comme le rouge sont perçus plus grands. En revanche, les stimuli avec des couleurs à courte longueur d’ondes telles que le vert paraissent plus petits. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Tableau 2 Les différents résultats sur l’illusion couleur-taille Noms des Couleurs utilisées Tâche exécutée par auteurs pour les stimuli les participants Wallis (1935) Jaune, blanc, Comparer les rouge, vert, bleu stimuli et les et noir classer par ordre de taille Bevan et Dukes Rouge, jaune, vert Former des paires (1953) et bleu de cartes qui paraissaient identiques en termes de taille Bevan et Turner (1965) Jaune, rouge, vert, bleu, blanc et noir Comparer les stimuli (J, R, V, B) aux stimuli blanc et noir Tedford, Bergquist et Flynn (1977) Cleveland et McGill (1983) Rouge-violet, jaune-rouge, bleuviolet et vert Vert, rouge et jaune Estimer la paire la plus grande Gentilucci, Benuzzi, Bertolani et Gangitano (2001) Rouge et vert Lajos et Chattopadhyay (2010) Rouge, jaune, violet et vert Indiquer les régions les plus grandes de la carte du Nevada En se dirigeant vers les objets, les participants devaient attraper avec leur pouce et index le cube coloré posé sur la table Estimer le volume apparent de plusieurs produits diffusés sur écran Résultats en termes de taille apparente des stimuli Par ordre croissant en termes de taille perçue : jaune, blanc, rouge, vert, bleu et noir. Surestimation de la taille pour les stimuli en rouge et en jaune Les stimuli en vert et en bleu ont été sous-estimés. Surestimation de la taille pour les stimuli colorés en jaune et en rouge. Sous-estimation de la taille pour ceux en vert et en bleu. Par ordre croissant en termes de taille perçue : rouge-violet, jaunerouge, violet-bleu et vert. Les figures rouges ont été surestimées par rapport aux vertes et jaunes. La taille des objets rouges a été surestimée par rapport à celle des objets verts. La figure rouge paraissait plus grande que la violette. La figure jaune paraissait grande que la verte. La présente étude contribue à l’enrichissement de cette littérature en s’intéressant aux liens qui pourraient être effectués entre l’illusion couleur-taille, la cognition numérique et la perception de Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE l’attractivité de la promotion et ce, en utilisant le modèle des longueurs d’ondes des couleurs qui est un système rigoureux éprouvé dans plusieurs domaines, incluant celui de la physique. Couleur et perception de la réduction de prix. Un grand nombre de chercheurs s’est intéressé au domaine des perceptions des prix (ex. Choi & Coulter, 2012 ; Dodds, Monroe & Grewal, 1991 ; DelVecchio, Krishnan, & Smith, 2007 ; Fry & McDougall, 1974) et leurs apports théoriques et managériaux ont été considérables. Ainsi, il est apparu que le format de présentation des prix influence les intentions d’achats des consommateurs (ex. Coulter & Norberg, 2009). En particulier, selon Coulter et Coulter (2005), la taille physique des chiffres influence la perception de la magnitude numérique du prix. Ainsi, un chiffre plus grand physiquement est associé à une perception de taille numérique plus grande qu’un chiffre plus petit en termes de taille physique. Ainsi, présenter les prix réduits dans une promotion dans une taille physique plus petite a mené à une valeur perçue plus grande et une probabilité d’achat et de choix plus élevée que de les présenter dans une taille physique plus grande. Or, d’après la littérature sur les couleurs, ces dernières influencent la taille perçue d’un objet ou d’une figure, celles à grande longueur d’ondes comme le rouge donnant l’illusion d’une plus grande taille et celles à courte longueur d’ondes induisant la perception contraire (ex. Cleveland & McGill, 1983 ; Gentilucci et al., 2001). Malgré l’utilisation courante des couleurs dans la promotion des ventes par les détaillants, l’effet de la couleur des chiffres sur l’attractivité de la promotion et la probabilité d’achat demeure inconnu dans la littérature. En se basant sur les résultats des différentes études liées à l’illusion de taille-couleurs (ex. Johns & Sumner, 1948 ; Lajos & Chattaupadhyay, 2010), il est attendu que l’utilisation de couleurs à courte longueur d’ondes, qui mènent à une perception de plus petite taille, soit plus bénéfique en termes d’attractivité de la promotion lorsqu’elle est utilisée pour les chiffres du prix final réduit (ex. Prix final réduit = 7,69$) que celle des couleurs à grande longueur d’ondes. À l’opposé, l’utilisation de couleurs à grande longueur d’ondes, donnant une perception de taille plus grande, pour les chiffres du montant de la réduction (ex. Épargnez 18,18$) devrait rendre la promotion plus attirante que celles à courte longueur d’ondes. Ainsi, le format de présentation des prix et les couleurs utilisées pour les chiffres auraient un impact sur l’attractivité de la promotion et l’intention d’achat des consommateurs. Les deux hypothèses Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE suivantes sont donc formulées en se basant à la fois sur la littérature dans le domaine des présentations des prix et celle de la perception des couleurs : H1 : Lorsqu’une réduction de prix est présentée sous forme de prix final réduit, l’attrait de la promotion et l’intention d’achat seront plus élevés lorsque le prix final réduit est présenté avec des couleurs à courte longueur d’ondes par opposition à des couleurs à grande longueur d’ondes. H2 : Lorsqu’une réduction de prix est présentée sous forme de montant de la réduction, l’attrait de la promotion et l’intention d’achat seront plus élevés lorsque le montant de la réduction est présenté avec des couleurs à grande longueur d’ondes par opposition à des couleurs à courte longueur d’ondes. Méthodologie Design et Procédure L’objectif de cette recherche est d’étudier l’impact de la couleur des informations numériques utilisées pour présenter une réduction de prix sur la perception de l’attractivité d’une offre promotionnelle. La méthodologie employée dans l’expérimentation suit un design expérimental intersujets : 2 (longueurs d’ondes de la couleur grande versus courte, c’est-à-dire le rouge versus le vert) X 2 (formats de présentation de la réduction: prix final réduit versus montant de réduction). Chaque répondant évaluait deux offres promotionnelles (couteau à pizza et sèche-cheveux) dont l’ordre de présentation était balancé entre les versions du questionnaire. La collecte de données fut effectuée à l’aide d’un questionnaire électronique auto-administré d’une durée moyenne de dix minutes. Les répondants furent assignés aléatoirement aux différentes conditions expérimentales. L’échantillon final fut composé (1) de consommateurs canadiens (2) affirmant ne pas avoir de problème de perception visuelle des couleurs et (3) dont la langue maternelle était l’anglais, puisque le questionnaire était rédigé en anglais. Les répondants avaient été informés que le but principal de l’étude était d’évaluer des offres promotionnelles qui seraient bientôt offertes dans les magasins. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Choix des stimuli Le choix des stimuli s’est basé sur les précédentes recherches réalisées dans le domaine de l’évaluation des prix. En effet, la promotion du couteau à pizza fut inspirée d’un stimulus de l’article de Coulter et Norberg (2009) portant sur la relation entre la distance physique entre le prix régulier et le prix réduit et la différence numérique perçue entre ces prix. La promotion du sèche-cheveux est basée sur un stimulus de l’expérimentation menée par Monroe (1971) dans son article portant sur la notion de prix comme indicateur d’acceptation. De plus, les prix présentés dans la promotion ont été exposés en valeur absolue dans la présente étude puisque que Choi et Coulter (2012) ont trouvé que les consommateurs réagissent plus rapidement aux prix présentés sous ce format. Enfin, le choix de la présentation des prix réguliers et réduits d’une manière verticale plutôt qu’horizontale s’est basé sur l’étude de Coulter et Coulter (2007). Les études précédentes sur les couleurs ont révélé des résultats contradictoires en psychologie (ex. Gundlach & Macoubrey, 1931; Warden & Flynn, 1926) en raison de l’absence de précisions sur les valeurs des différentes couleurs utilisées dans les expérimentations (Lajos & Chattopadhyay, 2010). Dans la présente étude, deux longueurs d’onde ont été prises en considération. Le rouge a été choisi pour illustrer la grande longueur d’onde, ce qui représente une longueur de 650 nanomètres, et le vert pour la courte longueur d’onde, soit 520 nanomètres. Ces couleurs ont été sélectionnées en se basant sur la revue de la littérature qui montrait que ces couleurs étaient les plus souvent employées par les chercheurs dans le domaine de l’illusion couleur-taille et qu’elles ont démontré des effets significatifs sur la perception de la taille (ex. Cleveland & McGill, 1983 ; Gentilucci et al., 2001 ; Lajos & Chattopadhyay, 2010). En outre, dans le but d’assurer une approche réaliste de l’expérimentation et donc d’accroître la validité externe de la recherche, les participants pouvaient observer une photo et une description du produit sur chaque annonce. Deux exemples des stimuli utilisés dans cette recherche sont illustrés dans la figure 1 cidessous. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Figure 1 Les stimuli utilisés dans les versions 2 et 7 du questionnaire, respectivement. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Structure du Questionnaire Le questionnaire comportait au total cinq sections. La première partie de celui-ci comprenait une introduction où le répondant prenait connaissance du contexte et du contenu du questionnaire. La suite du questionnaire était divisée en quatre sections, la première permettant de mesurer les variables dépendantes, soit les intentions d’achats et la valeur transactionnelle de l’offre. La deuxième section mesurant les attitudes des répondants envers les prix perçus dans les magasins. La troisième section du questionnaire avait trait à l’attitude des participants envers les couleurs. La quatrième section du questionnaire était consacrée au test d’Ishihara qui permet d’identifier les problèmes de vision reliés aux couleurs. Finalement, la dernière section concernait les questions socio-démographiques. De plus, un temps minimal de visionnement des stimuli (avant que la flèche permettant de passer à la page suivante n’apparaisse) fut intégré au questionnaire. Afin de s’assurer que les participants aient été suffisamment exposés à l’offre promotionnelle, un laps de temps minimum de douze secondes fut imposé dans le questionnaire électronique. Élaboration des Échelles de Mesure Les échelles de mesure employées dans le questionnaire sont basées sur la revue de la littérature portant sur la perception des prix. Dans cette recherche, il est attendu que la couleur utilisée pour présenter l’information numérique influence significativement la perception de la valeur transactionnelle de l’offre ainsi que l’intention d’achat du produit proposé dans celle-ci. Des énoncés tirés des recherches mesurant ces deux construits dans un contexte d’évaluation d’offre promotionnelle ont été adoptés dans le questionnaire (ex. Bambauer-Sachse & Grewal, 2011 ; Dodds, Monroe, & Grewal, 1991). Les détails sur ces mesures sont résumés dans le tableau 3. Par ailleurs, huit figures tirées du test d’Ishihara ont été employées dans le questionnaire23 afin de détecter les déficiences visuelles des répondants en termes de perception des couleurs rouge et verte (Ishihara, 1917). Source : les figures d’Ishihara, page consultée 10 février 2012. http://daltonien.free.fr/daltonien/article.php3?id_article=6, 23 Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Tableau 3 Les échelles de mesures utilisées pour les variables dépendantes Construit Énoncé Mesures Intentions I can imagine buying this Likert, échelle d’achats product bipolaire allant de 1 à 7 I will recommend this product to my friends If I needed a product in this category, I would buy this one Valeur This product appears to be a Likert, échelle transactionnelle bargain bipolaire allant de 1 à 7 The price shown for this product This product is considered to be a good buy Auteurs BambauerSachse et Grewal (2011) Dodds, Monroe et Grewal (1991) Définition de la Population Cible La collecte de données fut effectuée auprès de 100 répondants, soit 25 par condition expérimentale. Douze personnes ont été éliminées de l’échantillon, dont quatre avaient fait des erreurs dans le test d’Ishihara et qui éprouvaient donc des problèmes de vision des couleurs. De plus, huit répondants avaient fourni des réponses très incohérentes dans la question finale qui demandait aux répondants d’identifier, d’après elles, quel était le but de la recherche Par conséquent, la taille de l’échantillon final était de quatre-vingt-huit répondants, ce qui est en concordance avec celles adoptées lors des expérimentations antérieures portant sur la perception des prix, tels que Coulter et Norberg, (2009 ; N=61) et Choi et Coulter (2012 ; N=64). Résultats L’objectif de cette recherche est d’étudier l’effet des couleurs sur l’attrait perçu des offres promotionnelles. Plus précisément, il s’agit de tester si la longueur d’ondes de la couleur des informations numériques influence l’attractivité de la promotion. De plus, l’impact de la couleur des informations numériques sur l’attrait de la promotion est étudié à travers deux formats de présentation ce celle-ci, soit 1) le prix final réduit ou 2) le montant de la réduction proposé. Il est attendu que l’attractivité de la promotion sera mieux perçue si le prix final réduit est présenté en une couleur conduisant à une illusion Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE de taille plus petite, autrement dit en vert plutôt qu’en rouge (H1) et la perception de l’attrait de l’offre promotionnelle sera plus grande si le montant de réduction est présenté en une couleur menant à une illusion de taille plus grande, c’est-à-dire en rouge plutôt qu’en vert (H2). Statistiques Descriptives L’échantillon est composé de 41 femmes, soit 46,6% des répondants, et 47 hommes, soit 53,4% de celui-ci. Les participants sont âgés entre 18 et 57 ans avec une moyenne d’âge de 35,9 années. La part des répondants possédant un diplôme universitaire de premier cycle s’élève à 48%. Cette donnée est représentative de l’ensemble de la population canadienne. En effet, Statistique Canada révèle qu’environ 53% des Canadiens âgés de plus de 15 ans avaient un diplôme en 2011. Pour la plupart des répondants, l’anglais représente la langue maternelle (90,9%). Seul 9,1% des répondants ont appris une autre langue à la naissance. Analyses factorielles exploratoires et alphas de Cronbach Une analyse factorielle exploratoire avec la méthode de maximum vraisemblance (ML) a été réalisée sur les deux groupes d’énoncés pour chacun des deux construits, soit l’intention d’achat (en anglais : willingness to buy) et la valeur transactionnelle (en anglais : Transaction value). Les facteurs retenus sont ceux dont la valeur propre (Eigen value) était supérieure à 1 (Tabachnick & Fiddell, 2006). Par la suite, l’analyse de la fidélité des construits a été effectuée via le calcul des alphas de Cronbach. Le construit intentions d’achat. En cohérence avec les recherches passées, l’analyse factorielle des construits a permis d’identifier un seul facteur (ex. Bambauer-Sachse & Grewal, 2011) qui expliquait 86,66% de la variance pour la promotion sur le couteau à pizza et 88,66% de la variance pour la promotion sur le sèche-cheveux. Le tableau 4 regroupe les résultats de l’analyse factorielle pour chacun des énoncés et les alphas de Cronbach pour chacun des construits. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Tableau 4 Le modèle d’analyse factorielle exploratoire et les alphas de Cronbach pour le construit intention d’achat Variable/énoncés Corrélation de structure Intentions d’achat : Couteau à pizza (3 énoncés, α= 0,92) Énoncé 1: I can imagine buying this product 0,94 Énoncé 2: I will recommend this product to my friends 0,92 Énoncé 3: If I needed a product in this category, I would buy this one Intentions d’achat : Sèche-cheveux (3 énoncés, α= 0,93) Énoncé 1: I can imagine buying this product 0,94 Énoncé 2: I will recommend this product to my friends 0,94 0,95 Énoncé 3: If I needed a product in this category, I would buy 0,94 this one Le construit valeur transactionnelle. Concernant l’analyse des énoncés relatifs à la valeur transactionnelle, il convient de noter que le facteur expliquait 92,55% de la variance pour le couteau à pizza et 86,08% pour le sèche-cheveux. Les données du tableau 5 présentent les résultats de l’analyse factorielle pour chacun des énoncés ainsi que les alphas de Cronbach pour chacun des construits. Tableau 5 Le modèle d’analyse factorielle exploratoire et les alphas de Cronbach pour le construit valeur transactionnelle Variable/énoncés Corrélation de structure Couteau à pizza (3 énoncés, α= 0,96) Énoncé 1: This product appears to be a bargain 0,96 Énoncé 2: The price shown for this product 0,96 Énoncé 3: This product is considered to be a good buy 0,97 Sèche-cheveux (3 énoncés, α= 0,92) Énoncé 1: This product appears to be a bargain 0,93 Énoncé 2: The price shown for this product 0,94 Énoncé 3: This product is considered to be a good buy 0,91 Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Après avoir procédé à ces analyses factorielles exploratoires et à l’évaluation des alphas de Cronbach, les résultats obtenus pour chacun des items ont été combinés (via des calculs de moyennes arithmétiques) afin de créer des scores moyens pour chacun des construits. Par la suite, une analyse de variance multivariée (MANOVA) a été effectuée puisque cette étude regroupe plusieurs variables dépendantes. Analyses de Variance Multivariée Dans un premier temps, il s’agissait de tester l’hypothèse H1 concernant l’impact de la couleur sur l’attrait d’une promotion dans un contexte où le format de présentation de celle-ci est de type « prix final réduit ». Tout d’abord, une analyse de variance multivariée a été effectuée pour la promotion sur le couteau à pizza. Les résultats multivariés étaient significatifs (F(2,45) = 2,69, p=0,05; Λ de Wilk = 0,85, η2 partiel = 0,15, Puissance du test= 0,51). L’analyse univariée de la promotion présentée sous le format de type « prix final réduit » démontre également des effets significatifs présentés dans le tableau 6. Ainsi, tel que prédit par l’hypothèse H1, il ressort que présenter les informations numériques d’un prix final réduit en vert conduisent à une plus grande valeur transactionnelle perçue de la promotion et à de plus fortes intentions d’achat que de présenter ces mêmes informations numériques en rouge. Tableau 6 Les effets univariés inter-sujets d’une promotion présentant le prix du couteau à pizza sous le format de prix réduit Variables Intention d’achat Valeur transactionnelle Score moyen pour la promotion en vert (Écart-type) 5,25 (1,45) 5,29 (1,52) Score moyen pour la promotion en rouge (Écart-type) 4,46 (1,46) 4,29 (1,46) Valeur de F Valeur de P Puissance du test 3,55 0,07 0,45 5,42 0,02 0,63 Ces résultats sont cohérents avec ceux obtenus lors de l’analyse de variance multivariée effectuée pour la promotion du sèche-cheveux. En effet, l’analyse démontre que les effets multivariés sont Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE significatifs (F(2,45) = 2,45, p=0,01; Λ de Wilk = 0,79, η2 partiel = 0,21, Puissance du test= 0,85). Il en est de même pour les effets univariés présentés dans le tableau 7. Par conséquent, au travers ces deux catégories de produits, dans un contexte où le format de présentation de la réduction est de type « prix final réduit », l’attractivité des promotions est plus importante lorsque les informations numériques sont présentées en vert, qui est une couleur à courte longueur d’ondes que lorsqu’ils sont présentées en rouge, qui est une couleur à grande longueur d’ondes. L’hypothèse H1 est donc confirmée à travers deux catégories de produits. Tableau 7 Les effets univariés inter-sujets d’une promotion présentant le prix du sèche-cheveux sous le format de prix réduit Variables Intention d’achat Valeur transactionnelle Score moyen pour la promotion en vert (Écart-type) 5,29 (1,24) 5,54 (1,02) Score moyen pour la promotion en rouge (Écart-type) 4,19 (1,38) 4,43 (1,23) Valeur de F Valeur de P Puissance du test 8,42 0,01 0,81 11,65 0,00 0,92 Dans un deuxième temps, il s’agissait de tester l’hypothèse H2 concernant l’impact de la longueur d’onde de la couleur sur l’attrait d’une promotion dans un contexte où le format de présentation de celleci est de type « montant de la réduction ». En ce qui concerne la promotion portant sur le couteau à pizza, une analyse de variance multivariée (MANOVA) a mis en évidence une relation significative entre la couleur et l’attractivité de la promotion, évaluée en termes d’intention d’achat et de valeur transactionnelle perçue de l’offre promotionnelle, lorsque celle-ci était présentée en format de type « montant de réduction » (F(2, 37) = 2,16, p=0,08; Λ de Wilk = 0,89, η2 partiel = 0,11, Puissance du test= 0,59). Au niveau univarié, les effets sont aussi significatifs (tableau 8). Ces résultats montrent que dans le contexte d’un format de présentation de type « montant de la réduction », l’utilisation de la couleur rouge (qui est une couleur à grande longueur d’ondes) pour présenter les informations numériques génère des Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE niveaux d’intentions d’achat et une valeur transactionnelle perçue plus élevés que l’utilisation de la couleur verte (qui est une couleur à courte longueur d’ondes) pour présenter ces mêmes informations. Ces résultats confirment donc l’hypothèse H2. Tableau 8 Les effets univariés inter-sujets d’une promotion présentant le prix du couteau à pizza sous le format de montant de réduction Variables Intentions d’achat Valeur transactionnelle Score moyen pour la promotion en vert (Écart-type) 5,02 (0,75) 4,93 (0,75) Score moyen pour la promotion en rouge (Écart-type) 5,57 (0,95) 5,67 (1,02) Valeur de F Valeur de P Puissance du test 4,15 0,05 0,51 6,73 0,01 0,72 De même, pour la promotion portant sur le sèche-cheveux, l’effet de la couleur sur l’attractivité de la promotion est également significatif (F(2,45) = 2,37, p<0,01; Λ de Wilk = 0,72, η2 partiel = 0,28, Puissance du test= 0,92). L’effet significatif au niveau univarié suggérant que l’utilisation du rouge génère un niveau de valeur transactionnelle perçue et d’intentions d’achat supérieures de la promotion que l’utilisation du vert est présenté dans le tableau 9. L’hypothèse H2 est donc confirmée au travers les deux catégories de produits. Tableau 9 Les effets univariés inter-sujets d’une promotion présentant le prix du sèche-cheveux sous le format de montant de réduction Variables Intentions d’achat Valeur transactionnelle Score moyen pour la promotion en vert (Écart-type) 4,90 (1,01) 5,20 (0,80) Score moyen pour la promotion en rouge (Écart-type) 5,55 (1,11) 6,13 (0,80) Valeur de F Valeur de P Puissance du test 3,76 0,06 0,47 13,57 0,00 0,95 Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Conclusion L’objectif de cette recherche était de connaître l’effet de la longueur d’ondes des couleurs des informations numériques utilisées pour présenter une réduction de prix, soit sous un format de type « prix final réduit » ou de type « montant de la réduction », sur la perception de l’attractivité de cette offre promotionnelle. Les résultats de cette recherche ont permis de confirmer que l’attrait d’une promotion est fonction des longueurs d’ondes des couleurs utilisées pour présenter les informations numériques, confirmant les deux hypothèses proposées. En cohérence avec l’illusion taille-couleur, les participants ont évalué plus positivement l’offre promotionnelle, tant en termes de valeur transactionnelle perçue de l’offre que d’intention d’achat, lorsque les informations numériques du « prix final réduit » étaient présentées en vert plutôt qu’en rouge. À l’opposé, les participants ont évalué plus positivement l’offre promotionnelle, tant en termes de valeur transactionnelle perçue de l’offre que d’intention d’achat, lorsque les informations numériques du « montant de la réduction » étaient présentées en rouge plutôt qu’en vert. Les résultats de l’étude actuelle constituent un avancement important dans la littérature portant sur l’impact du format de présentation dans un contexte d’offres promotionnelles et confirment l’impact de celui-ci sur la perception de l’attractivité d’une offre de réduction de prix (ex. Compeau, Grewal, & Chandrashekaran, 2002 ; Coulter & Coulter, 2007 ; DelVecchio, Lakshmanan, & Krishnan, 2009 ; Kalwani & Yim, 1992). En effet, la présente étude intègre la théorie de l’illusion couleur-taille (ex. Bevan & Turner, 1965 ; Lajos & Chattopadhyay, 2010 ; Tedford, Bergquist, & Flynn, 1977) dans la littérature sur la perception des prix (ex. Choi & Coulter, 2012; Coulter & Coulter, 2005 ; Coulter & Norberg, 2009) en démontrant l’effet de la couleur des chiffres, et particulièrement de leur longueur d’ondes, sur la perception de l’attractivité de l’offre promotionnelle. Plus particulièrement, ces résultats vont dans le même sens que ceux de Coulter et Coulter (2005) qui ont démontré que la taille physique des chiffres influe sur l’évaluation de l’offre promotionnelle, affectant positivement les intentions d’achat. En effet, les résultats de la présente étude ont prouvé que la perception d’une attractivité élevée de l’offre promotionnelle agit favorablement sur la probabilité d’achat. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE De surcroît, cette recherche apporte une meilleure connaissance de l’effet des couleurs en comportement du consommateur. Ainsi, plusieurs recherches ont été consacrées à l’étude des effets des couleurs du magasin (ex. Babin, Hardesty, & Suter, 2003 ; Crowley, 1993 ; Kotler, 1973), du fond d’un site internet (ex. Gorn et al., 2004) ou encore des annonces publicitaires (ex. Sparkman & Austin, 1980) sur les intentions d’achats. Cependant, il existe une lacune au niveau de la recherche portant sur l’effet de la couleur au niveau de la communication sur le lieu de vente et dans les annonces promotionnelles des commerces et particulièrement au niveau de la présentation des offres promotionnelles. Pourtant, comme illustré dans l’annexe A, les couleurs sont très souvent utilisées dans l’affichage des promotions dans les commerces de détail. Cette recherche a permis de pallier en partie à ce manque d’investigation dans la littérature. Finalement, de nombreux travaux ont démontré l’impact des couleurs sur la taille perçue (ex. Bevan & Turner, 1965 ; Cleveland & McGill, 1983 ; Gentilucci et al., 2001 ; Tedford, Bergquist, & Flynn, 1977 : Wallis, 1935) et le poids apparent de l’objet (ex. Bevan & Dukes, 1953 ; Payne, 1961 ; Warden & Flynn, 1926). Dans la littérature en marketing, seuls Lajos et Chattopadhyay (2010) ont utilisé cette illusion pour comprendre l’effet de la couleur sur le volume des produits perçu par le consommateur. Aussi, en cohérence avec la méthodologie adoptée par Lajos et Chattopadhyay (2010), cette recherche confirme la pertinence du concept de longueurs d’ondes qui permet d’obtenir des résultats cohérents au niveau de la perception de la taille due à la couleur. De plus, la recherche consacrée à l’impact de la couleur rouge sur le comportement de l’individu et du consommateur a fait l’objet de plusieurs études dans le domaine de la psychologie (ex. Cleveland & McGill, 1983 ; Gentilucci et al., 2001) et du marketing (ex. Bagchi & Cheema, 2013 ; Crowley, 1993 ; Gorn et al., 2004). L’importance de la couleur rouge a été nuancée dans la présente recherche. Spécifiquement, l’utilisation d’une couleur à courte longueur d’ondes (le vert) était préférable à l’utilisation d’une couleur à grande longueur d’ondes (le rouge) dans un contexte où la réduction est présentée dans un format de type « prix final réduit ». À l’opposé, l’utilisation d’une couleur à grande longueur d’ondes a induit un attrait supérieur Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE comparativement à l’utilisation d’une couleur à courte longueur d’ondes lorsque le format de présentation était de type « montant de la réduction ». La principale implication managériale de cette recherche réside dans l’amélioration des connaissances relatives à la création et au design d’offres promotionnelles basées sur des réductions de prix. Étant donné que plusieurs biais perceptuels des consommateurs interviennent dans les processus d’achats tels que celui provenant du format de présentation des prix (ex. Coulter & Norberg, 2009) et de l’élongation de l’emballage (ex. Wansink & Van Ittersum, 2003), les entreprises ont des difficultés à prédire les réactions des consommateurs par rapport à leurs offres dans les points de vente. Les résultats de cette recherche apportent ainsi des éléments de réponse à la question « comment rendre ma promotion plus attirante? » et aident à la compréhension des biais perceptuels auxquels les consommateurs sont sujets. Par ailleurs, il est important de noter que l’utilisation des différentes formes de promotions (concours, achats groupés, réduction, rabais, etc.) est très répandu en Amérique du Nord (Donnelley Marketing Inc., 1996). Face à cette tendance, les réactions positives des consommateurs envers les promotions s’estompent peu à peu vu l’omniprésence des prix sur les lieux de vente. Dans le but d’améliorer l’efficience des promotions, les gestionnaires peuvent utiliser des couleurs d’une manière judicieuse pour influencer positivement sur la perception des consommateurs. En effet, le choix de la couleur dans les offres promotionnelles peut s’avérer être un atout concurrentiel dans l’industrie de la distribution. Par cette recherche, le gestionnaire pourrait connaître les couleurs impactant favorablement sur les perceptions des individus et ce, à un coût inexistant puisque la pratique des couleurs se fait déjà dans les prix présentés dans les magasins. En outre, la fidélisation de la clientèle représente un défi majeur pour tous les distributeurs puisque les produits stockés et invendus engendrent des coûts logistiques importants. L’étude actuelle propose des recommandations précises au niveau du design des offres promotionnelles susceptibles d’améliorer l’efficacité celles-ci en augmentant leur attractivité et les intentions d’achats des consommateurs. Particulièrement, l’impact significatif de la couleur sur l’attractivité de la promotion dépend du format de la réduction, soit un prix final réduit versus un montant Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE de réduction. Selon les résultats obtenus, le rouge aboutit à des probabilités d’achats plus élevées lorsqu’utilisé pour présenter le montant de la réduction et le vert entraîne une plus grande attractivité de la promotion lorsqu’appliqué à la présentation du prix final réduit. Même si la majorité des détaillants utilise déjà ces couleurs pour promouvoir leurs offres promotionnelles, il est important pour ces derniers de choisir les couleurs en fonction des effets démontrés dans cette recherche et s’assurer d’une adéquation entre le choix des couleurs et le format de présentation de la réduction proposée. Cette recherche apporte une nouvelle perspective par rapport aux études précédentes, mais elle présente tout de même des limites qui doivent être mentionnées et qui pourraient faire l’objet de recherches futures. D’abord, une limite d’ordre méthodologique est existante dans cette étude : il s’agit du nombre de couleurs utilisées dans l’expérimentation. Deux niveaux de couleurs, soit le rouge, soit le vert, ont démontré un effet significatif sur la perception de l’attractivité de la promotion. Dans les recherches futures, il serait intéressant d’exploiter d’autres couleurs à grande longueur d’onde tels que le jaune et à courte longueur d’onde comme le bleu. Une étude précédente a prouvé par exemple que le jaune conduisait à une plus grande illusion couleur-taille (Bevan & Turner, 1965). Il serait donc pertinent de généraliser les résultats de cette étude en répliquant l’expérimentation en utilisant d’autres couleurs appartenant aux deux niveaux de longueurs d’ondes étudiés. De plus, il serait intéressant d’étudier l’impact de la luminosité de la couleur sur l’attractivité de la promotion dans des recherches futures afin d’affiner les résultats. En effet, la luminosité de la couleur a démontré un impact positif sur la taille apparente (ex. Bevan & Turner, 1965). De ce fait, la luminosité pourrait avoir un impact sur l’attractivité de la promotion via le même mécanisme taille-couleur proposé dans la présente recherche. En outre, il serait également pertinent de mesurer les effets de la longueur d’ondes de la couleur appliquée aux étiquettes des prix qui sont souvent colorées en magasin. En effet, dans la collecte d’informations dans les magasins effectuées dans une recherche préliminaire de cette étude, il est ressorti que les commerçants utilisent souvent la couleur du fond, donc de l’étiquette du prix, pour mettre en évidence une promotion dont les chiffres sont écrits en noir. De ce fait, il serait judicieux d’étudier les effets des couleurs des étiquettes de prix sur les intentions d’achat et l’attractivité perçue de la promotion Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE afin d’avoir une vision globale des facteurs affectant le processus d’achat du consommateur et une meilleure compréhension de l’illusion couleur-taille. En conclusion, cette étude démontre que la couleur est un facteur déterminant dans l’évaluation d’offres de réduction de prix. Par conséquent, la recherche actuelle présente une perspective novatrice qui permettra d’enrichir la littérature académique et la pratique. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE ANNEXE A Exemples réels d’utilisation de couleurs pour présenter l’information numérique sur le prix et la réduction Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE RÉFÉRENCES Babin, B. J., Hardesy, D. M., & Suter, T. A. (2003). Color and shopping intention: the intervening effect of price fairness and perceived affect. Journal of Business Research, 56(7), 541-552. Bagchi, R., & Davis, D. F. (2012). $29 for 70 items or 70 items for $29? How presentation order affects package perceptions. Journal of Consumer Research, 39(1), 62-73. Bagchi, R., & Cheema, A. (2013). The effect of red background color on willingness-to-pay: The moderating role of selling mechanism. Journal of Consumer Research, 39(5), 947-960. Bambauer-Sachse, S., & Grewal, D. (2011). Temporal reframing of prices: When is it beneficial?. Journal of Retailing, 87(2), 156-165. Bellizzi, J. A., Crowley A. E., & Hasty, R. W. (1983). The effects of color in store design. Journal of Retailing, 59(1), 21-45. Berkowitz, E. N., & Walton, J. R. (1980). Contextual influences on consumer price responses: an experimental analysis. Journal of Marketing Research, 17(3), 349-358. Bevan, W., & Dukes, W. F. (1953). Color as a variable in the judgment of size. American Journal of Psychology, 66(2), 283-288. Bevan, W., & Turner, E. D. 1965). The influence of lightness upon the judgment of size. American Journal of Psychology, 78(1), 90-95. Blattberg, R. C., Eppen, G. D., & Lieberman, J. (1981). A theoretical and empirical evaluation of price deals for consumer nondurables. Journal of Marketing, 45(1), 116-129. Boker, S. M., (1997). A measurement of the adaptation of color vision to the spectral environment. Psychological Science, 8(2), 130-134. Bullough, E. (1907). On the apparent heaviness of colour. Journal of Psychology, 11(2), 111-152. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Cahill, M.-C., & Carter, R. C. Jr. (1976). Color code size searching displays of different density. The Journal of Human Factors and Ergonomics Society, 18(3), 273-280. Chen, S. F. S., Monroe, K. B., & Lou, Y. C. (1998). The effects of framing price promotion messages on consumers’ perceptions and purchase intentions. Journal of Retailing, 74(3), 352-372. Choi, P., & Coulter, K. S. (2012). It’s not all relative: the effects of mental and physical positioning of comparative prices on absolute versus relative discount assessment. Journal of Retailing. 88(4), 512-527. Cleveland, W. S., & McGill, R. (1983). Graphical perception: theory, experimentation, and application to the development of graphical methods. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 79(387), 531-554. Compeau, L. D., Grewal, D., & Chandrashekaran, R. (2002). Comparative price advertising: believe it or not. Journal of Consumer Affairs, 36(2), 284-294. Coulter, K. S., & Coulter, R. A. (2005). Size does matter: the effects of magnitude representation congruency on price perceptions and purchase likelihood. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15(1), 64-76. Coulter, K. S., & Coulter, R. A. (2007). Distortion of price discount perceptions: the right digit effect. Journal of Consumer Research, 34(2), 162-175. Coulter, K. S., & Norberg, P. A. (2009). The effects of physical distance between regular and sale prices on numerical difference perceptions. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 19(2), 144-157. Crowley, E. A. (1993). The two dimensional impact of color on shopping. Marketing Letters, 4(1), 59-69. Dehaene, S. (1989). The psychophysics of numerical comparison: A reexamination of apparently incompatible data. Perceptions & Psychophysics, 45(6), 557-566. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Della Bitta, A. J., Monroe, K. B., & McGinnis, J. M. (1981). Consumer perceptions of comparative price advertisements. Journal of Marketing Research, 18(4), 416-427. DelVecchio, D., Shanker, K., & Smith, D. C. (2007). Cents or percent? The effects of promotion framing on price expectations and choice. Journal of Marketing, 71(3), 158-170. DelVecchio, D., Lakshmanan, A., & Krishnan, S. H. (2009). The effects of discount location and frame on consumers’ price estimates. Journal of Retailing, 85(3), 336-346. Deng, X., Hui, S. K., & Hutchinson, W. J. (2010). Consumer preferences for color combinations: An empirical analysis of similarity based color relationships. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 20(4), 476-484. Dodds, W. B., Monroe, K. B., & Grewal, D. (1991). Effects of price, brand, and store information on buyers’ product evaluations. Journal of Marketing Research, 28(3), 307-319. Donneley Marketing INC. (1996). 18ème Annual Survey of Promotional Practices. Tiré de http://faculty.insead.edu/chandon/personal_page/Documents/ArticleLivre_Promotion%20des%20Ventes-Effets-Strategies-Comportement-Livre%20Complet.pdf Fry, J., & McDougall, G. H. (1974). Consumer appraisal of retail price advertising. Journal of Marketing, 38(3), 64-67. Gentilucci, M., Benuzzi, F., Gangitano, M., & Grimaldi, S. (2001). Grasping with hand and mouth: A kinematic study on healthy subjects. Journal of Neurophysiology, 86(4), 1685-1699. Gorn, G., Chattopadhyay, A., Sengupta, J., & Tripathi, S. (2004). Waiting for the web: how screen color affects time perception. Journal of Marketing Research, 41(2), 215-225. Grewal, D., Monroe, K. B., & Krishnan, R. (1998). The effects of price-comparison advertising on buyers’ perceptions of acquisition value, transaction value, and behavioral intentions. Journal of Marketing, 62(2), 46-59. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Gross, H., Blechinger, F., & Achtner, B. (Édit.) (2008). Handbook of optical systems, vol. 4, Weinheim, Germany, WILEY-VCH. Gundlach, C., & Macoubrey, C. (1931). The effect of color on apparent size. The American Journal of Psychology, 43(1), 109-111. Gupta, S. (1988). Impact of sales promotion on when, what, and how much to buy. Journal of Marketing Research, 25(4), 342-355. Indjechagopian, J.-P., & Macé, S. (1994). Mesure d'impact de promotion des ventes: description et comparaison de trois méthodes. Recherche et Applications en Marketing, 9(4), 53-79. Ishihara, S. (1917). Tests for color-blindness. Tokyo, Japon : Hongo Harukicho. Itten, J. (1997). The art of color: the subjective experience and objective rationale of color. New York, États-Unis : John Wiley & Sons, Revised edition. Janiszewski, C., & Lichtenstein, D. (1999). A range theory account of price perception. Journal of Consumer Research, 25(4), 353-368. Johns, E. H., & Sumner, F. C. (1948). Relation of the brightness differences of colors to their apparent distances. Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary & Applied, 26(1), 25-29. Kalwani, M. U., & Yim, C. K. (1992). Consumer price and promotion expectations: an experimental study. Journal of Marketing Research, 29(1), 90-100. Keaveney, S. M. (1995). Customer switching behavior in service industries: an exploratory study. Journal of Marketing, 59(2), 71-82. Kido, M. (2000). Bio-psychological effects of color. Journal of International Society of Life Information Science, 18(1), 254-262. Kotler, P. (1973). Atmospherics as a marketing tool. Journal of Retailing, 49(4), 48-64. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Kwallek, N. Lewis, C. M., Lin-Hsiao, J., & Woodson, H. (1996). Effects of nine monochromatic office interior colors on clerical tasks and worker mood. Color Research and Application, 21(6), 448458. Lajos, J., & Chattopadhyay, A. (2010). Effects of color on consumer’s perception of package volumes, Advances in Consumer Research, 37, 838-839. Land, E. H. (1959). Color vision and the natural image: part I. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 45(1), 115-129. Monroe, K. B. (1971). The information content of prices: A preliminary model for estimating buyer response. Management Science, 17(8), 519-532. Niedrich, R. W., Sharma, S., & Wedell, D. H. (2001). Reference price and price perceptions: a comparison of alternative models. Journal of Consumer Research, 28(3), 339-354. Payne, M. C. Jr. (1958). Apparent weight as a function of color. The American Journal of Psychology, 71(4), 725-730. Payne, M. C. Jr. (1961). Apparent weight as a function of hue. The American Journal of Psychology, 74(1), 104-105. Pillsbury, W. B., & Shaefer, B. R. (1937). A note on advancing and retreating colors. American Journal of Psychology, 49(1), 126-130. Sparkman, R., & Austin, L. M. (1980). The effect on sales of color in newspaper advertisements. Journal of Advertising, 9(4), 39-42. Szybillo, G. J., & Jacoby, J. (1974). Intrinsic versus extrinsic cues as determinants of perceived quality. Journal of Applied Psychology, 59(2), 74-78. Tabachnick, G. B., & Fiddell, L. S. (2006). Using multivariate statistics (5e éd.). Boston, États-Unis : Pearson. Running Head: LE RÔLE DE LA COULEUR DANS LE DESIGN D’UNE OFFRE PROMOTIONNELLE Taylor, I. L., & Sumner, F. C. (1945). Actual brightness and distance of individual colors when their apparent distance is held constant. Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary & Applied, 19(1), 7985. Tedford, W. H. Jr., Bergquist, S. L., & Flynn, W. E. (1977). The size color illusion. The Journal of General Psychology, 97(1), 145-149. Wallis, W. A. (1935). The influence of color on apparent size. Journal of General Psychology, 13, 193199. Wansink, B., & Van Ittersum, K. (2003). Bottoms up! The influence of elongation on pouring and consumption volume. Journal of Consumer Research, 30(3), 455-463. Warden, C. J., & Flynn, E. L. (1926). The effect of color on apparent size and weight. American Journal of Psychology, 37(3), 398-401. Wells, M., Brandon, K., & Lee, H. (1992). People and parks. linking protected area management with local communities. Washington, États-Unis : WorldBank. Wexner, L. B. (1954). The degree to which colors (hues) are associated with mood-tones. The Journal of Applied Psychology, 38(6), 432-435. Wyszecki, G. (2006). Color (p. 824). Chicago, États-Unis : World Book Inc. Running Head: LABOR STANDS IN THE WAY OF TRUE LOVE: WHEN LABOR DOES NOT LEAD TO LOVE Labor Stands in the Way of True Love: When Labor does not Lead to Love Peyman Assadi, University of Manitoba, Canada Kelley Main, University of Manitoba, Canada Abstract For many years, research centered on effort justification has focused on the relationship between the effort one puts into a task and the resulting valuation of the outcome arguing that effort increases the favorable valuation (e.g. Aronson and Mills (1959), Alessandri, Darcheville, and Zentall (2008), and Lydall, Gilmour, and Dwyer (2010)). In other words, you like the outcome regardless of whether others like it or not (Norton, Mochon, Ariely (2012)). However, little research has focused on the inverse phenomenon where the effort put in does not result in a heightened valuation. Running Head: LABOR STANDS IN THE WAY OF TRUE LOVE: WHEN LABOR DOES NOT LEAD TO LOVE Theoretical Development Aronson and Mills (1959) were one of the first to verify the relationship between effort and valuation. Alessandri, Darcheville, and Zentall (2008) extended the theory by arguing that the justification-of-effort effect can also happen in an asocial context. Lydall, Gilmour, and Dwyer (2010) revealed that complex cognitive processing is not needed for the effort-justification effect. Norton, Mochon and Ariely (2012) further demonstrated that the physical exertion of effort (i.e. labor) accompanied with successful completion of the task is sufficient for effort justification to happen. However, one major issue seems to be overlooked by the previous literature. The type of effort used in the literature thus far has always been one that adds to participants’ resources and is in no way threatening. For instance, Lodewijkx and Syroit (2001) argue that participants in the Aronson and Mills (1959) study favorably evaluated their effort because it satisfied their sense of affiliation to a group. In Lydall, Gilmour, and Dwyer (2010), rats exerted effort to obtain sucrose. Moreover, Norton, Mochon and Ariely (2012) put forth the fact that when consumers put in effort and complete the task, their “sense of effectence” is satisfied. In the current research, however, we explore a different kind of effort, one that may threaten resources, namely one’s ego and self-esteem. Conservation of Resources Theory (COR) (Hobfoll 1988, 1991, 2001) posits that “people strive to retain, protect, and build resources and that what is threatening to them is the potential or actual loss of these valued resources” (Hobfoll (1989), p.516). Hobfoll (1989) suggests that such resources include objects and personal characteristics. The basic tenet of COR theory is that stress is produced when resources are threatened. Hobfoll (1989) suggests that in order to cope with this stress and conserve resources, individuals deploy different Running Head: LABOR STANDS IN THE WAY OF TRUE LOVE: WHEN LABOR DOES NOT LEAD TO LOVE mechanisms and turn against the stressor. Therefore, it is argued that when labor threatens resources, it works as a stressor and according to COR, it will be evaluated negatively. The type of threatening labor which is used in the current work is labor in which the expectation of the outcome of the labor is negatively disconfirmed (based in part on Oliver (1977). This method of threatening ego is a common method in the negative feedback literature (e.g. Bushman and Baumeister (1998)). Weiner (1985) argues that when facing expectation disconfirmation, one feels threatened and in order to cope with this threat, the person tries to attribute the reason of this disconfirmation to an external\internal factor. Weiner (1985) predicts that when this attribution is internal, one’s self-esteem is threatened. In our first study, we show whether labor leads to love under non-threatening conditions. Then, in the second study, we verify that when labor acts as a threatening factor, it reduces the favorable valuation of the outcome. Study 1 This study was a one-way between subjects design (high vs. low effort) with willingness to pay as the dependent variable. The goal of this study was to show that higher effort results in higher favorable valuation of outcome in the task intended to be used for the second study. Participants (N=59) were asked to finish a painting and then put a price on their painting as if it was about to be sold in a charity event. In the low effort condition, participants painted using three main colors of red, blue and yellow. In the high effort condition, participants had to do some extra work mixing the paints, cleaning the brushes, and cutting the painting out to glue to another surface. Our results showed that low effort (M=3.42) participants valued their painting significantly higher than high effort participants (M=6.14, F (1, 57) =4.764, p=0.033) showing Running Head: LABOR STANDS IN THE WAY OF TRUE LOVE: WHEN LABOR DOES NOT LEAD TO LOVE that effort increases the favorable valuation of the outcome. In the next study we investigate the role of on the evaluation of outcome. Study 2 This study was a 2(Effort: high vs. low) × 2(Expectation disconfirmation: negative vs. positive) between subjects design (N=83). As in Study 1, all participants completed a painting. After the task, participants were asked to evaluate their painting using a number from 1 to 20. Then, we took a photograph of their painting in front of them and participants were told that their painting was being sent electronically to a professional in the art department to be evaluated. Some minutes later, the evaluation of the expert was sent back to participants. Evaluations were randomly assigned and either confirmed or disconfirmed the mark that participants had given themselves. For example, if the participant had given themselves 13, and they were in the negative (positive) disconfirmation condition, the feedback mark was 8(18). As predicted, there was a significant interaction between effort and expectation disconfirmation on price (F (1, 67) =6.113, p=0.016). The prices put on the paintings were significantly different with the lowest prices in the high-effort/negative disconfirmation condition (M=2.85) and highest in the high-effort/positive disconfirmation condition (M=10.289, F (3, 67) =4.911, p=0.004). This suggests that threatening ego and self-esteem via expectation disconfirmation plays a moderating role in the relationship between labor and valuation. Conclusion The current research reveals that threatening labor reduces the favorable valuation of the outcome. Specifically, when the expectations of the outcome of the labor are negatively disconfirmed, the labor does not increase the favorable valuation, but it also works as a Running Head: LABOR STANDS IN THE WAY OF TRUE LOVE: WHEN LABOR DOES NOT LEAD TO LOVE threatening factor resulting in a reduced favorable valuation of the outcome. This finding is a contribution to the previous literature which has suggested that high effort is always accompanied by favorable valuation. However, we unveiled a condition in which high effort is not reciprocated by favorable valuation. Theoretically, the current research contributes to the literature by integrating COR theory into that of effort justification to reveal situations in which effort does not result in favorable valuations. From a managerial standpoint, this research suggests that those companies that are relying on the premise that labor leads to love need to be aware of the conditions under which this effect does not hold. References Alessandri, J., Darcheville, J. C., Zentall, T. R. (2008). Cognitive dissonance in children: Justification of effort or contrast?, Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 15, 3,673-677. Aronson, E. & Carlsmith, J. M. (1962). Performance expectancy as a determinant of actual performance. Journal of abnormal and social psychology, 1962, Vol.65, pp.178-82 [Peer Reviewed Journal] Aronson, E. , and Mills, J. (1959). “The effect of severity of initiation on liking for a group” , Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 59, 177-181. Bushman, B. J., & Baumeister, R. F. (1998). Threatened egotism, narcissism, self-esteem, and direct and displaced aggression: Does self-love or self-hate lead to violence?. Journal of personality and social psychology, 75(1), 219. Hobfoll, S. E. (1988). The ecology of stress. Washington, DC: Hemisphere. Running Head: LABOR STANDS IN THE WAY OF TRUE LOVE: WHEN LABOR DOES NOT LEAD TO LOVE Hobfoll, S. E. (1989). Conservation of resources: A new attempt at conceptualizing stress. American Psychologist, 44, 513-524. Hobfoll, S. E., & Jackson, A. P. (1991). Conservation of resources in community intervention. American Journal of Community Psychology, 19(1), 111-121. Hobfoll, S. E. (2001). The influence of culture, community, and the nested-self in the stress process: Advancing conservation of resources theory. Applied Psychology, 50, 337-421. Lodewijkx, H. F., & Syroit, J. E. M. M. (2001). Affiliation during naturalistic severe and mild initiations: Some further evidence against the severity-attraction hypothesis. Current Research in Social Psychology, 6(7), 90-107. Lydall, E. S., Gilmour, G., and Dwyer, D. M. (2010). Rats place greater value on rewards produced by high effort: An animal analogue of the “effort justification” effect, Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, Vol.46 (6), pp.1134-1137 [Peer Reviewed Journal] Norton, M. I., Mochon, D., Ariely, D. (2012). “The IKEA effect: When labor leads to love”, Journal of Consumer Psychology, 2012, Vol.22 (3), pp.453-460 [Peer Reviewed Journal]. Oliver, R. (1977). Effect of expectation and disconfirmation on postexposure evaluations: an alternative interpretation. Journal of Applied Psychology, Vol. 62 pp.480-6. Weiner, B. (1985). An attributional theory of achievement motivation and emotion. Psychological review, 92(4), 548-573. Running Head: I DO IT BECAUSE I BELIEVE IT: RECONSIDERATION OF LOYALTY IN REGARD TO ITS ATTUTUDINAL ANTECEDENTS I Do It Because I Believe It: Reconsideration of Loyalty in Regard to Its Attitudinal Antecedents Mehdi Akhgari (student), Asper School of Business, Canada Abstract Consumer loyalty is generally considered the ultimate goal of relational marketing. On the other hand, hedonic and utilitarian attitudes are important antecedents of consumer behaviour. However, little is known about the relationship between hedonic and utilitarian attitudes and different loyalty dimensions. This conceptual paper is an endeavor to fill this gap and provide related propositions for future research. Key words: loyalty, attitudinal loyalty, behavioural loyalty, hedonic attitude, utilitarian attitude, trust, commitment. Running Head: I DO IT BECAUSE I BELIEVE IT: RECONSIDERATION OF LOYALTY IN REGARD TO ITS ATTUTUDINAL ANTECEDENTS Consumer loyalty is generally considered the ultimate goal of relational marketing. On the other hand, hedonic and utilitarian attitudes are important antecedents of consumer behaviour. However, little is known about the relationship between hedonic and utilitarian attitudes and different loyalty dimensions. This theoretical gap is the main focus of this research. For example, the economic view argues that a price reduction leads to increased product demand based on utilitarian attitudes, which in turn lead to behavioural loyalty (e.g. re-purchase). However, we propose that creating hedonic attitudes (e.g. by means of signalling identity) affects attitudinal loyalty by way of a separate channel and, consequently, impacts behavioural loyalty. This research aims to investigate the attitude-loyalty relationship and address the following research questions: 1. what are the aspects of behavioural and attitudinal loyalty? 2. how do hedonic and utilitarian attitudes impact attitudinal and behavioural loyalty, 3. how is attitudinal loyalty related to behavioural loyalty? and 4. how do key relational mediators such as trust and commitment function in the attitude-loyalty relationship? Context Loyalty has several advantages such as greater market share, higher relative prices, lower marketing costs, greater trade leverage, and favourable word of mouth (Chaudhuri & Halbrook, 2001; Dick & Basu, 1994; Keller, 1993). It is cheaper to maintain loyal consumers than to attract new ones; hence, maintaining loyal customers is one of the primary competitive advantages for many companies (Yu & Dean, 2001; Sheth & Parvatiyar, 1995). Furthermore, loyalty leads to emotional attachment to products and firms, creates consumer communities, verifies consumer identity and leads to relationship satisfaction (Crosby, Evans, & Cowles, 1990; De Wulf, Odekerken-Schröder, & Iacobucci, 2001; Fournier, 1998; Bagozzi & Dholakia, 2006). The question of how consumers become loyal has been the subject of many research studies. For example, Oliver (1999) states that loyalty is formed in different stages. Consumers become loyal in a cognitive sense, which afterwards affects preferences and attitudes, intentions, relational trust and commitment and, finally, behaviour. But Oliver’s loyalty formation process is more Running Head: I DO IT BECAUSE I BELIEVE IT: RECONSIDERATION OF LOYALTY IN REGARD TO ITS ATTUTUDINAL ANTECEDENTS complex than he initially expressed, and our research will explicate the attitude-loyalty relationship more fully. It is argued that consumers perceive a product or service based on what they have learned, felt, seen, and heard over time (Aaker, 1991; Homer, 2008). Such meaning includes not only functional, utilitarian, and rational benefits, but also hedonic, emotional, and sensory properties, such as image and brand personalities (Aaker, 1997; Homer, 2008). Hedonic motives represent the emotional sensation derived from experiencing the product, while utilitarian motives are driven from functions performed by the product itself (Voss, Spangenberg, & Grohmann, 2003; Batra & Ahtola, 1990). Researchers have shown the influence of hedonic and utilitarian attitudes on loyalty (Chaudhuri & Halbrook, 2001; Oliver, 1999; Sirdeshmukh et al., 2002), which in turn is mediated by trust and commitment (Berry 1995; Garbarino & Johnson, 1999; Moorman Deshpande & Zaltman, 1993; Morgan & Hunt 1994). Furthermore, commitment is also an essential ingredient for loyalty (Dwyer, Schurr, & Oh, 1987; Morgan & Hunt, 1994; Oliver, 1999; Toufaily, Ricard, & Perrien, 2013). Altogether, the relationship is epitomized by the degree of consumer loyalty created by trust, and connected to specific attitudes. Our contribution is to link attitudes to loyalty and assess the direct and mediated impacts upon several loyalty dimensions. Model Early theorists viewed loyalty as simply behavioural (i.e., repurchase actions), while others have suggested that a complete evaluation of loyalty should include assessment of consumer beliefs, affects, and attitudes (Oliver, 1999). Accepted definitions of loyalty include both behavioural and attitudinal aspects (Chaudhuri & Holbrook, 2001). For example, while repurchasing is one of the behavioural aspects, sensitivity to some unique value is one of the attitudinal aspects (Aaker, 1991; Chaudhuri & Holbrook, 2001; Oliver, 1999). Although it has been empirically shown that attitudinal loyalty influences behavioural loyalty (Bandyopadhyay & Martell, 2007), the fact is that little is known about the Running Head: I DO IT BECAUSE I BELIEVE IT: RECONSIDERATION OF LOYALTY IN REGARD TO ITS ATTUTUDINAL ANTECEDENTS relationship. To investigating this theoretical gap, we will identify and test several dimensions of attitudinal and behavioural loyalty in a comprehensive model to investigate not only the relation to each other but also the effect of various hedonic and utilitarian attitudes, and trust on each component of attitudinal and behavioural loyalty. In the proposed study, attitudinal loyalty components include (1) relationship satisfaction, (2) continuance commitment, (3) emotional attachment/ affective commitment to the product/service/or brand, and (4) identification. Behavioural loyalty components include (1) repurchase intention, (2) word-of-mouth (advocacy), and (3) co-operation. Thus, our theoretical model proposes to explain in detail how specific hedonic and utilitarian attitudes impact several dimensions of attitudinal and behavioural loyalty through the mediation of trust (See figure 1). Whereas price reductions may lead to positive utilitarian attitudes, which ultimately impact repurchase intention (i.e., behavioural loyalty), identification with the product or brand may increase attachment to the product and impact attitudinal loyalty. Our research propositions will focus on the specific logical linkages between hedonic and utilitarian attitudes, and attitudinal and behavioural loyalty, mediated by trust. Thus we state propositions below. P1: Attitudinal loyalty positively predicts behavioral loyalty. P2a,b,c: Relationship satisfaction (a) is positively related to repurchase intention and (b) positively influences WOM and (c) poaitively influences consumer cooperation. P3a,b,c: Commitment is positively related to behavioural loyalty and its components including (a) repurchase intention, (b) WOM, and (c) co-operation. P4a,b,c: Emotional attachment/affective commitment is positively related to (a) repurchase intention, (b) WOM, and (c) co-operation. P5a,b,c: Consumer identification with a brand/firm/product or service positively influences (a) repurchase intention, (b) WOM, and (c) co-operation. P6: Hedonic attitudes positively affect trust. Running Head: I DO IT BECAUSE I BELIEVE IT: RECONSIDERATION OF LOYALTY IN REGARD TO ITS ATTUTUDINAL ANTECEDENTS P7: Utilitarian attitudes positively affect trust. P8a,b: Consumer trust predicts both (a) attitudinal and (b) behavioral loyalty. P8b Attitudinal Loyalty Behavioural Loyalty Hedonic Attitudes Relationship satisfaction Purchase intention P6 Trust P8a Commitment P1 WOM Emotional attachment Utilitarian Attitudes P7 Co-operation Identification Figure 1: Theoretically-based model of attitudes, trust, attitudinal and behavioural loyalty. Method For testing our propositions we plan to have two data collection phases. Phase one is exploratory and employs in-depth interviews to ascertain relevant hedonic and utilitarian attitudes, and attitudinal and behavioural loyalty dimensions, which are specific to the financial services industry. This phase is vital for developing appropriate measurement scales for phase two. The second phase uses a survey (Internet based) approach to collect data from real-world financial service consumers. We also plan to conduct a pilot study using student participants to fine-tune our understanding of the scales and the functional relationships among the model’s variables prior to launching the main study. Afterwards, the main study will commence with a survey of financial services users drawn from a sample frame provided by industry Running Head: I DO IT BECAUSE I BELIEVE IT: RECONSIDERATION OF LOYALTY IN REGARD TO ITS ATTUTUDINAL ANTECEDENTS contacts. From previous work with the sample frames, we expect to draw unbiased and representative sample elements from the selected population. We will use established scaling measures for all our variables specifically adjusted for the financial services sector. The main dependent variables of this study are the attitudinal and behavioural loyalty components and the key independent variables are dimensions of hedonic and utilitarian attitudes. The key study mediators are trust and attitudinal loyalty components. In addition, we will enter robust data by preparing and coding the collected information prior to data analysis. We will utilize Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) in order to test the significance of our study variables and evaluation of our model. Contribution to the advancement of knowledge An important contribution of this study is to empirically determine whether hedonic and utilitarian attitudes differently affect components of attitudinal/behavioural loyalty or if the relationships are mediated by trust and commitment. In other words, we propose that loyalty depends on the attitudes that are stimulated. Our recent study showed that utilitarian rather than hedonic attitudes are main predictors of trust, which consequently affects consumer loyalty. Moreover, hedonic attitudes are not directly important antecedents of trust, rather, through their effect on utilitarian attitudes, indirectly affect trust and loyalty (Akhgari, Bruning, & Bruning, 2013). The study was limited in a number of ways, and the proposed dissertation adjusts and builds on this work. From the managerial point of view, our proposed model is important to firms that will use the results to justify expenditures on creating long term relationship elements including trust and loyalty. For example, RBC has attitudinally loyal consumers because its identity relates to consumers’ needs for safety, security and stability. They also have behaviourally loyal customers because they offer competitive rates and ancillary services that enhance the economic value customers receive. Our work will pinpoint specific attitudes that impact specific types of loyalty as well as trust. Running Head: I DO IT BECAUSE I BELIEVE IT: RECONSIDERATION OF LOYALTY IN REGARD TO ITS ATTUTUDINAL ANTECEDENTS References Ajzen, I., & Fishbein, M. (1980). Understanding attitudes and predicting social behaviour. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall Inc. DOI (doi:10.1234/12345678). Akhgari, M., Bruning, E., & Bruning, S. (2013). The Effect of Executive Compensation and Financial Returns on Bank Loyalty. In ASAC conference, Calgary, AB, Canada. Chaudhuri, A. & Holbrook, M. B. (2001). The chain of effects from brand trust and brand affect to brand performance: the role of brand loyalty. Journal of Marketing, 62(2), 81-93. Garbarino, E., & Johnson, M. S. (1999). The different roles of satisfaction, trust, and commitment in customer relationships. Journal of Marketing, 63(2), 70-87. Homer, P. M. (2008). Perceived quality and image: when all is not ‘rosy. Journal of Business Research. 61,715-723. Morgan, Robert M., & Hunt, Shelby D. (1994). The commitment-trust theory of relationship marketing. Journal of Marketing, 58(3) , 20-38. Oliver, R. L. (1999). Whence consumer loyalty? Journal of Marketing, 33-44. ABSTRACTS A Multiple Criteria Senior Segmentation: The Case of French Market Yamen Koubaa, France Business School, France Rym Srarfi Tabbane, University of Tunis, Tunisia Manel Hamouda, University of Tunis, Tunisia Abstract To target the French senior market as a heterogeneous group, a multivariate market segmentation based on multiple criteria was conducted on this study. Four senior clusters have been identified. The study provides practical recommendations for each cohort. ABSTRACTS All for One, One for All? Franchisor-Franchisee Interdependence, Governance, and Bankruptcy Kersi Antia, University of Western, Canada Sudha Mani, William Paterson University, United States Kenneth Wathne, University Of Stavanger, Norway Abstract We undertake a census of bankruptcy filings by 1,130 franchisors and franchisees over thirteen years, relating these to governance mechanisms relied on by both parties. Incentives and monitoring are associated with a higher (lower) likelihood of franchisor (franchisee) bankruptcy. We also find franchise system failure rates to be significantly overstated. ABSTRACTS Scandale de marque! Comprendre les rôles et les pratiques des médias lors d’un scandale impliquant une marque-personne Elodie Beroard, HEC Montréal, Canada Marie-Agnès Parmentier, HEC Montréal, Canada Résumé En 2005, le mannequin Kate Moss a vécu un scandale médiatique qui a considérablement perturbé son parcours et son image de marque. L’analyse du discours des médias, touchant trois magazines distincts durant un an, a permis de mettre en lumière les pratiques d’interprétation des acteurs médiatiques modelant l’image de marque en lien avec le scandale. Les résultats nous offrent un aperçu des différents rôles et pratiques des médias, lesquels influencent l’évolution du capital de la marque. Mots-clés : marque-personne; capital de marque; biographie de marque; média; scandale. ABSTRACTS The Effect of Self-Complexity on Consumer Judgement of Losses Najam Saqib, Qatar University, Qatar Amit Das, Qatar University, Qatar Abstract Research in psychology suggests that greater self-complexity reflected in multiple selfaspects moderates the adverse impact of negative events and stress. This model of selfcomplexity is applied to consumer judgments involving losses in this research. Our findings suggest that high self-complexity improves consumers’ decisions by making them less loss averse. ABSTRACTS Effect of Consumer Incompetence on Negative Word-of-Mouth Matthew Philp, Queen’s University, Canada Laurence Ashworth, Queen’s University, Canada Abstract This research examines how the fear of appearing as an incompetent consumer can motivate a consumer to not share negative word of mouth (NWOM). While negative consumption experiences frequently lead to NWOM, we show that when consumers feel incompetent for the initial purchase, NWOM is reduced ABSTRACTS Why to Consume What Does Not Exist? The Case of Second Life Mahshid Omid (Student), Université Laval, Canada Abstract Virtual consumption is a growing consumer practice in which much time and money is spent on what lacks material presence. It undermines classical theories of consumption based on rational needs and economic utility and may influence real-world consumption. Doing a qualitative study we found five important motivations for virtual consumption. Keywords: virtual consumption, virtual worlds, Second Life, motivation ABSTRACTS Combination of MCDM Methods in Ranking Insurance Product Portfolio (A Case Study in Parsian Insurance Co.) Mahshid Sadat Mohammadi Jahromi, Tarbiat Modares University, Canada Adel Azar, Tarbiat Modares University, Iran Ali Rajabzadeh, Tarbiat Modares University, Iran Abstract MCDM techniques are used to facilitate product portfolio decision making complexity. In real word as a case study which carried out of more than 40 experts in to investigate a beneficial rank of product portfolio insurance industry. Determining effective criteria in insurance product portfolio while defining two significant criteria and ranking insurance services. Key words: Product Portfolio, MCDM Techniques, Decision Making, Insurance ABSTRACTS The Impact of Web-Mining Tools on Prospective Web Customers Profiling and Acquisition Myriam Ertx, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Raoul Graf, Université du Québec à Montréal, Canada Abstract Research on how Web-Mining (WM) optimizes marketing, is sparse. Especially absent, is research on WM usefulness for Customer Relationship Management (CRM). The authors propose a Web Miningenabled knowledge acquisition framework for analytical CRM. They show to what extent WM enables to segment prospective web customers and to acquire them. ABSTRACTS Human Versus Synthetic Voice: The Impact on Social Presence, Trust and Behavioral Intention Emna Cherif, Univeristé Paris 1 Panthéon Sorbonne, France Jean-François Lemoine Univeristé Paris 1 Panthéon Sorbonne, France Abstract: This paper aims to demonstrate the influence that recommendation agent type voice (human versus synthetic) may have on consumers reactions. The findings suggest that the human voice is likely to provide a higher level of social presence and agent trust. Moreover, social presence has a positive effect both on agent trust and intentions. In turn, agent trust influences website trust and intentions. Keywords: recommendation agent, human vs. synthetic voice, social presence, trust ABSTRACTS Supermarket Innovation in the Presence of Non-traditional Competition Robert Thomson, Universite de Sherbrooke, Canada Abstract The proliferation of non-traditional competitors has put conventional supermarkets into a structural competitive disadvantage. In accordance with the conference theme of innovation and sustainability, an endogenous store performance-based business model is presented that promises to facilitate innovative marketing strategies designed to render conventional supermarkets more relevant and customer-centric. Keywords: Innovation; Supermarket, Endogenous, Business Model ABSTRACTS Offering Experiential Values to Improve Customers Attitudes towards Websites: A Comparison of Goods and Services Websites Saeed Shobeiri, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Ebrahim Mazaheri, Laurentian University, Canada Michel Laroche, Concordia University, Canada Abstract This study aims to investigate how provisions of experiential values by an online store improve customers’ attitudes toward the services and physical goods websites. Data has been collected from 107 services customers and 110 physical goods customers through a survey of actual shopping experiences; the findings support the majority of the study’s hypotheses. Specifically, the results suggest that offering experiential values on the website positively increase customers’ attitudes towards both physical goods and services websites. The results further indicated that the influence is stronger for services oriented websites compared to physical goods websites. Key words: experiential values; e-retailer; attitudes toward website; physical goods, services. ABSTRACTS L’effet de la compensation sur l'équité perçue: le rôle modérateur de l’engagement affectif Anis Chtourou, ESC Troyes, France Résumé : Cette recherche a pour objectif d’étudier l’efficacité de la compensation pour la récupération de service suite à une défaillance. Une expérimentation avec des scénarios a été effectuée dans le cadre d’un service de restauration. Les résultats ont montré que, suite à une défaillance du service, la compensation offerte à des clients fortement engagés à l’égard de l’entreprise n’a un impact positif sur l’équité perçue que lorsque l’entreprise est responsable de la défaillance. En revanche, une compensation offerte à des clients faiblement engagés a un impact positif sur l’équité perçue quelle que soit la responsabilité de l’entreprise dans la défaillance. Mots-clés : récupération de service, compensation, équité perçue, engagement affectif. ABSTRACTS When is Sustainability a Liability Versus an Asset in Hedonic Products Leila Kamali, Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada Tripat Gill, Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada Abstract We propose a theoretical framework to predict when do sustainable attributes enhance versus reduce consumer preference for hedonic products. Specifically, we propose two factors that determine these effects: (1) whether the sustainability is in the core versus non-core attribute of the product and (2) whether the effects of sustainability are congruent versus incongruent with the benefits of the hedonic product. It is posited that sustainability increases preference for a hedonic product when sustainability is congruent with the core benefit or when it occurs in a non-core attribute. This is due to the positive effects of sustainability on the perceived quality as well as pro-social benefits of the product. Pro-social benefits also reduce the perceived guilt associated with hedonic consumption. But when sustainability is incongruent with the core benefits it reduces preference for the hedonic product as it has a negative effect on the perceived quality of the product. An experimental study is described to test these propositions and theoretical / managerial contributions are discussed. ABSTRACTS Le comportement social virtuel du consommateur et la gestion sociale virtuelle par l’organisation: Une revue de la littérature Amin Othmani, Université de Sherbrooke, Canada Résumé Cet article présente une revue de la littérature en marketing portant sur les médias sociaux. Deux thèmes majeurs sont ressortis : le comportement social virtuel du consommateur et la gestion sociale virtuelle par l’organisation. Un éventail d’avenues de recherche est présenté pour chacun des thèmes. Mots clés : médias sociaux, comportement social virtuel, gestion sociale virtuelle. ABSTRACTS The Role of Money in Psychological Tensions Hamed Aghakhani (Student), University of Manitoba, Canada Mehdi Akhgari (Student), University of Manitoba, Canada Kelley Main), University of Manitoba, Canada Abstract The author examines negative psychological consequences of money such as stress, anxiety, depression. Results of two experiments reveal that (1) reminders of the concept of money increases psychological tensions, (2) and reminders of possessing low denominations of money such as coins increase the owner’s psychological tension. Theoretical and managerial contributions are discussed. ABSTRACTS Do the Order and Repetition of Mere Exposure to Green Products and Purchase Intention Impact the Priming and Llicensing Effects? Jianning Huang, University of Lethbridge, Canada Debra Basil, University of Lethbridge, Canada Abstract In today’s society, consumers’ choices on products are not only based on price and quality but also based on social and moral norms. Driven by the significantly growing demand for organic, energy efficient and environmentally friendly products (hereafter, these products are all referred to as green products), we have witnessed the revenue growth of these products. Against such a background, consumers gain more and more mere exposure to green products. According to existing literature, mere exposure to green products and purchase of these products lead to different human behavior. Specifically, the behavior of consumers who have gained mere exposure to green products tends to be more ethical which reflects the priming effect whereas the behavior of consumers who have purchased green products tends to be less ethical which reflects the licensing effect. However, whether the order and repetition of mere exposure to and/or purchase of green products make any difference on consumers’ behavior has received little or no attention. In this project, we designed an experiment to look into this relatively unexplored area in an effort to fill this gap. We generally find support for priming and licensing effects, with mixed support for order effects.
© Copyright 2024 Paperzz